VOLUME TWO-PART ONE THE BUTTERFLY BOOK The Butterfly Book 1 Plate FrontisDiecd COPYRIGHTED BY W. HOLLAND, 1896 SPRING BUTTERFLIES. 2. Pyrame is Cardui, Linn., cf (The Painted Lady); 2. P. Huntera, Fabr., d" (Hunter’s Butterfly); 3. Grapta Interrogations, Fabr., c f (The Question Sign); 4. Colias Philodice, Godt., cf; 5. Do., ? (The Clouded Sulphur); 6. Vanessa Antiopa, Linn., ? (The Mourning Cloak). THE NEW NATURE LIBRARY VOLUME TWO — PART ONE 54T H r /37 THE BUTTERFLY BOOK A POPULAR GUIDE TO A KNOWL¬ EDGE OF THE BUTTERFLIES OF NORTH AMERICA W. J. HOLLAND, Ph.D., D.D., LL. D. CHANCELLOR OF THF WESTERN UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA; DIRECTOR OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM, PITTSBURGH, PA.; FELLOW OF THE ZOOLOGICAL AND ENTOMOLOG¬ ICAL SOCIETIES OF LONDON; MEMBER OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF FRANCE, ETC., ETC. WITH 48 PLATES IN COLOR-PHOTOGRAPHY, REPRO¬ DUCTIONS OF BUTTERFLIES IN THE AUTHOR’S COL¬ LECTION, AND MANY TEXT ILLUSTRATIONS PRESENTING MOST OF THE SPECIES FOUND IN THE UNITED STATES Garden City New York DOUBLEDAY, PAGE & COMPANY 1914 • v 5tf Copyright, 1898, By W. J. HOLLAND- TO MY GOOD WIFE AND MY TWO BONNY BOYS, THE COMPANIONS OF MY LEISURE HOURS AND MY VACATION RAMBLES, I DEDICATE THIS BOOK, WITHOUT ASKING THEIR PERMISSION ' ■ . . PREFACE some time or other in the life of every healthy young per- n son there appears to be developed what has been styled “the collecting mania.’" Whether this tendency is due to the natural acquisitiveness of the human race, to an innate apprecia¬ tion of the beautiful and the curious, or to the development of an instinct such as is possessed by the bower-bird, the magpie, and the crow, which have the curious habit of gathering together and storing away trifles which are bright and attractive to the eye, I leave to students of the mind to decide. The fact is patent that there is no village without its youthful enthusiast whose collection of postage-stamps is dear to his heart, and no town in which there are not amateur geologists, archaeologists, botanists, and zoologists, who are eagerly bent upon the formation of collections of such objects as possess an attraction for them. One of the commonest pursuits of boyhood is the formation of a collection of insects. The career of almost every naturalist of renown has been marked in its early stages by a propensity to collect these lower, yet most interesting and instructive, forms of animal life. Among the insects, because of their beauty, butterflies have always held a foremost place in the regard of the amateur collector. For the lack, however, of suitable in¬ struction in the art of preserving specimens, and, above all, by reason of the almost entire lack of a convenient and well-illus* trated manual, enabling the collector to identify, name, and properly classify the collections which he is making, much of the labor expended in this direction in the United States and Canada fails to accomplish more than the furnishing of tem¬ porary recreation. It is otherwise in Europe. Manuals, compre¬ hensive in scope, and richly adorned with illustrations of the Preface leading insect forms of Great Britain and the Continent, have been produced in great numbers in recent years in England, France, and Germany. The result is that the youthful collector enters, the field in those countries in the possession of a vast advantage over his less fortunate American fellow. It is to meet this Want on this side of the Atlantic that this volume has been written. Its aim is to guide the amateur collector in right paths and to pre¬ pare him by the intelligent accomplishment of his labors for the enjoyment of still wider and more difficult researches in this and allied fields of human knowledge. The work is confined to the fauna of the continent of North America north of the Rio Grande of Texas. It is essentially popular in its character. Those who seek a more technical treatment must resort to the writings of others. If I shall succeed in this book in creating a more wide-spread /nterest in the world of insect life and thereby diverting attention in a measure from the persecuted birds, which I love, but which are in many species threatened with extinction by the too eager attentions which they are receiving from young naturalists, who are going forth in increased numbers with shot-gun in hand, 1 think I shall render a good service to the country. I flatter myself that I have possessed peculiar facilities for the successful accomplishment of the undertaking I have proposed to myself, because of the possession of what is admitted to be un¬ doubtedly the largest and most perfect collection of the butterflies of North America in existence, containing the types of W. H. Ed¬ wards, and many of those of other authors. I have also enjoyed access to all the other great collections of this country and Europe, and have had at my elbow the entire literature relating to the subject. The successful development in recent months of the process of reproducing in colors photographic representations of objects has been to a certain degree the argument for the publication of this book at the present time. A few years ago the preparation of such a work as this at the low price at which it is sold would have been an utter impossibility. “The Butterflies of North America,” by W. H. Edwards, published in three volumes, is sold at one hundred and fifty dollars, and, as I know, is sold even at this price below the cost of manufacture. “ The Butterflies of New England,” by Dr. S. H. Scudder, in three volumes, is sold at seventy-five dollars, and likewise represents at this price only Preface a partial return to the learned author for the money, labor, and time expended upon it. The present volume, while not pretend¬ ing to vie in any respect with the magnificence of the illustrations contained in these beautiful and costly works, nevertheless pre¬ sents in recognizable form almost every species figured in them, and in addition a multitude of others, many of which have never before been delineated. So far as possible I have em¬ ployed, in making the illustrations, the original types from which the author of the species drew his descriptions. This fact will no doubt add greatly to the value of the work, as it will not only serve as a popular guide, but have utility also for the scientific student. I am under obligations to numerous friends and correspondents who have aided me, and take the present opportunity to extend to them ail my hearty thanks for the generous manner in which they have assisted me in my pleasant task. I should fail, how¬ ever, to follow the instincts of a grateful heart did I not render an especial acknowledgment to Mr. W. H. Edwards, of Coalburg, West Virginia, and Dr. Samuel H. Scudder, of Cambridge, Massa¬ chusetts. Justly esteemed as the two foremost lepidopterists of America, it is my honor to claim them as personal friends, whose kindness has much aided me in this labor of scientific love which l have undertaken. For the kind permission given me by Dr. Scudder to use various illustrations contained in the “Butterflies of New England ” and other works, I am profoundly grateful. I am under obligations to Messrs. Charles Scribner’s Sons for permission to use the cuts numbered 46-49, 51-56, 59, 61, 62, and 73, which are taken from the work entitled “Taxidermy and Zoological Collecting,” by W. T. Hornaday, and to the authorities of the United States National Museum and the heirs ot the late Professor C. V. Riley for other illustrations. Should this book find the favor which I have reason to think it deserves, I shall endeavor shortly to follow it by the preparation of a similar work upon the moths of the United States and Canada. Office of the Chancellor, W. J. H. Western University of Pennsylvania, August 16, 1898. Vli ■ . . ' ■ W ' . . . ,• • ■ . ■ \ ' ■ TABLE OF. CONTENTS INTRODUCTION CHAP. PAGE I. The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies . . 3-25 The Eggs of Butterflies. Caterpillars: Structure, Form,. Color, etc*; Moults; Food of Caterpillars; Duration of Larval State; Transformation. The Pupa, or Chrysalis: The Form of Chrysalids; Duration of Pupal , Life; The Transformation from the Chrysalis to the Imago. Anatomy of Butterflies: The Head; The Thorax; The Abdomen; The Legs; The Wings; Internal Organs; Polymorphism and Dimorphism; Albi¬ nism and Melanism; Monstrosities;-Mimicry. The. Distribution of But- x terflies. i II. The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Speci¬ mens . . . . . '. ... . ' . . . 26-57 Collecting Apparatus : Nets; Collpcting-Jars; ?Field-Boxes; The Use . of the Net; Baits; Beating. The Breeding of Specimens : How to Get the Eggs of Butterflies; Breeding-Cages; Ho f tv to Find Caterpillars; Hibernating Caterpillars. The Preservation of Specimens : Papering Specimens; Mounting Butterflies; Relaxing Specimens; The Prepara-’< tion and Preservation of Butterfly Eggs; The Preservation of Chrysa¬ lids; The Preservation of Caterpillars. The Preservation and Arrangement of Collections : Boxes; Cabinets and Drawers; Label¬ ing; Arrangement of Specimens; Insect Pests; Greasy Specimens; Mould; Repairing Specimens; Packing and Forwarding Specimens; Pins; The Forceps. • III. The Classification of Butterflies. 58-68 The Place of Butterflies in the Animal Kingdom; The Principles of Scientific Arrangement; The Species; The Genus; The Family, etc.; Scientific Names: Synonyms; Popular Names. IV. Books about North American Butterflies . . 69-74 Early Writers; Later Writers; Periodicals. f. ix Table of Contents THE BOOK PAGE The Butterflies of North America North of Mexico. Family I. Nymphalidce , the Brush-footed Butterflies . . 77 Subfamily Euploeince , the Milkweed Butterflies ... 80 Subfamily lthomiince , the Long-winged Butterflies . . 85 Subfamily Heliconiince , the Heliconians.91 Subfamily Nymphalince , the Nymphs.93 Subfamily Satyrince , the Satyrs, Meadow-browns, and Arctics.197 Subfamily Libytheince , the Snout-butterflies .... 226 Family II. Lemoniidce .228 Subfamily Erycimnce , the Metal-marks.228 family III. Lyccenidce .. . 236 Subfamily Lyccenince , the Hair-streaks, the Blues, and the Coppers.236 Family IV. Papilionidce , the Swallowtails and Allies . . 272 Subfamily Pierince , the Whites, the Sulphurs, the Orange-tips.272 Subfamily Papilionince , the Parnassians and Swallowtails 304 Family V. Hesperiidce , the Skippers.318 Subfamily Pyrrhopygince .319 Subfamily Hesperiince , the Hesperids .320 Subfamily Pamphilince .339 Subfamily Megathymince , genus Megathymus .... 367 DIGRESSIONS AND QUOTATIONS PAGE Immortality (Sigourney).57 Hugo’s “Flower to Butterfly” (Translated by Eugene Field) 74 Superstitions (Frank Cowan) .90 Luther’s Saddest Experience (Yale Literary Magazine, 1852) 100 A Race after a Butterfly ..127 x Table of Contents PAGE Suspicious Conduct. .... 136 Collecting in Japan. 149 Faunal Regions.161 Widely Distributed Butterflies.171 The Butterflies’ Fad (Ella Wheeler Wilcox).186 Fossil Insects.*.19=, In the Face of the Cold.224 Uncle Jotham’s Boarder (Annie Trumbull Slosson) . . . 233 Mimicry.23s The Utility of Entomology . . .236 Size.271 Instinct. 280 Red Rain (Frank Cowan).299 For a Design of a Butterfly Resting on a Skull (Mrs. Hemans). 303 The Caterpillar and the Ant (Allan Ramsay) .316 Collections and Collectors.337 Exchanges ... ... 34 4 . , t \ : - if • ' , K ' . : ; 2 . . • ' ■ ■ •. • • ’ "OK V KHii/ i OH K it >.K , .■ . v.'ffs ’) >1 onil) .jii, A b‘j>i ' ; -k K , ■< • ->K , .non ‘ A \ IK; ■ .; \ . . o . KiTV -f ' • . . , , ... LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS IN TEXT FIG. PAGE 1. Egg of Basilarchia disippus, magnified. 3 2. Egg of Basilarchia disippus, natural size ... .3 3. Egg of Papilio turnus, enlarged ........ 4 4. Egg of Anosia plexippus, magnified.4 5. Egg of Anosia plexippus, natural size.4 6. Egg of Anthocharis genutia, magnified.4 7. Egg of Lycaena pseudargiolus, magnified.4 8. Egg of Melitaea phaeton, magnified.4 9. Micropyle of egg of Pieris oleracea, magnified ... 3 10. Eggs of Grapta comma, magnified.3 11. Eggs of Vanessa antiopa, magnified. 12. Caterpillar of Papilio philenor. 13. Head of caterpillar of Papilio asterias, magnified . . 14. Head of caterpillar of Anosia plexippus, magnified . . 15. Head of caterpillar of Anosia plexippus, side view, enlarged.7 16. Caterpillar of Anosia plexippus, natural size .... 7 17. Fore leg of caterpillar of Vanessa antiopa, enlarged . . 7 18. Anterior segments of caterpillar of A. plexippus . . 7 19. Proleg of caterpillar of Vanessa antiopa, enlarged . . 7 20. Caterpillar of Basilarchia disippus.8 2 \. Early stages of goat weed butterfly.9 22. Head of caterpillar of Papilio troilus.9 23. Caterpillar of milkweed butterfly changing into chrysalis. 11 24. Chrysalis of milkweed butterfly.12 23. Chrysalis of Papilio philenor.12 26. Caterpillar and chrysalis of Pieris protodice .... 12 27. Chrysalis of Pieris olerace ......... 13 xiit Os On List of Illustrations in Text FIG. PAGE 28. Butterfly emerging from chrysalis.13 29. Head of milkweed butterfly, showing parts .... 14 30. Cross-section of sucking-tube of butterfly .... 15 31. Longitudinal section of the head of the milkweed butterfly.15 32. Interior structure of head of milkweed butterfly ... 16 33. Labial palpus of butterfly.16 34. Legs of butterfly.17 35. Parts of leg of butterfly.17 36. Scales on wing of butterfly. 18 37. Androconia from wing of butterfly.18 38. Outline of wing of butterfly.20 39. Arrangement of scales on the wing of a butterfly . . 20 40. Figure of wing, showing names of veins . . . . 21 41. Internal anatomy of caterpillar of milkweed butterfly . 22 42. Internal anatomy of milkweed butterfly.23 43. Plan for folding net-ring. 27 44. Insect-net.27 43. Plan for making a cheap net.27 46. Cyanide-jar ..29 47. Paper cover for cyanide.. . 29 48. Method of pinching a butterfly . . 30 49. Cheap form of breeding-cage.35 50. Breeding-cage.36 31. Butterfly in envelope ..38 52. Method of making envelopes.38 53. Setting-board. ... 39 34. Setting-block...39 33. Butterfly on setting-block.39 56. Setting-needle.40 57. Setting-board with moth upon it . 40 58. Butterfly pinned on setting-board.41 59. Drying-box. . 41 60. Drying-box. .... 42 61. Apparatus for inflating larvae ......... 45 62. Tip of inflating-tube.46 63. Drying-oven.46 64. Drying-oven.47 63. Detail drawing of book-box.48 66. Detail drawing of box . . , ... , 48 xiv List of Illustrations in Text FIG. PAGE 67. Detail drawing of box.49 68. Insect-box. 49 69. Detail drawing of drawer for cabinet.51 70. Detail drawing for paper bottom of box to take place of cork.52 71. Manner of arranging specimens in cabinet or box . 52 72. Naphthaline cone. 53 73. Butterflies packed for shipment.55 74. Forceps.56 75. Forceps.57 76. Antennae of butterfly.61 77. Antennae of moths.62 78. Neuration of genus Anosia.81 79. Swarm of milkweed butterflies, photographed at night 83 80. Neuration of genus Mechanics.86 81. Neuration of genus Ceratinia.88 82. Neuration of genus Dircenna.89 83. Fore leg of female Dircenna klugi.89 84. Neuration of genus Heliconius.91 85. Young caterpillar of Vanessa antiopa.94 86. Neuration of genus Colaenis.95 87. Neuration of genus Dione.96 88. Neuration of genus Euptoieta.98 89. Neuration of genus Argynnis.101 90. Neuration of genus Brenthis.129 91. Neuration of genus Melitsea ..138 92. Neuration of genus Phyciodes.151 93. Neuration of genus Eresia.157 94. Neuration of genus Synchloe.. . 159 95. Neuration of genus Grapta.163 96. Neuration of genus Vanessa.167 97. Neuration of genus Pyrameis.170 98. Neuration of genus Junonia.172 99. Neuration of genus Anartia.174 100. Neuration of genus Hypanartia.. . 175 101. Neuration of genus Eunica .176 102. Neuration of genus Cystineura.177 103. Neuration of genus Callicore ..178 104. Neuration of genus Timetes.179 105. Neuration of genus Hypolimnas ........ 181 xv List of Illustrations in Text FIG. 106. Neuration of genus Basilarchia. 107. Leaf cut away at end by the caterpillar of Basilarchia 108. Hibernaculum of caterpillar of Basilarchia .... 109. Neuration of genus Adelpha.• • 110. Neuration of genus Chlorippe. 111. Neuration of genus Pyrrhanaea. 112. Neuration of genus Ageronia. 113. Neuration of genus Victorina. 114. Neuration of genus Debis. 115. Neuration of genus Satyrodes. 116. Neuration of genus Neonympha. 117. Neuration of genus Coenonympha ...... 118. Neuration of genus Erebia. 119. Neuration of genus Geirocheilus.. 120. Neuration of genus Neominois. 121. Neuration of genus Satyrus.. 122. Neuration of genus OEneis .. 123. Caterpillars of CErieis macouni. 124. Neuration of genus Libythea. 125. Neuration of base of hind wing of genus Lemonias . 126. Neuration of genus Lemonias.. • 127. Neuration of genus Calephelis. 128. Neuration of genus Eumaeus. 129. Neuration of Theda edwardsi. 130. Neuration of Theda melinus. 131. Neuration of Theda damon. 132. Neuration of Theda niphon. 133. Neuration of Theda titus. 134. Neuration of genus Feniseca.. . 135. Neuration of genus Chrysophanus ..... 136. Neuration of Lycaena pseudargiolus. 137. Neuration of Lycaena comyntas. 138. Neuration of genus Dismorphia. 139. Neuration of genus Neophasia. 140. Neuration of genus Tachyris. 141. Neuration of genus Pieris. 142. Neuration of genus Nathalis. 143. Neuration of genus Euchloe. 144. Neuration of genus Catopsilia. 145. Neuration of genus Kricogonia. xvi PAGE . 182 . I83 . I83 . I87 . 188 . 192 . 193 • 195 • 199 . 200 . 201 . 205 . 208 . 211 . 212 . 214 . 219 . 221 . 226 . 228 . 229 . 232 . . 237 . . 242 . . 246 . • 2 49 . . 250 . .251 . . 252 • . 267 . . 268 - . . 273 . . 274 . . 276 . . 277 . . 281 . . 282 . . 286 . . 287 List of Illustrations in Text FIG. PAGE I46. Neuration of genus Meganostoma . . . . 288 147 . Neuration of genus Colias . . . I48. Neuration of genus Terias . . . . 295 * 49 - Neuration of genus Parnassius . . 3OS An Astronomer’s Conception of an Entomologist • 3 r 7 150. Head and antenna of genus Pyrrhopyge . 319 151- Neuration Of genus Pyrrhopyge . • 3 ] 9 152. Neuration of genus Eudamus . . • 3^1 * 53 - Antenna and neuration of genus Plestia . . 322 1 54 - Neuration of genus Epargyreus • 3 2 3 155 - Neuration of genus Thorybes . . . 324 156. Neuration of genus Achalarus . . . . 326 157 - Antenna and neuration of genus Hesperia • 327 158. Neuration of genus Systasea . . • 3 2 9 159. Neuration of genus Pholisora . . • 330 160. Neuration of genus Thanaos . . • 332 161 . Neuration of genus Amblyscirtes • 340 162. Neuration of genus Pamphila . . a . 342 163. Neuration of genus Oarisma . . • 343 164. Neuration of genus Ancyloxypha . • 343 165. Neuration of genus Copaeodes a • 346 166. Neuration of genus Ervnnis . . e • 347 167. Neuration of genus Thymelicus . 0 * 35 i 168. Neuration of genus Atalopedes ' . • 332 169. Neuration of genus Polites . . . • 333 170. Neuration of genus Hylephila . . •„ a • 354 171. Neuration of genus Prenes , . . • 355 172. Neuration of genus Calpodes , . * 355 * 73 - Neuration of genus Lerodea c . . 356 * 74 - Neuration of genus Limochores . • 357 I 75 - Neuration of genus Euphyes . . • 36 0 176. Neuration of genus Oligoria . . . 361 * 77 - Neuration of genus Poanes . . . O * . 362 178. Neuration of genus Phycanassa . 362 179. Neuration of genus Atrytone . . • 364 180. Neuration of genus Lerema . . 0 . 366 181. Megathymus yuccae, $ . . . • 367 182. Larva of Megathymus yuccae . . 0 . 368 .83. Chrysalis of Megathymus yuccae „ 0 . 368 The Popular Conception of an Entomologist • 369 xvii ■ ! 1140'ifeOitu j\ at••:l'j 1 : . ‘ • - 1 ."'i' \i It' . H i. ' ' ' • ' • ■ • . * ■ ■ ‘ ’ • ■ ■ - ri q :•; / ■ ‘: ■ ’ v " • . • ; k- : ' ' C(H\ ■ ■ • ' ' ‘ . i ■ -■ : . ' LIST OF COLORED PLATES Produced by the color-photographic process of the Chicago Colortype Company, 1205 Roscoe Street, Chicago, 111. FACING PAGE I. Spring Butterflies. Frontispiece II. Caterpillars of Papilionidae and Hesperiidae ... 6 III. Caterpillars of Nymphalidae .. . 18 IV. Chrysalids in Color and in Outline —Nymphalidae 30 V. Chrysalids in Color and in Outline — Nymphalidae, Lycaenidae, Pierinae ......... 44 VI. Chrysalids in Color and in Outline—Papiloninae and Hesperiidae ..58 VII. Anosia and Basilarchia.80 VIII. Ithomiinae, Heliconius, Dione, Colaenis, and Eup- toieta. 88 IX. Argynnis ..100 X. Argynnis.104 XI. Argynnis .. 108 XII. Argynnis . ... . . . 112 XIII. Argynnis.116 XIV. Argynnis .122 XV. Brenthis.130 XVI. Melitaea.138 XVII. Melitaea, Phyciodes, Eresia.152 XVIII. Argynnis, Brenthis, Melitaea, Phyciodes, Eresia, Synchloe, Debis, Geirocheilus.156 XIX. Grapta, Vanessa.164 XX. Grapta, Vanessa, Junonia, Anartia, Pyrameis . . 168 XXI. Timetes, Hypolimnas, Eunica, Callicore . . . .178 XXII. Basilarchia, Adelpha . . * . 184 XXIII. Chlorippe .190 XXIV. Pyrrhanaea, Ageronia, Synchloe, Cystineura, Hy- panartia, Victorina 196 xix List of Colored Plates facing PAGE XXV. Satyrodes, Ccenonympha, Neonympha, NeomL nois, Erebia.. . 204 XXVI. Satyrus ..214 XXVII. CEneis .220 XXVIII. Libythea, Lemonias, Calephelis, Eumaeus, Chrys- ophanus, Feniseca.228 XXIX. Chrysophanus, Thecla.236 XXX. Thecla, Lycaena.246 XXXI. Lycaena.. . 256 XXXII. Lycaena, Thecla, Nathalis, Euchloe.266 XXXIII. Catopsilia, Pyrameis.272 XXXIV. Euchloe, Neophasia, Pieris, Kricogonia .... 280 XXXV. Tachyris, Pieris, Colias.288 XXXVI. Meganostoma, Colias.294 XXXVII. Terias, Dismorphia.298 XXXVIII. Papilio.302 XXXIX. Parnassius.306 XL. Papilio.310 XLI. Papilio. . ..314 XLII. Papilio.316 XLIII. Papilio, Colias, Pyrameis, Epargyreus . . . .318 XLIV. Papilio.322 XLV. Papilio, Pholisora, Euaamus Achalarus, Pyrrho- pyge, Plestia, Calpodes, Thanaos.330 XLVI. Hesperiidae.338 XLVII. Hesperiidae.350 XLVIII. Hesperiidae and Colias eurytheme ..... 360 xx INTRODUCTION INTRODUCTION CHAPTER I THE LIFE-HISTORY AND ANATOMY OF BUTTERFLIES “ The study of butterflies,—creatures selected as the types of airiness and frivolity, —instead of being despised, will some day be valued as one of the most important branches of biological science.”— Bates, Naturalist on the Amazons. In studying any subject, it is always well, if possible, to com¬ mence at the beginning; and in studying the life of animals, or of a group of animals, we should endeavor to obtain a clear idea at the outset of the manner in which they are developed. It is a familiar saying that “all life is from an egg.” This statement is scientifically true in wide fields which come under the eye of the naturalist, and butterflies are no exception to the rule. THE EGGS OF BUTTERFLIES The eggs of butterflies consist of a membranous shell con¬ taining a fluid mass composed of the germ of the future cat¬ erpillar and the liquid food which is necessary for its maintenance and de¬ velopment until it escapes from the shell. The forms of these eggs are various. Some are spherical, others hemispherical, con¬ ical, and cylindri¬ cal. Some are bar¬ rel-shaped ; others Fig. i. — Egg of Basilar chi a disippus , magnified 50 diame¬ ters (Riley). Fig. 2.—Egg of Basilar- have the shape of chia disippus, natural size, , , ... at the end of under surface a cheese, and still 0 f leaf (Riley), others have the form of a turban. Many of them are angled, some depressed at the ends. Their surface is variously ornamented. Some- 3 The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies Fig. 3. —Egg of Papilio turnus , greatly magnified. times they are ribbed, the ribs running from the center out¬ wardly and downwardly along the sides like the meridian lines upon a globe. Between these ribs there is fre¬ quently found a fine network of raised lines variously arranged. Sometimes the sur¬ face is covered with minute depressions, sometimes with a series of minute ele¬ vations variously disposed, great variety in the form of the eggs, so also there is great variety in their color. Brown, blue, green, red, and yellow eggs occur. Greenish or greenish-white are common tints. The eggs are often ornamented with dots and lines of darker color. Species which are related to one another show their affinity even in the form of their eggs. At the upper end of the eggs of insects there are one or more curious structures, known as micropyles (little doors), Fig. 4. — Egg of Anosia As there is P!**PP *. magnified jo diameters (Riley). Fig. 5.—Egg of Anosia plexippus , natural size, on under side of leaf (Riley). Fig. 6.—Egg of Anthocharis genutia, magni¬ fied 20 diameters. Fig. 7.—Turban-shaped egg of Lyccena pseudar- giolus, greatly magnified. Fig. 8.—Egg of Melitcea phaeton, greatly magnified. through which the spermatozoa of the male find ingress and they are fertilized. These can only be seen under a good micro¬ scope. The eggs are laid upon the food-plant upon which the cater- 4 The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies Fig. 9 . — Upper end of egg of Pieris oleracea, greatly magnified, show¬ ing the micropyle. Fig. 10. — Egg? oiGrapta coni' ma, laid in string-like clus¬ ters on the under side of leaf. (Magni¬ fied.) pillar, after it is hatched, is destined to live, and the female re¬ veals wonderful instinct in selecting plants which are appropriate to the develop¬ ment of the larva. As a rule, the larvae are restricted in the range of their food-plants to certain genera, or families of plants. The eggs are deposited sometimes singly, sometimes in small clusters, sometimes in a mass. Fertile eggs, a few days after they have been deposited, frequently undergo a change of color, and it is often possible with a magnifying-glass to see through the thin shell the form of the minute caterpillar which is being developed within the egg. Unfruitfuleggsgen- erally shrivel and dry up after the lapse of a short time. The period of time requisite for the development of the embryo in the egg varies. Many butterflies are single-brooded; others produce two orthree gen¬ erations during the summer in temperate climates, and even more generations in subtropical or tropical climates. In such cases an interval of only a few days, or weeks at the most, separates the time when the egg was deposited and the time when the larva is hatched. When the period of hatching, or emer¬ gence, has arrived, the little caterpillar cuts its way forth from the egg through an opening made either atthe side or on the top. Many species haveeggs whichappearto be provided with a lid, a portion of the shell being separated from the re¬ mainder by a thin section, which, when the caterpillar has reached the full limit allowed by the egg, breaks under the pressure of the enlar¬ ging embryo within, one portion of the egg flying off, the remainder adhering to the leaf or twig upon which it has been deposited. Fig. 11 . — Eggs of Vanessa an- tiopa , laid in a mass on a twig. CATERPILLARS Structure, Form, Color, etc .—The second stage in which the insects we are studying exist is known as the larval stage. The insect is known as a larva, or a caterpillar. In 5 general cater- The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies pillars have long, thickest about the Fig. 12.— Caterpillar of Papilio philenor (Riley). worm-like bodies. Frequently they ate middle, tapering before and behind, flat¬ tened on the under side. While the cylindrical shape is most common, there are some families in which the larvae are short, oval, or slug-shaped, sometimes curiously modified by ridges and promi- nences. The body of the larvae of lepi- doptera consists normally of thirteen rings, or segments, the first constituting the head. The head is always conspicuous, com¬ posed of horny or chitinous material, but varying exceedingly in form and size. It is very rarely small and retracted. It is generally large, hemispherical, conical, or bilobed. In some families it is ornamented by horn-like projections. On the lower side are the mouth-parts, consisting of the upper lip, the mandibles, the antennae, or feelers, the under lip, the maxillae, and two sets of palpi, known as the maxillary and the labial palpi. In many genera the labium, or under short, horny projection known as which the silk secreted by the cater¬ pillar is passed. On either side, just above the man¬ dibles, are located the eyes, or ocelli, which in the caterpillar are simple, round, shining prominences, generally only to be clearly dis¬ tinguished by the aid of a magnifying-glass. lip, is provided with a the spinneret, through Fig. 13. —Head of caterpillar of Papilio aste- fi as, front view, enlarged. Fig. 14. — Head of caterpillar of Anosia plexippus , lower side, magnified 10 diameters: lb, la- brum, or upper lip; md, mandi¬ bles; mx, maxilla, with two palpi; Im, labium, or lower lip, with one pair of palpi; s, spin¬ neret; a, antenna; 0, ocelli. (After Burgess.) These ocelli are fre quently arranged in series on each side. The palpi are organs of touch connected with the maxillae and the labium, or under lip, and are used in the process of feeding, and also when the A . ■ ; ’.. •• . ■ u: .. iUv C\ Vi.v’v ; • ’ . • • . ~ . > ■ . Explanation of Plate II Reproduced, with the kind permission of Dr. S. H. Scudder, from ** The Butterflies of New England,” vol. iii, Plate 76. Caterpillars of Pafilionid/e and Hesperiid/& 1. Colias eurytheme. 2. Callidryas euhule. 3. Ter i as lisa'. 4. Callidryas eubule. 5. Euchloe genuiia. 6. Terias nicippe. 7. Pieris protodice. 8. Pieris napi, var. oleracea. 9. Pieris napi, var. oleracea. 10. Colias philodice. 11. Pieris rapce. 12. Pieris rapce. 13. Papilio philenor. 14. Papilio ajax. 15. Papilio turnus. Just before pupation. 16. Papilio cresphontes. 17. Papilio asterias. In second stage. 18. Papilio troilus. 19. Papilio troilus. In third stage; plain. 20. Papilio philenor. 21. Papilio philenor.. In third stage; dorsal view. 22. Papilio troilus. In third stage: dor¬ sal view. 23. Acbalarus lycidas. Dorsal view. 24. Papilio asterias. In fourth stage; dorsal view. 25. Thoryhes pylades. 26. Papilio turnus. Dorsal view.. 27. Papilio asterias. 28. Papilio turnus. 29. Thoryhes pylades. 30. Epargyfeus tityrus. 31. Epargyreus tityrus. 32. Thoryhes hathyllus. 33. Epargyreus tityrus. 34. Eudamus proteus. 35. Epargyreus tityrus. In third stage. The Butterfly Book Plate II. The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies caterpillar is crawling about from place to place. The larva appears to guide itself in great part by means of the palpi. The body of the caterpillar is covered by a thin skin, which often lies in wrinkled folds, admitting of great freedom of motion. The body is composed, as we have seen, of rings, or segments, the first three of which, back of the head, correspond Fig. 15.—Head of caterpillar of Anosia plexifi' pus , side view showing ocelli Fig i 6.—Caterpillar of Anosia plexippus, milkweed butterfly (Riley). to the thorax of the perfect insect and the last nine to the abdomen of the butterfly. On each ring, with the exception of the second, the third, and the last, there is found on either side a small oval opening known as a spiracle, through which the creature breathes. As a rule, the spiracles of the first and eleventh rings are larger in size than the others. Every caterpillar has on each of the first three segments a pair of legs, which are organs composed of three somewhat horny parts covered and bound together with skin, and armed at their extremities by a sharp claw (Fig. 17). These three pairs of feet in the caterpillar are always known as the fore legs, and corre- ieg of caterpil¬ lar of Vanes- sa antiop a,en- larged. Fig. 18.—Ante-’ rior segments of cat¬ erpillar of milkweed butterfly, showing thoracic or true legs (Riley). Fig. 19. —Proleg of caterpillar of Vanessa antiopa , enlarged. spond to the six which are found in the butterfly or the moth. In addition, in most cases, we find four pairs of prolegs on the under side of the segments from the sixth to the ninth, and another pair on the last segment, which latter pair are 7 The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies called the anal prolegs. These organs, which are necessary to the life of the caterpillar, do not reappear in the perfect insect, but are lost when the transformation from the caterpillar to the chrysalis takes place. There are various modifications of this scheme of foot-like appendages, only the larger and more highly developed forms of lepidoptera having as many pairs of prolegs as have been enumerated. The bodies of caterpillars are variously ornamented: many of them are quite smooth; many are provided with horny projections, spines, and eminences. The coloration of cater¬ pillars is as remarkable in the variety which it displays as is the ornamentation by means of the prominences of which we have just spoken. As caterpillars, forthe most part, feed upon growing vegeta¬ tion, multitudes of them are green in color, being thus adapted to their surroundings and securing a measure of Fig. 20.—Caterpillar of Basilarchia disippus the viceroy, natural size (Riley). protection. Many are brown, and exactly mimic the color of the twigs and branches upon which they rest when not engaged in feeding. Not a few are very gaily colored, but in almost every case this gay coloring is found to bear some relation to the color of the objects upon which they rest. Caterpillars vary in their social habits. Some species are gregarious, and are found in colonies. These frequently build for themselves defenses, weaving webs of silk among the branches, in which they are in part protected from their enemies and also from the inclemencies of the weather. Most caterpillars are, however, solitary, and no community life is maintained by the vast majority of species. Many species have the habit of drawing together the edges of a leaf, in which way they form a covering for themselves. The caterpillars of some butter¬ flies are wood-boring, and construct tunnels in the pith, or in the soft layers of growing plants. In these cases, being protected and concealed from view, the caterpillars are gener¬ ally white in their coloration, resembling in this respect the larvae of wood-boring beetles. A most curious phenomenon has 8 The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies within comparatively recent years been discovered in connection with the larval stage of certain small butterflies belonging to the family Lyccenidce. The caterpillars are carnivorous, or rather aphidivorous; they live upon aphids, or plant-lice, and scale- insects, and cover themselves with the white exudations or mealy secretions of the latter. This trait is characteristic of only one of our North American species, the Harvester (Feniseca tarquinius). In addition to being protected from enemies by having colors which enable them to elude obser¬ vation, as has been already stated, some caterpillars are pro¬ vided with other means of defense. The caterpillars of the swallowtail butter¬ flies are provided with a bifurcate or forked organ, generally yellow in color, which is protruded from an opening in the skin back of the head, and which emits a powerful odor (Fig. 22) „ This protrusive organ evidently exists only for purposes of defense, and the secre¬ tion of the odor is analogous to the secretion of evil odors by some of the vertebrate ani¬ mals, as the skunk. The majority of caterpil¬ lars, when attacked by insect or other enemies, defend themselves by quickly hurling the an¬ terior part of the body from side to side. Moults .—Caterpillars in the process of growth and develop¬ ment from time to time shed their skins. This process is called moulting. Moulting takes place, as a rule, at regular intervals, 9 Fig. 21.— Early stages of the goatweed butterfly: a, caterpillar; b, chrysalis; c, leaf drawn together at edges to form a nest. (Natural size.) (Riley.) §| Fig. 22. —Head of caterpillar of Pa- pilio troilus, with scent-organs, or os r materia , protruded. The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies though there are exceptions to this rule. The young larva, having emerged from the egg, grows for a number of days, until the epidermis, or true skin, has become too small. It then ceases feeding, attaches itself firmly to some point, and remains quiet for a time. During this period certain changes are taking place, and then the skin splits along the middle line from the head to the extremity of the last segment, and the caterpillar crawls forth from the skin, which is left behind it, attached to the leaf or branch to which it was fastened. The skin of the head sometimes remains attached to the head of the caterpillar for a time after it has moulted, and then falls off to the ground. Ordinarily not more than five, and frequently only four, moults take place between hatching from the egg and the change into the chrysalis. In cases where caterpillars hibernate, or pass the winter in inaction, a long interval necessarily elapses between moults. Some arctic species are known in which the development from the egg to the perfect insect covers a period of two or three years, long periods of hibernation under the arctic snows taking place. The manner in which the caterpillar withdraws itself from its exuviae, or old skin, is highly interesting. Every little spine or rough prominence is withdrawn from its covering, and the skin is left as a perfect cast of the creature which has emerged from it, even the hairs and spines attached to the skin being left behind and replaced by others. The Food of the Caterpillar.—The vast majority of the cater¬ pillars of butterflies subsist upon vegetable food, the only excep¬ tions being the singular one already noted in which the larvae feed upon scale-insects. Some of the Hesperiidce, a group in which the relationship between butterflies and moths is shown, have larvae which burrow in the roots and stems of vegetation. Duration of the Larval State.— The duration of the larval state varies greatly. In temperate climates the majority of species exist in the caterpillar state for from two to three months, and where hibernation takes place, for ten months. Many caterpillars which hibernate do so immediately after emerging from the egg and be¬ fore having made the first moult. The great majority, however, hibernate after having passed one or more moults. With the approach of spring they renew their feeding upon the first reap¬ pearance of the foliage of their proper food-plant, or are trans¬ formed into chrysalids and presently emerge as perfect insects. io The Life-Histcry and Anatomy of Butterflies A few species live gregariously during the period of hibernation, constructing for themselves a shelter of leaves woven together with strands of silk. Transformation. — The larval or caterpillar stage having been completed, and full development having been attained, the cater¬ pillar is transformed into a pupa, or chrysalis. Of this, the third stage in the life of the insect, we now shall speak at length. THE PUPA, OR CHRYSALIS The caterpillars of many butterflies attach themselves by a button of silk to the under surface of a branch or stone, or other projecting surface, and are transformed into chrysalids, Fig. 23.— Caterpillar of /Inosia plexippus, undergoing change into chrysalis: a , caterpillar just before rending of the skin ; b, chrysalis just before the cremaster, or hook, at its end is withdrawn; c, chrysalis holding itself in place by the folds of the shed skin caught between the edges of the abdominal segments, while with the ciemaster, armed with microscopic hooks, it searches for the button of silk from which it is to hang (Riley). (Compare Fig. 24, showing final form of the chrysalis.) which are naked, and which hang perpendicularly from the sur¬ face to which they are attached. Other caterpillars attach them¬ selves to surfaces by means of a button of silk which holds the anal extremity of the chrysalis, and have, in addition, a girdle of silk which passes around the middle of the chrysalis, holding it in place very much as a papoose is held on the back of an Indian squaw by a strap passed over her shoulders. The Form of Chrysalids.—The forms assumed by the insect in this stage of its being vary very greatly, though there is a general resemblance among the different families and subfamilies, so that The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies it is easy for one who has studied the matter to tell approximately to what family the form belongs, even when it is not specifically known. Chrysalids are in most cases obscure in coloring, though a few are quite brilliant, and, as in the case of the common milk¬ weed butterfly (Anosia plexippus), ornamented with golden-hued spots. The chrysalids of the Nymphalidce , one of the largest Fig. 24.—Chrysalis of Anosia plexippus } final form (Riley). Fig. 25.— Chrysalis of Papilio philenor: a, front view; b 7 side view, showing manner in which it is held in place by the girdle of silk (Riley). groups of butterflies, are all suspended. The chrysalids of the Papilionidce , or swallowtail butterflies, are held in place by girdles, and generally are bifurcate or cleft at the upper end (Fig. 25), and are greenish or wood-brown in color. A study of the structure of all chrysalids shows that within them there is contained the immature butterfly. The segments of the body are ensheathed in the corresponding segments of the chrysalis, and soldered over these segments are ensheathing plates of chitinous matter under which are the wings of the butterfly, as well as all the other organs neces¬ sary to its existence in the airy realm upon which it ^ ^ enters after emergence Fig. 2 6.—Pieris protodice: a , caterpillar; b, f rom chrysalis. The chrysalis (Riley). p ract ised ^ q{ ^ ob _ server is soon able to distinguish the location of the various parts of the butterfly in the chrysalis, and when the time for escape 12 The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies Fig. 27.— Chrysalis of Pieris olera- cea (Riley). draws near, it is in many cases possible to discern through the thin, yet tough and hard, outer walls of the chrysalis the spots and colors on the wings of the insect. Duration of Pupal Life. — Many butterflies remain in the chrys¬ alis stage only for a few weeks; others hibernate in this state, and in temperate climates a great many butterflies pass the winter as chrysalids. Where, as is sometimes the case, there are two or three generations or broods of a species during the year, the life of one brood is generally longer than that of the others, because this brood is compelled to over¬ winter, or hibernate. There are a number of but¬ terflies known in temperate North America which have three broods: a spring brood, emerging from chrysalids which have overwintered; an early sum¬ mer brood; and a fall brood. The chrysalids in the latter two cases generally represent only a couple of weeks at most in the life of the insect. In tropical and semi-tropical countries many species re¬ main in the chrysalis form during the dry season, and emerge at the beginning of the rains, when vegetation is refreshed and new and tender growths occur in the forests. The Transformation from the Chrysalis to the Imago.— The perfectly developed insect is known technically as the imago. When the time of maturity in the chrysalis state has been reached, the coverings part in such a way as to allow of the escape of the perfect insect, which, as it comes forth, generally carries with it some suggestion of its caterpillar state in the lengthened abdomen, which it with apparent difficulty trails after it until it secures a hold upon some object from which it may depend while a process of development (which lasts generally a few hours) takes place pre¬ paratory to flight. The imago, as it first emerges, is provided with small, flaccid wings, which, to¬ gether with all the organs of sense, such as the antennae, require for their complete development the injection into them of the vital fluids which, upon first emergence, are largely contained in the cavities of the thorax and abdomen. Hanging pendant on a pro¬ jecting twig, or clinging to the side of a rock, the insect remains 1 3 Fig. 28. —But¬ terfly (Papilio aster ias ) just emerging from chrysalis. The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies fanning its wings, while by the strong process of circulation a rapid injection of the blood into the wings and other organs takes place, accompanied by theirexpansion to normal proportions, in which they gradually attain to more or less rigidity. Hardly any¬ thing in the range of insect life is more interesting than this rapid development of the butterfly after its first emergence from the chrysalis. The body is robbed of its liquid contents in a large degree; the abdomen is shortened up; the chitinous rings which compose its external skeleton become set and hardened; the wings are expanded, and then the moment arrives when, on airy pinions, the creature that has lived a worm-like life for weeks and months, or which has been apparently sleeping the sleep of death in its cerements, soars aloft in the air, the companion of the sunlight and the breezes. ANATOMY OF BUTTERFLIES The body of the butterfly consists of three parts—the head, the thorax, and the abdomen. The Head.— The head is globular, its breadth generally exceed¬ ing its length. The top is called the vertex; the anterior portion, corresponding in location to the human face, is called the front. Upon the sides of the head are situated the lar gt compound eyes, between which are the antennce, or ; feelers,” as they are some¬ times called. Above the mouth is a smooth horny plate, the clypeus. The la- brum, or upper lip, is quite small. On both sides of the mouth are rudimentary man¬ dibles, which are microscopic objects. The true suctorial apparatus is formed by the n V ri Fig. 29. —Head of milkweed butterfly, stripped of scales and greatly magnified (after Burgess): v, vertex;/, front; cl, cly¬ peus; lb, labium, or upper lip; md, mandi¬ bles; a, antennae; oc, eyes; Ik, spiral tongue, or proboscis. maxillae, which are produced in the form of semi-cylindrical tubes, which, being brought together and interlocking, form a com- The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies plete tube, which is known as Vat proboscis, and which, when not in use, is curled up spirally, looking like a watch-spring. At Fig. 30 . —Cross-section of the sucking-tube of the milkweed butterfly, to show the way in which the halves unite to form a central canal (c): tr, tracheae, or air- tubes; n, nerves; m, m 3 , muscles of one side. (Magnified 125 diameters.) (Burgess.) the upper end of the proboscis, in the head, is a bulb-like en¬ largement, in the walls of which are inserted muscles which have Fig. 31.— Longitudinal section of the head of the milkweed butterfly: cl, clypeus; nix, left maxilla, the right being removed; mfl, floor of mouth; cc, oesophagus, or gullet; ov, mouth-valve; sd, salivary duct; dm and fm, dorsal and frontal muscles, which open the sac. (Magnified 20 diameters). (Burgess.) their origin on the inner wall of the head. When these muscles contract, the bulb-like cavity is enlarged, a vacuum is produced, 15 The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies and the fluids in the cup of the flower flow up the proboscis and into the bulb. The bulb is also surrounded by muscles, which, when contracting, compress it. The external opening of the tube has a flap, or valve, which, when the bulb is compressed, cl. Fig. 32. —Interior view of head of milkweed butter¬ fly : cl, clypeus; cor, cornea of the eye; cc, oesophagus, or gullet;//;?, frontal muscle; dm, dorsal muscles; Im, lat¬ eral muscles; pm, muscles moving the palpus (Burgess). closes and causes the fluid in it to flow backward into the gullet and the stomach. The arrangement is mechanically not unlike that in a bulb-syringe used by physicians. The process of feeding in the case of the butterfly is a process of pump¬ ing honeyed water out of the flowers into the stomach. The length of the proboscis varies; at its base and on either side are placed what are known as the maxillary palpi, which are very small. The lower lip, or la¬ bium, which is also almost obsolete in the butterflies, has on either side two organs known as the labial _ palpi, which consist of three joints. In the butter- Labiai palpus flies the labial palpi are generally well developed, of Colias, though in some genera they are quite small. The magnified 10 , r , AjL . . . . A Al diameters. antennae of butterflies are always provided at the ex¬ tremity with a club-shaped enlargement, and because of this clubbed form of the antennae the entire group are known as the Rhopalocera, the word being compounded from the Greek 16 The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies word pwtfaXov ( rhopalon ), which means a club , and the word xepag (keras) which means a /;orw. It will be observed from what has been said that the head in these creatures is to a large extent the seat of the organs of sense and alimentation. What the function of the antennae may be is somewhat doubtful, the opinion of scientific men being divided. The latest researches would indicate that these organs, which have been regarded as the organs of smell and sometimes as the organs of hearing, have probably a compound function, possibly enabling the creature to hear, certainly to smell, but also, perhaps, being the seat of impressions which are not strictly like any which we receive through our senses. Thorax .—The thorax is more or less oval in form, being somewhat flattened upon its upper surface. It is composed of three parts, or segments, closely united, which can only be dis¬ tinguished from one another by a careful dissection. The anterior segment is known as the prothorax, the middle segment as the mesothorax, and the after segment as the metathorax. The legs are attached in pairs to these three subdivi¬ sions of the thorax, the anterior pair being therefore sometimes spoken of as the pro- thoracic legs, the second pair as the meso- thoracic legs, and the latter pair as the metathoracic legs (Fig. 34). side of the mesothorax are attached the anterior pair of wings, over which, at their insertion into the body, are the tegulce, or lappets; on either side of the metathorax are the posterior pair of wings. It will be seen from what has been said that the thorax bears the organs of locomotion. The under side of the thorax is frequently spoken of by writers, in describing butterflies, as the pectus , or breast. The Abdomen. —The abdomen is formed nor¬ mally of nine segments, and in most butterflies is shorter than the hind wings. On the last seg= ment there are various appendages, which are mainly sexual in their nature. Fig. 34. — Colias philo- dice: a , antenna; p , extrem- On pjtlw j - ty of P al P us ; Ph prothoracic wu eiuici ] e g. mesothoracic leg; hi, metathoracic or hind leg; /, proboscis. Fig. 35. —Leg ot butterfly: c, coxa; tr, trochanter; f, femur; t, tibia; tar, tarsi. The Legs. — Butterflies have six legs, arranged in three pairs, as we have already seen. Each leg consists of five parts, the 17 The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies first of which, nearest the body, is called the coxa , with which articulates a ring-like piece known as the trochanter. To this is attached the femur, and united with the femur, forming an angle with it, is the tibia. To the tibia is attached the tarsus, or foot, the last segment of which bears the claws, which are often very minute and blunt in the butterflies, though in moths they are sometimes strongly hooked. The tibiae are often armed with spines. In some groups of butterflies the anterior pair of legs is aborted, or dwarfed, either in one or both sexes, a fact which is useful in determining the location of species in their systematic order. The Wings.— The wings of butterflies consist of a framework of horny tubes which are in reality double, the inner tube being Fig. 37.—Androconia from wings of male butterflies: a, Neonympha eurytus ; b, Ar- gyttni* aphrodite ; c, Pieris oleracea. Fig. 36.—Magnified representation ot arrangement of the scales on the wing of a butterfly. filled with air, the outer tube with blood, which circulates most freely during the time that the insect is undergoing the process of development after emergence from the chrysalis, as has been al¬ ready described. After emergence the circulation of the blood in the outer portion of the tubes is largely, if not altogether, suspended. These horny tubes support a broad membrane, which is clothed in most species upon both sides with flattened scales which are attached to the membrane in such a way that they overlap one another like the shingles on a roof. These scales are very beau¬ tiful objects when examined under a microscope, and there is considerable diversitv in their form as well as in their colors. The . Ml' htaj c ! -jo xbiTAtf^ifflpl >ifh9J1ijcl oil f ino'ii ,tjIj bwjZ .H ..?• ,*iO 1o n<>i drniaq bni>i $>(}) rtiiw Jjojuhcno^.^ 4 >\; sJnH Jii Jov '\bnulp.nH wo&Oo .3 -cn !Afjn mY Who sviAJiin^tfTAD ' I ,‘->a !•.<;' pbutiiu; j(ii v/oi • • ■ rdf i > . - ■ '\\\, : r,-*-, :\\w \,\<\ vd ., ■■.: . s \.y\ 1 1 dV<\Q\Uvfc S^.'iVUhM .8s ' ..i.'Unn Tymcmu\_ .Q£ . ' • V'«y/\\U)U w\J .Of ! , If ti\<\ v V . i .Cf .a-unUd. v\<\u\d. • .I'A/lAA'i V.VjUYiiVdA., {->?• . .?*•’> V.UViU ;\Vvi'\\' ( uy .bf ' dvik'vu-j .\'f . •■ ■ .Siiu uHM .8f / ' fiii.iiHu.' . s, viVouv; .-:V,v.?0 . \ .v.sVuuvc v.VfU’iO .c .vwlmvv. ,y ■.i.-ihmn ,-a:V) s. ' dutmK •. A .ndno\n fA<\'A\HV\ : iuv,v, .uoVood^ v^V<\«\'fvvo^V\ .8 . >.\\A\\\v, j ?.sV»• \Y\' ,oi \.h»\\Z.Y.J ty'.AVi'.Ai: A;V-\ J .vOOA V A(H]' V, .: i *XV.<\'\-.- i‘a V . V) uV\V/ ()J Explanation of Plate III Reproduced, with the kind permission of Dr. S. H. Scudder, from The Butterflies of New England,” vol. iii, Plate 74. Caterpillars of Nymphalid/e 1. CEneissemidea. Penultimate stage. 2. CEneis semidea. 3. Neonympha eurytus. 4. CEneis semidea. 5. Anosia plexippus. 6 . Neonympha eurytus. 7. CEneis semidea. Just hatched. 8 . Neonympha phocion. 9. Satyrodes canthus. 10. Neonympha eurytus. 11. CEneis jutta. Just hatched. 12. Neonympha phocion. 13. Neonympha eurytus. Penultimate stage. 14. Neonympha eurytus. Plain and en¬ larged. 15. CEneis semidea. 16. Debis portlandia. 17. Basilarchia astyanax. 18. Satyr us alope. 19. Basilarchia disippus. 20. Chlorippe clyton. 21. Basilarchia astyanax. 22. Basilarchia disippus. Plain out¬ line to show the attitude some¬ times assumed. 23. G rapt a interrogationis. 24. Basilarchia disippus. 25. Basilarchia astyanax. Plain. 26. Basilarchia arthemis. 27. Grapta interrogationis . 28. Vanessa antiopa, 29. Junonia ccenia. 30. Junonia ccenia. 31. Grapta progne. 32. Grapta faunus. 33. Grapta satyr us. 34. Pyrameis huntera. 35. Pyrameis atalania. 36. Vanessa milberti. 37. Pyrameis cardui. 38. Grapta comma. The Butterfly Book. Plate Ill. The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies rmles of many species have peculiarly shaped scales arranged in tufts and folds, which are called androconia, and are useful in microscopically determining species (Fig. 37). The portion of the wings which is nearest to the thorax at the point where they are attached to the body is called the base; the middle third of the wing is known as the median or discal area , the outer third as the limbal area. The anterior margin of the wings is called the costal margin; the outer edge is known as the external margin , the inner edge as the inner margin. The shape of the wings varies very much. The tip of the front wing is called the apex, and this may be rounded, acute, falcate (somewhat sickle-shaped), or square. The angle formed by the outer margin of the front wing with the inner margin is commonly known as the outer angle. The correspond¬ ing angle on the hind wing is known as the anal angle , and the point which corresponds to the tip or apex of the front wing is known as the external angle (Fig. 38). A knowledge of these terms is necessary in order to understand the technical descrip¬ tions which are given by authors. If a wing is examined with the naked eye, or even with a lens, a clear conception of the structure of the veins can rarely be formed. Therefore it is generally necessary to remove from the wings the scales which cover them, or else bleach them. The scales may be removed mechanically by rubbing them off. They may be made transparent by the use of chemical agents. In the case of specimens which are so valuable as to forbid a resort to these methods, a clear knowledge of the structure of the veins may be formed by simply moistening them with pure benzine or chloroform, which enables the structure of the veins to be seen for a few moments. The evaporation of these fluids is rapid, and they produce no ill effect upon the color and texture of the wings. In the case of common species, or in the case of such as are abun¬ dantly represented in the possession of the collector, and the practical destruction of one or two of which is a matter of no moment, it is easy to use the first method. The wing should be placed between two sheets of fine writing-paper which have been moistened by the breath at the points where the wing is laid, and then by lightly rubbing the finger-nail or a piece of ivory, bone, or other hard substance over the upper piece of paper, a good many of the scales may be removed. This process may be repeated until almost all of them have been taken off. This method 19 The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies efficient in the case of many of the small species when they are still fresh; in the case of the larger species the scales may be re¬ moved by means of a camefs-hair pencil such as is used by paint ers. The chemical method of bleaching wings is simple and inex¬ pensive. For this purpose the wing should be dipped in alcohol and then placed in a vessel containing a bleaching solution of some sort. The best agent is a solution of chloride of lime. After the color has been removed from the wing by the action of the chloride it should be washed in a weak solution of hydrochloric acid. It may then be cleansed in pure water and mounted upon a piece of glass, as microscopic slides are mounted, and thus pre¬ served. When thus bleached the wing is capable of being mi¬ nutely studied, and all points of its anatomy are brought clearly into view. The veins in both the fore and hind wings of butterflies may be divided into simple and compound veins. In the fore wing the simple veins are the costal, the radial, and the subme¬ dian; in the hind wing, the cos¬ tal, the subcostal, the upper and lower radial, the submedian, and the internal are simple. The Fig. 39.—Arrangement of scales on wing of butterfly. costal vein in the hind wing is, however, generally provided near the base with a short ascending branch which is known as the precostal vein. In addition to these simple veins there are in the fore wing two branching veins, one immediately following the 20 The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies costal, known as the subcostal, and the other preceding the sub¬ median, known as the median vein. The branches of these com¬ pound veins are known as nervules. The median vein always has three nervules. The nervules of the subcostal veins branch upwardly and outwardly toward the costal margin and the apex of the fore wing. There are always from four to five subcostal nervules. In the hind wing the subcostal is simple. The median vein in the hind wing has three nervules as in the fore wing. Be¬ tween the subcostal and the median veins, toward the base in both wings, is inclosed the cell, which may be wholly or partially open at its outer extremity, or closed. The veinlets which close the cell at its outward extremity are known as the discocellular veins, of which there are normally three. From the point of union of these discocellular veins go forth the radial veins known respectively as the upper and lower radials, though the upper radial in many genera is emitted from the lower margin of the subcostal. An understanding of these terms is, however, more readily derived from a study of the figure in which the names of these parts are indi¬ cated (Fig. 40). Butterflies generally hold their wings erect when they are at rest, Fig. 40.—Wing of Anosia pi ex- with their two upper surfaces in ^ proximity, the under surfaces alone veins; s C ,subcostal vein • 5 c% ,etc. displaying their colors to the eye. Only in a few genera of the larger butterflies, and these tropical species, with which this book does not deal, is there an exception to this rule, save in the case of the Hesperiidce , or “skippers,” in which very frequently, while the anterior wings are folded together, the posterior wings lie in a horizontal position. Internal Organs .—Thus far we have considered only the ex¬ ternal organs of the butterfly. The internal organs have been made the subject of close study and research by many writers, 21 subcostal nervules; UR, upper ra¬ dial ; LR, lower radial; M, median veins; Mi, M2 , M3, median ner¬ vules ; SM, submedian veins; I, in ¬ ternal veins; PC, precostal ner- vule; UDC , MDC, LDC, upper, middle, and lower discocellulars. The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies and a volume might be prepared upon this subject. It will, how¬ ever, suffice for us to call the attention of the student to the prin¬ cipal facts. The muscular system finds its principal development in the thorax, which bears the organs of locomotion. The digestive sys- ' • - a) • ~ tern consists of the proboscis, which has already been de¬ scribed, the gullet, or oesoph¬ agus, and the stomach, over which is a large, bladder-like vessel called the food-reser¬ voir, a sort of crop preceding the true stomach, which is a cylindrical tube; the intestine is a slender tube, varying in shape in different genera, di¬ vided into the small intestine, the colon, and the rectum. Butterflies breathe through spiracles, little oval openings on the sides of the segments of the body, branching from which inwardly are the tra¬ cheae, or bronchial tubes. The heart, which is located in the same relative position as the spine in vertebrate ani¬ mals, is a tubular structure. The nervous system lies on the lower or ventral side of the body, its position being exactly the reverse of that which is found in the higher animals. It consists of nerv¬ ous cords and ganglia, or nerve-knots, in the different segments. Those in the head are more largely developed than elsewhere, forming a rudimen¬ tary brain, the larger portion of which consists of two enor¬ mous optic nerves. The student who is desirous of informing 22 The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies himself more thoroughly and accurately as to the internal anat¬ omy of these insects may consult with profit some of the treatises which are mentioned in the list of works dealing with the sub¬ ject which is given elsewhere in this book. Polymorphism and Dimorphism. —Species of butterflies often show great differences in the different broods which appear. The brood which emerges in the springtime from the chrysalis, which has passed the winter under the snows, may differ very strikingly from the insect which appears in the second or summer brood; and the insects of the third or fall brood may differ again from either the spring or the summer brood. The careful stu¬ dent notes these differ¬ ences. Such species are called polymorphic, that is, appearing under dif¬ ferent forms. Some spe¬ cies reveal a singular difference between the sexes, and there may be two forms of the same sex in the same species. This is most common in the case of the female butterfly, and where there are two forms of the female or the male such a species is said to have dimorphic females or males. This phenomenon is revealed in the case of the well-known Turnus Butterfly; in the colder regions of the continent the females are yellow banded with black, like the males, but in more southern portions of the continent black females are quite common, and these dark females were once 23 The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies thought, before the truth was known, to constitute a separate species. Albinism and Melanism.— Albinos, white or light-colored forms, are quite common among butterflies, principally among the females. On the other hand, melanism, or a tendency to the production of dark or even black forms, reveals itself. Melanism is rather more common in the case of the male sex than in the female sex. The collector and student will always endeavor, if possible, to preserve these curious aberrations. as they are called. We do not yet entirely understand what are the causes which are at work to produce these changes in the color, and all such aberrant specimens have interest for the scientific man. Monstrosities .—Curious malformations, producing monstrosi¬ ties, sometimes occur among insects, as in other animals, and such malformed specimens should likewise be preserved when found. One form of malformation which is not altogether un¬ common consists in an apparent confusion of sexes in specimens, the wings of a male insect being attached to the body of a female, or half of an insect being male and half female. Mimicry.—O ne of the most singular and interesting facts in the animal kingdom is what has been styled mimicry. Certain colors and forms are possessed by animals which adapt them to their surroundings in such wise that they are in a greater or less degree secured from observation and attack. Or they possess forms and colors which cause them to approximate in appear¬ ance other creatures, which for some reason are feared or disliked by animals which might prey upon them, and in consequence of this resemblance enjoy partial or entire immunity. Some butter¬ flies, for instance, resemble dried leaves, and as they are seated upon the twigs of trees they wholly elude the eye. This illustrates the first form of mimicry. Other butterflies so closely approxi¬ mate in form and color species which birds and other insects will not attack, because of the disagreeable juices which their bodies contain, that they are shunned by their natural enemies, in spite of the fact that they belong to groups of insects which are ordinarily greedily devoured by birds and other animals. A good illustration of this fact is found in the case of the Disippus Butterfly, which belongs to a group which is not specially pro¬ tected, but is often the prey of insect-eating creatures. This butterfly has assumed almost the exact color and markings of the The Life-History and Anatomy of Butterflies milkweed butterfly, Anosia plexippus , which is distasteful to birds, and hence enjoys peculiar freedom from the attacks of enemies. Because this adaptation of one form to another evi¬ dently serves the purpose of defense this phenomenon has been called protective mimicry.” The reader who is curious to know more about the subject will do well to consult the writings of Mr. Alfred Russel Wallace and Mr. Darwin, who have written at length upon mimicry among butterflies. There is here a field of most interesting inquiry for the student. The Distribution of Butterflies .—Butterflies are found every¬ where that plant life suited to the nourishment of the caterpillars is found. There are some species which are arctic and are found in the brief summer of the cold North and upon the lofty summits of high mountains which have an arctic climate. Most of them are, however, children of the sun, and chiefly abound in the tem¬ perate and tropical regions of the earth. While the number of species which are found in the tropics vastly exceeds the number of species found in the temperate zone, it is apparently true that the number of specimens of certain species is far more numerous in temperate regions than in the tropics. Very rarely in tropical countries are great assemblages of butterflies to be seen, such as may be found in the summer months in the United States, swarm¬ ing around damp places, or hovering over the fields of blooming clover or weeds. In the whole vast region extending from the Rio Grande of Texas to the arctic circle it is doubtful whether more than seven hundred species of butterflies are found. On the continent of Europe there are only about four hundred and fifty species. The number of species of butterflies and the num¬ ber of species of birds in the United States are very nearly the same. CHAPTER II THE CAPTURE, PREPARATION, AND PRESERVATION OF SPECIMENS “ What hand would crush the silken-winged fly, The youngest of inconstant April’s minions, Because it cannot climb the purest sky, Where the swan sings, amid the sun’s dominions? Not thine.” Shelley. “ Do not mash your specimens! ’’—The Professor. COLLECTING APPARATUS Nets. — In the capture of insects of all orders, and especially of butterflies and moths, one of the most important instruments is the net. German naturalists make use of what are known as shears ( Scheren ), which are made like gigantic scissors, having at the end two large oval rings upon which wire gauze or fine netting is stretched. With this implement, which looks like an old- fashioned candle-snuffer of colossal size, they succeed in collect¬ ing specimens without doing much injury. Shears are, however, not much in vogue among the naturalists of other countries. The favorite instrument for the ordinary collector is the net. Nets may be made in various ways and of various materials. There are a multitude of devices which have been invented for enabling the net to be folded up so as to occupy but little space when not in use. The simplest form of the net, which can be made almost anywhere, is constructed as follows: A rod—preferably of bamboo, or some other light, stiff material—is used as the handle, not more than five feet in length. Attached to this at its upper end, a loop or ring made of metal, or some moderately stiff 2 6 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens yet flexible material, should be tied securely. Upon this there should be sewed a bag of fine netting, preferably tarletan. The Fig. 43. —Plan for folding net-ring: c, halves of ring detached; b, upper joint of the halves; a, ring set; d, cap of ferrule; /, cap of ferrule, showing screw in place; e } screw (Riley). bag should be quite long, not less than eighteen inches deep; the ring should be not less than a foot in diameter. Such a net can be made at a cost of but a few cents, and will be, in most cases, as efficient as any of the more ' ' Q Fig. 44.—<3, net; b, ferrule to receive han¬ dle ; c, wire hoop to be fastened in the upper end of the ferrule (Riley). expensive nets which are more carefully con¬ structed. A good, cheap ring for a net may be made by using thebrass ferrule of a fish¬ ing-rod. The ferrule should be Fig. 45.— ring of metal tied with wire at a ; b, ferrule; c, plug put in before pouring in solder(Riley). at least three quarters of an inch in diameter. Into this insert the ends of a metal ring made by bending brass, aluminium, or iron 21 1 The Caoture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens wire into the proper form. When the ends have been inserted into the ferrule, melted solder or lead may be poured into it, and the ends of the wire forming the ring will be thus firmly secured in the ferrule. The ferrule can then be inserted into its mate placed at the end of a bamboo rod. I have commonly ob¬ tained for this purpose the last joint or butt of a fishing-rod as the handle of a net. Such a handle can often be purchased for a small sum from a dealer in fishing-rods. It can be made very cheaply. Any kind of a stick, if not too heavy, will do. It is sometimes convenient to have it in your power to lengthen the handle of your net so as to reach objects that are at some elevation above the head, and for this purpose I have had nets made with handles capable of being lengthened by jointed extensions. In collecting in tropical countries, among tall shrubbery and under¬ growth, nets thus made, capable of having their'handles greatly lengthened, have often proved serviceable. One of the most successful collectors I have ever had in my employment made his net by simply bending a piece of bamboo into the form of the frame of an Indian snow-shoe, to which he attached a handle about a foot and a half in length, and to this he affixed a bag of netting. He was, however, a Japanese, and possessed a singular dexterity in the capture of specimens with this simple apparatus to which I myself never attained. When tarletan can¬ not be had, ordinary mosquito-netting will do as the material for the bag. It is, however, too coarse in the mesh for many delicate and minute species. Very fine netting for the manufacture of the bags is made in Switzerland, and can be obtained from reputable dealers. In order to protect and preserve the net, it is well to bind it with some thin muslin at the point where it is joined to the ring. Nets are sometimes made with a strip of muslin, about two inches wide, attached to the entire circumference of the ring, and to this strip of muslin the bag is sewed. For my part, I prefer gray or green as the color for a net. White should be avoided, as ex¬ perience shows that a white net will often alarm an insect when a net of darker material will not cause it to fly before the collector is ready to bring the net down over the spot where it is settled. Collecting-Jars. — In killing insects various methods have been used. In practice the most approved method is to employ a jar charged with cyanide of potash or with carbonate of ammonia, 28 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens For large moths and butterflies cyanide of potash and carbonate of ammonia serve very well, but it must be remembered that carbonate of ammonia bleaches insects which are green in color. It is well, in my judgment, to use a drop or two of chloroform in the jar charged with carbonate of ammonia, for the collection of diurnal lepidoptera. By putting a few drops of chloroform into the jar, the insect is anesthetized, and its struggles are made quickly to cease. The principal objection to chloroform is the fact that it induces rigidity of the thoracic muscles, which subsequently sometimes interferes with handsome setting. In the preparation of the poisoning-jar it is well to use a jar which has a ground-glass stop¬ per, and the mouth of which is about three inches in diameter. This will be large enough for most specimens. The one-pound hydrate of chloral jars, provided with glass stoppers and sold by Schering, make the neatest collecting-jars that are known to the writer. I have found it well to have such jars Fig. 46,-Cya- partly covered with leather after the fashion of a ™ de d ar prepared drinking-flask. An opening in the leather is left rated cardboard; on either side, permitting an inspection of the ^fpotash^ 3 ' contents of the jar. The leather protects from breakage. At the bottom of such a jar a few lumps of cyanide of potash, about the size of a filbert, should be placed. Over this may be laid a little cotton, to prevent the lumps from rat¬ tling about loosely at the bottom of the jar. Over the cotton there is pasted a sheet of strong white paper, perforated with a multitude of holes. In securing the white paper over the cyanide, the writer has resorted to a simple method which is explained in the annexed diagram. A piece of paper is placed under the jar, and a circle the size of the Fig. 47.—Piece of inside of the jar is traced upon it. Then a disk slit for pasting over is cut out about three quarters of an inch greater the cyanide in the j n diameter than the original circle (Fig. 47). The co ec mg jar . p a p er j s punctured over the entire surface included within the inner line, and then, with a scissors, little gashes are made from the outer circumference inward, so as to permit of the foldmg up of the edge of the disk. A little gum tragacanth is 20 The.Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens then applied to these upturned edges; and it is inserted into the jar and pasted securely over the cyanide by the upturned flaps. A jar thus charged will last for a long time, if kept properly closed when not in use. Cyanide of potash has a tendency to deliquesce, or melt down in the presence of moisture, and in very humid cli¬ mates or damp places, if the jar is not kept well stoppered, the cyanide will quickly become semi-fluid, the paper will become moist, and specimens placed in the jar will be injured or com- pletely ruined. It is well, however, to bear in mind the fact that the fumes of hydrocyanic acid (prussic acid), which are active in producing the death of the insect, will not be given off in suffi¬ cient volume unless there is some small amount of moisture pres- Fig. 48.— Method of disabling a butterfly by pinch¬ ing it when in the net. ent in the jar; and in a very dry climate the writer has found it sometimes necessary to add a drop or two of water from time to time to the cyanide. The same method which has been described for charging a jar with cyanide of potash can be employed in charging it with carbonate of ammonia. Field-Boxes .—In collecting butterflies it is often possible to kill, or half kill, the specimens contained in the net by a smart pinch administered to the insect by the thumb and the first finger, the pressure being applied from without the net (Fig. 48). This mode of procedure, however, unless the operator is careful, is apt to somewhat damage the specimens. The writer prefers to hold the insect firmly between the thumb and the first finger, and apply a drop or two of chloroform from a vial which should be carried in 30 triinaJlsrfi’ a u ■ ■ - r.wM: • aaau.: A", ; - i. jjau.O h: <:mija 8 YJIHD' I /for/ / .» •-’ »•££ y, * iv /. ; u

•.•« ; '\"v a/v.'uu'uaa/A , 6 'i ..;V 1 ' . Al ; O a\ . a- ;/ /■: " ■ ’• ' "V. -a . a v i - /' • <\ 5 < ■■■ " A; • ,v . ■ i • ■. \ <■. i ■ ■ ;\vr ! • a I, A A VA(V'.t, t V<.f.,Vi .01 ,A.Y:tiv f r?:!:;*U ,sVv»^y.u '•av v.v' A ,u- ; .vv.jiv UiwoCl /.„o aHva',J .> r . .v/'/iv •/ i ^ jf atscI a 0 lorUdesta . ■,W9iv aaV:/,a ‘'V . ; • - . •• 1 \\u v •• ./•v/./ ..p:: • .V/ A ■■ jO AvA • • V, A • • . j hup - , vV A V .V,-A A A; AX' AAJA. a:'' •/ VSVv % A^t\uAO- >'>V\ ,8s .WtttV ‘jl. j/;, . ,v^ v .av/'. vamwiv/)-V o'^'iU'• V y>iH j-iO «>imuo3 .fcVU.:u) A ■ . . 7 VA . ; ■ A V >.•,!<; : U\i A . . A / ’! J ■ lx ■ ■ A , aah&S >moM-'.\V -\'0 ; ,;a u\ Explanation of Plate IV Reproduced, with the kind permission of Dr. S. H. Scudder, from “ The Butterflies of New England,” vol. iii, Plate 83. Chrysalids in Color and in Outline — NymphaliD/E 1. Anosia plexippus. Side view. 2. Anosia plexippus. In outline. 3. Anosia plexippus. Dorsal view. 4. CEneis semidea. 5. CEneis semidea. Dorsal view. 6 . Debis portlandia. 7. Satyrus nephele. 8. Satyrus nephele. Dorsal view. 9. Satyrodes canthus. Side view. 10. Neonympha phocion. Side view. 11. Neonympha phocion. Side view. 12. Basilarchia astyanax. Side view. 13. Basilarchia astyanax. Side view. 14. Basilarchia arthemis. Side view. 15. Chlorippe clyton. Side view. 16. Chlorippe clyton. Side view. 17. Chlorippe clyton. Dorsal view. 18. Basilarchia disippus. Ventral view. 19. Basilarchia disippus. Side view. 20. Basilarchia disippus. Side view. 21. Grapta interrogations. Dorsal view. 22. Grapta interrogationis. Side view. 23. Basilarchia arthemis. Dorsal view. 24. Grapta inter rogationis. Outline of mesothoracic tubercle from the side. 25. Grapta inter rogationis. 2 6 . Grapta inter rogationis. Outline of head from in front. 27. Grapta comma. Outline of head from in front; enlarged. 28. Neonympha eurytus. Side view. 29. Grapta comma. Outline of meso-. thoracic tubercle from the side. 30. Grapta comma. The same from another specimen. 31. Grapta faunus. Outline of head from in front. 32. Grapta progne. Outline of head from in front. 33. Grapta faunus. Side view. 34. Grapta faunus. Side view in out¬ line. 35. Grapta faunus. Ventral view in outline. 36. Vanessa j-album. Outline of meso¬ thoracic tubercle from the side. 37. Grapta progne. Side view. 38. Grapta progne. Side view. 39. Grapta comma. Side view. 40. Grapta inter rogationis. Side view, 41. Grapta satyrus. Side view. 42. Grapta satyrus. Ventral view. 43. Vanessa milberti. Side view. 44. Vanessa j-album. Side view. 45. Vanessa j-album. Ventral view. 46. Grapta comma. Side view. 47. Grapta comma. Side view. 48. Grapta comma. Dorsal view. 49. Vanessa milberti. Side view. 50. Vanessa milberti. Dorsal view. 51. Vanessa antiop a. Side view. 52. Pyrameis atalanta. Side view. 53. Pyrameis atalanta. Dorsal view. 54. Pyrameis hunter a. Side view. 55. Pyrameis atalanta. Side view. 56. Junonia coenia. Side view. 57. Junonia coenia. Dorsal view. 58. Vanessa antiopa. Side view. 59. Vanessa antiopa. Dorsal view. 60. Pyrameis cardui. Side view. 61. Pyrameis cardui. Side view. 62. Pyrameis cardui. Dorsal view. 63. Pyrameis hunter a. Dorsal view. 64. Pyrameis huntera. Side view, with nest woven before pupation. 65. Junonia coenia. Side view. 66. Junonia coenia. Side view. 67. Junonia coenia. Side view. The Butterfly Book. Plate IV. The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens Che upper left-hand vest-pocket. The application of the chloro¬ form will cause the insect to cease its struggles immediately, and it may then be placed in the poisoning-jar, or it may be pinned into the field-box. The field-box, which should be worn at the side, securely held in its place by a strap going over the shoulder and by another strap around the waist, may be provided with the poisoning apparatus or may be without it. In the former case the box should be of tin, and should have securely fastened in one cor¬ ner some lumps of cyanide, tied in gauze. The box should be very tight, so that when it is closed the fumes of the cyanide may be retained. The bottom should be covered with cork, upon which the specimens, as they are withdrawn from the poisoning-jar, should be pinned. It is well to bear strictly in mind that it is a mistake to continue to put one specimen after another into the poisoning-jar until it is half filled or quite filled with specimens. In walking about the field, if there are several insects in the jar at a time, they are likely to become rubbed and their beauty partially destroyed by being tossed about as the collector moves from place to place; and a large insect placed in a jar in which there are one or two smaller insects will in its death-struggles possibly injure the latter. So, as fast as the insects are partially asphyxiated, or de¬ prived of the power of motion, they should be removed from the poisoning-jar to the poisoning-box, where they are pinned in place and prevented from rubbing one against the other. Some col¬ lectors prefer simply to stun the insects, and then pin them into the field-box, where they are left, in whole or in part, to recover their vitality, to be subsequently put to death upon the return of the collector from the field. This mode of procedure, while undoubt¬ edly it yields in the hands of a skilful operator the most beauti¬ ful specimens, appears to the writer to be somewhat cruel, and he does not therefore approve of it. The Use of the Net .—In the use of the net the old saying is true that “ practice makes perfect.” The bag of the net should be sufficiently long to allow of its being completely closed when hanging from the ring on either side. It is possible to sweep into the net an insect which is fluttering through the air, and then by a turn of the hand to close the bag and to capture the speci¬ men. When the insect has alighted upon the ground it is best to clap the net over it and then to raise the net with one hand. Very many species have the habit of flying upward. This is par- 3 1 Tne Capture, Preparation, and Preservation or Specimens ticularly true of the skippers, a group of very vigorou-s and swift¬ flying butterflies. The writer prefers, if possible, to clap the net over the specimens and then to allow them to rise, and, by insert¬ ing the wide-mouthed collecting-jar below, to capture them with¬ out touching them at all with the fingers. So far as possible the fingers should not be allowed to come in contact with specimens, whether in or out of the net, though some persons acquire an ex¬ tremely delicate yet firm touch which enables them to handle the wings of frail species without removing any of the scales. No¬ thing is more unsightly in a collection than specimens that have been caught and rubbed by the fingers. Baits. — Moths are frequently taken by the method of collecting known as “sugaring.” But it may also be employed for butter¬ flies. For this purpose a mixture of beer and cheap brown sugar may be used. If the beer be stale drippings, so much the better. In fact, it is well, if the collector intends to remain in one locality for some time, to make a mixture of beer and sugar some hours or a day in advance of its application. In semi-tropical countries a mixture of beer and sugar is hardly as good as a mixture of molasses and water into which a few tablespoonfuls of Jamaica rum have been put. A mixture thus prepared seems to'attract more effectually than the first prescription. Having provided a pail with a quart or two of the mixture, the collector resorts to the point where he proposes to carry on his work. With an ordinary whitewash brush the mixture is applied to the trunks of trees, stumps, fence-rails, and other objects. It is well to apply the mixture to a series of trees and posts located on the side of a bit of woodland, or along a path through forests, if comparatively open and not too dense. The writer has rarely had success in sugaring in the depths of forests. His greatest success has al¬ ways been on paths and at the edge of woods. Many beetles and other insects come to the tempting sweets, and separate jars for capturing these should be carried in the pocket. The collector never should attempt to kill beetles in the same jar into which he is putting butterflies. The hard, horny bodies and spiny legs of beetles will make sad havoc with the delicate wings of butterflies. Many other baits besides this may be employed to attract in¬ sects. Some writers recommend a bait prepared by boiling dried apples and mashing them into a pulp, adding a little rum to the mixture, and applying this to the bark of trees. In tropical coun- 32 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens tries bananas, especially rotten bananas, seem to have a charm for insects. The cane-trash at sugar-mills is very attractive. If pos¬ sible, it is well to obtain a quantity of this trash and scatter it along forest paths. Some insects have very peculiar appetites and are attracted by things loathsome. The ordure of carnivorous animals seems to have a special charm for some of the most mag¬ nificently colored and the rarest of tropical butterflies. A friend of mine in Africa, who collected for me for a number of years, used to keep civet-cats, the ordure of which was collected and placed at appropriate points in the forest paths; and he was richly re¬ warded by obtaining many insects which were not obtained in any other way. Putrid fish have a charm for other species, and dead snakes, when rankly high, will attract still others. It may be observed that after the trees have been treated for a succession of days or nights with the sweetening mixture spoken of above, they become very productive 0 When collecting in Japan I made it a rule to return in the morning to the spots that I had sugared for moths the evening before, and I was always amply repaid by finding multitudes of butterflies and even a good many day-flying moths seated upon the mossy bark, feasting upon the remnants of the banquet I had provided the evening before. There is no sport—I do not except that of the angler—-which is more fascinating than the sport derived by an enthusiastic entomologist from the practice of “sugaring.” It is well, however, to know always where your path leads, and not to lay it out in the dusk, as the writer once did when staying at a well-known summer resort in Virginia. The path which he had chosen as the scene of operations was unfortunately laid, all unknown to himself, just in the rear of the poultry-house of a man who sold chickens to the hotel; and when he saw the dark lantern mysteriously moving about, he concluded that some one with designs upon his hens was hidden in the woods, and opened fire with a seven-shooter, thus coming very near to terminating abruptly the career of an ardent entomologist. Beating .—There are many species which are apparently not attracted by baits such as we have spoken of in the preceding paragraph. The collector, passing through the grove, searches diligently with his eye and captures what he can see, but does not fail also with the end of his net-handle to tap the trunks of trees and to shake the bushes, and as the insects fly out, to note 33 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens the point where they settle, and then make them his prey. It is well in this work, as in all collecting, to proceed somewhat leisurely, and to keep perfectly cool. The caricature sometimes found in newspapers of the ardent lepidopterist running like a “ quarter-back ” across a ten-acre lot in quest of some flying insect does not represent the truly skilful collector, whose movements are more or less stealthy and cautious. THE BREEDING OF SPECIMENS By breeding it is possible to obtain specimens in the most perfect condition. Bred specimens which have not had an oppor¬ tunity to fly are always preferred on account of their freshness of color and perfection of form. A great many species which ap¬ parently are exceedingly rare may often be obtained in consider¬ able numbers by the process of breeding, the caterpillar being more readily found than the perfect insect. Although the process of breeding involves a good deal of labor and care, it affords a most delightful field for observation, and the returns are fre¬ quently of the very greatest value. How to Get the Eggs of Butterflies .—The process of breeding may begin with the egg. The skilful eye of the student will de¬ tect the eggs of butterflies upon the leaves upon which they have been deposited. The twig may be cut and placed in a vase, in water, and kept fresh until the minute caterpillar emerges, and then from time to time it may be transferred to fresh leaves of the same species of plant, and it will continue to make its moults until at last it is transformed into a chrysalis, and in due season the butterfly emerges. Eggs may frequently be obtained in con¬ siderable numbers by confining the female under gauze, with the t appropriate food-plant. A knowledge of the food-plant may often be obtained by watching the female and observing upon what plants she deposits her eggs. The exceedingly beautiful researches of Mr. W. H. Edwards were largely promoted by his skill in inducing females to oviposit upon their food-plants. He did this generally by confining the female with the food-plant in a barrel or nail-keg, the bottom of which had been knocked out, and over the top of which he tied mosquito-netting. The plant was placed under the keg. The insects thus con- 34 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens fined may be fed with a mixture of honey and water placed upon the leaves. In collecting caterpillars it is well to have on hand a number of small boxes in which to place them, and also a botany-box in which to bring from the field a supply of their appropriate food. The. process of breeding may begin with the caterpillar. The collector, having discovered the caterpillar feeding upon the branch of a certain plant, provides the creature with a constant supply of the fresh foliage of the same plant, until it finally pupates. Breeding-Cages. —V arious devices for breeding caterpillars and rearing moths and butterflies are known. One of the most impor¬ tant of these devices is the breed¬ ing-cage, which is sometimes called a vivarium. The simplest form of the vivarium is often the best. In breeding some species the best method is simply to pot a plant of the species upon which the lar¬ va is known to feed, and to place the potted plant in a box over which some mosquito-netting is tied. The writer frequently em- cage: G, lid covered with mosquito- ploys for this purpose cylinders of food^ant’ Pan ofearth; 5 > bottIefor glass over the top of which per¬ forated cardboard is placed. This method, however, can be re¬ sorted to only with the more minute forms and with plants that do not attain great height. Another form of vivarium is repre¬ sented in the adjoining woodcut (Fig. 50). The writer has suc¬ cessfully employed, for breeding insects upon a large scale, ordi¬ nary store boxes provided with -a lid made by fastening together four pieces of wood, making a frame large enough to cover the top of the box, and covering it with gauze. The food-plant is kept fresh in bottles or jars which are set into the boxes. Be careful, however, after you have put the branches upon which the caterpil¬ lars are feeding into the jars, to stuff something into the neck of the jar so as to prevent the caterpillar from accidentally getting into the water and drowning himself—a mishap which otherwise might occur. When breeding is undertaken on a still larger scale, it may be well to set apart for this purpose a room, preferably in 35 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens an outbuilding, all the openings leading from which should be carefully closed so as to prevent the escape of the caterpillars. How to Find Caterpillars. — Many species of caterpillars are not hard to discover; they are more or less conspicuous objects, and strike the eye. Some species conceal themselves by weaving together the leaves of the plant on which they feed, or by bending Fig. 50. — Breeding-cage: a, base, battened at^to prevent warping; b, removable body of cage, in¬ closing zinc pan, /, f, containing jar for plant, d, and filled with five inches of soil, e ; c, removable top, covered with wire gauze. The doors and sides are of glass (Riley). a single leaf into a curved receptacle in which they lie hidden. Others conceal themselves during the daytime about the roots of trees or under bark or stones, only emerging in the night-time to feed upon the foliage. The collector will carefully search for these. The presence of caterpillars is generally indicated by the ravages which they have committed upon the foliage. By care¬ fully scanning a branch the collector will observe that the leaves The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens have been more or less devoured. Generally underneath the tree will be found the frass, or ejectamenta, of the caterpillar. The presence of the ejectamenta and the evidence of the ravages com¬ mitted by the larvae upon the foliage will give the collector a clue to the whereabouts of the caterpillar. The writer has found it generally advantageous to search for caterpillars that feed upon trees along the wide, sandy margins of brooks and rivers. The frass is easily discovered upon the sand, and by casting the eye upward into the foliage it is often easy to detect the insect. The pavements in towns and cities which are bordered by trees may also very well be scanned for evidence of the presence of cater¬ pillars. A favorite collecting-ground of the writer is one of the large cemeteries of the city in which he lives, in which there are numerous trees and a great quantity of shrubbery. Wood-boring species, as a rule, are more difficult to obtain and rear than those that feed upon the foliage. Hibernating Caterpillars. — While some difficulty attends the preservation of chrysalids in the case of those species which pupate in the fall and pass the winter in the chrysalis state under the ground, far more difficulty attends the preservation of species which hibernate in the caterpillar state. As a rule, it is found best to expose the boxes containing these species in an ice-house or other cold place, keeping them there until there is available an abundant supply of the tender shoots of the plant upon which they are in the habit of feeding. They may then be brought forth from cold storage and placed in proximity to the food-plant, upon which they will proceed to feed. THE PRESERVATION OF SPECIMENS Papering Specimens. — When time and opportunities do not suffice for the proper preparation of butterflies for display in the permanent collection, the collector may, in the case of the larger species, conveniently place them in envelopes, with then wings folded (Fig. 51), and they may then be stored in a box until such time as he is able to relax the specimens and properly mount them. Thousands of insects are thus annually collected. The small drug envelopes, or the larger pay-roll envelopes, which m^y be bought in boxes by the thousand of any stationer for 37 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens Fig. 5 i . —Butterfly in envelope. a comparatively small sum, are preferable because of their conve¬ nience. Many collectors, however, paper their specimens in envel¬ opes which they make of oblong bits of paper adapted to the size of the insect. The process of making the envelope and of paper¬ ing the insect is accurately depicted in the accompanying cut (Fig. 52). The writer finds it good in the case of small butterflies to place them in boxes between layers of cheap plush or velvet. A small box, a few inches long, may be provided, and at its bottom a layer of velvet is placed; upon this a number of small butterflies are laid. Over them is placed a layer of velvet, with its soft pile facing the same side of the velvet at the bottom. On top of this another piece of velvet is laid, with its pile upward, and other specimens are again deposited, and over this another piece of velvet is laid, and so on. If the box is not filled full at once, it is well to have enough pieces of velvet cut to fill it, or else place cotton on top, so as to keep the layers of velvet from mov¬ ing or shaking about. A yard or two of plush or velvet will suffice for the packing of a thousand specimens of small butterflies. Mounting Butterflies .—When the collector has time enough at his dis¬ posal he should at once mount his specimens as they are intended to be displayed in the collection. We shall now proceed to explain the manner in which this is most advantageously ac¬ complished. Theinsectshouldfirstofallbepinned. Thepinshould be thrust perpendicularly through the thorax, midway between the wings, and at a considerable elevation upon the pin. It should then be placed upon the setting-board or setting-block. Setting- boards or setting-blocks are pieces of wood having a groove on the upper surface of sufficient depth to accommodate the body of the insect and to permit the wings to be brought to the level of the upper surface of the board (Fig. 53). They should also be provided either with a cleft or a hole which will permit the pin to be thrust down below the body of the insect for a considerable 33 Fig. 52.—Method of folding pa¬ per for envelopes: first fold on line AB ; then on AD and CB ; then on BF and EA. The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens distance. As a rule, the wings of all specimens should be mounted at a uniform elevation of about seven eighths of an inch above the point of the pin. This is known as the “ continental method ” of mounting, and is infinitely prefer¬ able to the old-fashioned “English method,” in which the insect was pinned low down upon the pin, so that its wings touched the surface of the box. Setting-blocks are most advanta¬ geously employed in setting small species, especially the Hesperiidce, the wings of which are refractory. When the insect has been pinned „ c , , , . , . r . Fig. 53.—Setting-board designed upon the setting-board or setting- by the author. The wings of the block, the next step is to set the * nse f t are ^ ld m P lace ty stn P s , of . . T . tracing-muslin, such as is used by Wings in the position which they engineers. The grooves at the side are to maintain when the specimen t ? h(dd the ,.! )oai c d 111 P lace 111 . ,, , ~ u . . the drying-box. (See Fig. 59.) is thoroughly dry. 1 his is accom¬ plished by means of what are known as “ setting-needles ” (Fig. 56). Setting-needles may be easily made by simply stick¬ ing ordinary needles into wooden matches from which the tips have been removed. In drawing the wings into position, care should be taken to plant the setting-needle behind the strong nervure on the costal margin of the wing; otherwise the wings are lia¬ ble to be torn and disfigured. The Fig. ' 54.—Setting-block: rule in setting lep- ?> hol “ ‘° enal ? le t he P/" idoptera is to draw to reach to the cork; C, cork, r filling groove on the bottom the anterior wing of the block; B, slit to hold forward j n such ° C ^ h thread. — a manner that the butterfly expanded upon it. posterior margin of this wing is at right angles to the axis of the body, the axis of the body being a line drawn through the head to the extremity of the abdomen. The hind wing should then be moved forward, its anterior margin lying under the op¬ posing margin of the front wing. When the wings have thus 39 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens been adjusted into the position which they are to occupy, slips of tracing-muslin or of paper should be drawn down over them and securely pinned, the setting-needles being removed. In pinning down the ^SMMWIE IB. BME. strips which are to hold the Fig. 56.—Setting-needle. wings in place, be careful to pin around the wing, but never, if possible, through it. When the wings have been adjusted in the position in which they are to remain, the antennae, or feelers, should be attended to and drawn forward on the same plane as the wings and secured in place. This may ordinarily be done by set¬ ting pins in such a position as to hold them where they are to stay. Then the body, if it has a tendency to sag down at the end of the abdomen, should be raised. This may also be accomplished by means of pins thrust beneath on either side. The figure on the next page shows more clearly what is intended. When the insect has been set, the board should be put aside in a place where it will not be molested or attacked by pests, and the specimens upon it allowed to dry. A box with shelves in it is often used for this purpose. This box should have a door at the front covered with wire gauzfe, and the back should also be open, covered with gauze, so as to allow a free circu- lation of air. A few balls of naph¬ thaline placed in it will tend to keep away mites and other pests. The time during which the specimen should remain on the board until it is dried varies with its size and the condition of the atmosphere. Most butterflies and moths in dry weather will be sufficiently dried to permit of their removal from the setting-boards in a week; but large, stout-bodied moths may require as much as two weeks, or even more time, before they are dry enough to be taken off the boards. The process of drying may be hastened by placing the boards in an oven, but the tem¬ perature of the oven must be quite low. If too much heat is applied, great injury is sure to result. Only a careful and expert operator should resort to the use of the oven, a temperature above 120 ° F, being sure to work mischief. 40 Fig. 57.—Setting-board with moth expanded upon it (Riley). The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens Relaxing Specimens.—When butterflies or moths have been put up in papers or mounted on pins without having their wings expanded and set it becomes necessary, before setting them, to relax them. This may be ac¬ complished in several ways. If the specimens have been pinned it is best to place them on pieces of sheet-cork on a tray of sand which has been thoroughly moistened and treated with a good dose of carbolic acid. Over all a bell- glass is put. A tight tin box will serve the same purpose, Fig. 58. —Butterfly pinned on board, showing but a broad sheet of bibulous method of holdin S Ll P bod y and P innin g down antennae. paper should always be put over the box, under the lid, before closing it, and in such a way as to leave the edges of the paper projecting around the edges of the lid. This is done to absorb the moisture which might settle by condensa¬ tion upon the lid and drop upon the specimens. In a bell-glass the c Fig. 59.— Drying-box: a, setting-board partly pulled out; b, T-shaped strip working in groove on setting- board ; c, front door, sliding down by tongue, d , work¬ ing in a groove at side in front. moisture generally trickles down the sides. Earthenware crocks with closely fitting lids are even better than tin boxes, but they must have paper put over them, before closing, in the same way as is done when tin boxes are used. When specimens have been 4i The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens preserved in papers or envelopes these should be opened a little and laid upon damp, carbolized sand under a bell-glass or in a closed receptacle of some kind. Papered specimens may also be placed in their envelopes between clean towels, which have been moistened in water to which a little carbolic acid has been added. The towels should be wrung out quite dry before using them. The method of placing between towels should never be used in the case of very small and delicate species and those which are blue or green in color. Great care must be exercised not to allow the insects to become soaked or unduly wet. This ruins them. They should, however, be damp enough to allow the wings and other organs to be freely moved. When the insects have been relaxed they may be pinned and expanded on setting-boards like freshly caught specimens. It is well in setting the wings of re¬ laxed specimens, after having thrust the pin through the body, to take a small forceps and, seizing the wings just where they join the body, gently move them so as to open them and make their movement easy before pinning them upon the setting-board. The skilful manipulator in this way quickly ascertains whether they have been sufficiently relaxed to admit of their being readily set. If discovered to be too stiff and liable to break they must be still further relaxed. Dried specimens which have been relaxed and then mounted generally require only a short time to dry again, and need rarely be kept more than twenty-four hours upon the setting-boards. The process of setting insects upon setting-blocks is exactly the 42 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens same as when setting-boards are used, with the simple difference that, instead of pinning strips of paper or tracing-muslin over the wings, the wings are held in place by threads or very narrow tapes, which are wound around the block. When the wings are not covered with a very deep and velvety covering of scales the threads or tapes may be used alone; but when the wings are thus clothed it becomes necessary to put bits of paper or cardboard over the wings before wrapping with the threads. Unless this is done the marks of the threads will be left upon the wings. Some little skill, which is easily acquired by practice, is necessary in order to employ setting-blocks to advantage, but in the case of small species and species which have refractory wings they are much to be preferred to the boards. The Preparation and Preservation of Eggs .—The eggs of but¬ terflies may be preserved by simply putting them into tubes con¬ taining alcohol, or they may be placed in vials containing dilute glycerine or a solution of common salt. The vials should be kept tightly corked and should be marked by a label written with a lead-pencil and placed within the bottle, upon which the name of the species and the date of collection should be noted, or a reference made to the collector’s note-book. Unless the eggs of insects are preserved in fluid they are apt in many cases to dry up and become distorted, because, on account of their small size, it is impossible to void them of their contents. The larvae escaping from eggs often void the shell very neatly, leaving, however, a large orifice. Such remnants of shells may be preserved, as they often are useful in showing some of the details of marking; but great vigilance in securing them should be exercised, for almost all the larvae of butterflies have the curious habit of whetting thei appetites for future repasts by turning around and either wholly or partially devouring the shell of the egg which they have quitted. Eggs are most neatly mounted in the form of microscopic slides in glycerine jelly contained in cells of appropriate depth and diam¬ eter. It is best, if possible, t^ mount several specimens upon the same slide, showing the side of the egg as well as the end. A cabinet filled with the eggs of butterflies thus mounted is valu¬ able and curious. The Preservation of Chrysalids .—Chrysalids may be deprived of their vitality by simply immersing them in alcohol, or they may be killed by means of chloroform, and they may then be 43 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens fastened upon pins like the imago, and arranged appropriately in the collection with the species. Some chrysalids, however, lose their color when killed in this way, and it is occasion¬ ally well to void them of their contents by making an opening and carefully removing the parts that are contained within, re¬ placing with some material which will prevent the chrysalis from shrinking and shriveling. This method of preserving need, how¬ ever, be resorted to only in exceptional cases. When a butterfly has escaped from its chrysalis it frequently leaves the entire shell behind, with the parts somewhat sundered, yet, nevertheless, furnishing a clear idea of the structure of the chrysalis. If no other specimen of the chrysalis can be obtained than these voided shells they should be preserved. The Preservation of Caterpillars. —The caterpillars of butterflies when they first emerge from the egg, and before they make the first moult, are, for the most part, extremely small, and are best preserved as microscopic objects in cells filled with glycerine. After each successive moult the larva increases rapidly in size. These various stages in the development of the caterpillar should all be noted and preserved, and it is customary to put up these collections in vials filled with alcohol or a solution of formaline (which latter, by the by, is preferable to alco¬ hol), or to inflate them. The method of inflation secures the best specimens. In inflating larvae the first step is carefully to remove the con¬ tents of the larval skin. This may be done by making an incision with a stout pin or a needle at the anal extremity, and then, be¬ tween the folds of a soft towel or cloth, pressing out the contents of the abdominal cavity. The pressure should be first applied near the point where the pellicle has been punctured, and should then be carried forward until the region of the head is reached. Care must be exercised to apply only enough pressure to expel the contents of the skin without disturbing the tissues which lie nearest to the epidermis, in which the pigments are located, and not to remove the hairs which are attached to the body. Pressure sufficient to bruise the skin should never be applied. A little practice soon imparts the required dexterity. The contents of the larval skin having been removed, the next step is to inflate and dry the empty skin. A compact statement of the method of performing this operation is contained in Hornaday’s “ Taxidermy 44 ' - • . ' .bb;gifi! . ■ . ,W 9 i\ f/i - . • tvYc \>w ss . i (}}, c'i'AZ A /. !': . , . ,rn.i ri^iJctS aril <\A/kv y\:\\.\\W. .yrjiv" abi3 .r:>\u-i-nuy, t'iviivs.i \.8^ waiv jbi? \ C . 5 .-v/aiv &bi'2 •. Wv-.'.a ? ' v jiy, aV, ?.v.V.) . 5 $ .waiv. olk? .• y.H u \ViY , WO.iv obi': • ’ >c>'u\<\y, . . uv^\s .jj , v.oiv •:>;»£ . is-,.p\\i$: z$h\Y\& .0:1 \ . V; :v ‘ ;*suoUvi vi\ .vvvft 0 i; nbUvy.jft .f 1 . 'A >■)['-/ .'!•• ;•»( ■' :•,'. ■••'.'AVt\: v ; .UhVA . c ; • • jiv, iBaioO .svo\>w\(\ xy^ihVA .bi ...v'jiv obib : ,un',:k AA 1 1 ■. )i - u." "' • v. \v.ny ; ;\ c \ •.; v/ji ; v .. ■> wU -ox v.'aiv oi'k' ,?.0 'aa\\ \. .; t ■ • A/aiv \‘juib .-.-xuv^j.o .\'£ ■ oiii.'-i . . ■> .0 .. ;;y . •V/i iv 'ibi<3 > • ^\V\vi ) ’ ge'toQ f '••• ' .wsiv IjsaioG .•'iVj.oSo'u^VrvVA' , .. ..waiy. 9 b <2 aaVY,'q\o'*4 bnk f \ ’ ' ' ..\vaiv obiZ . vrbbsyk ,£Y fiaiii S(I t i; //. "■ • ... : • ! 1 : . f r Explanation of Plate V Reproduced, with the kind permission of Dr. S. H. Scudder, from of New England,” vol. iii, Plate 84. V- . The Butterflies 30. 3 1 - 3 2 - 33 - 34 - 35 - 36. 37 - 38. 39 - Chrysalids in Color and in Outline—Nymphalid/e, Lyo'enid^, Pierin/E Thecla niphon. Side view. Copied from Abbot’s drawing in Dr. Bois- duval’s library. Lyccena scudderi. Side view, en¬ larged. Lyccena comyntas. Side view. Copied from Abbot’s drawing in Dr. Bois- duvai’s library. Lyccena pseudargiohis. Side view, enlarged. Copied from Abbot’s drawing in Dr. Boisduval’s library. Lyccena pseudargiolus. Side view. Feniseca tarquinius. Side view. Feniseca tarquinius. Side view. Copied from Abbot’s drawing in the British Museum. Lyccena comyntas. Side view, en¬ larged. Lyccena comyntas. Side view. Chrysophanus hypcphlceas. -Side view. Chrysophanus thoe. Side view. Terias nicippe. Side view. Terias nicippe. Dorsal view. Colias eurytheme. Side view. Colias philodice. Dorsal view. Colias philodice. Side view. Terias lisa. Side view. Pieris napi, var. oleracea. Side view. 58. Pieris rapee. Side view. 59. Euchloe genutia. Side view. 60. Callidryas euhule. Side view 61. Callidryas euhule. Side view. 62. Callidryas euhule. Dorsal view. 63. Pieris napi, var. oleracea. Side view. 64. Pieris napi , var. oleracea. Dorsal view. 65. Pieris rapee. Dorsal view. 66. Pieris protodice. Dorsal view. 67. Pieris protodice . Side view. 1. Argynnis cyhele. Side view. 40. 2. Argynnis cyhele. Dorsal view. 3 - Argynnis cyhele. Side view. 4 - Argynnis id alia. Side view. 4 »- 5 - Argynnis aphrodite. Side view. 6. Argynnis atlantis. Side view. 42. 7 - Melitcea phaeton. Side view. 8. Euptoieta claudia. Side view. 9 - Euptoieta claudia. Side view. 43 - 10. Brenthis hellona. Side view. 11. Brenthis hellona. Side view. 12. Brenthis myrina. Side view. 44 - > 3 - Brenthis myrina. Side view. 45 - 14. Brenthis myrina. Dorsal view. 46. > 5 - Melitcea phaeton. Side view. 16. Melitcea phaeton. Dorsal view. ‘ 7 - Melitcea harrisi. Side view. 47 18. Melitcea harrisi. Dorsal view. 19. Phyciodes nycteis. Side view. 48. 20. Phyciodes tharos. Dorsal view. 49 - 21. Phyciodes tharos. Side view. 22. Phyciodes tharos. Side view. 50. 2 3 - Libythea hachman ; i. Side view. 5 *. 24. Libythea hachmani. Side view. 52. 25- Thecla calanus. Side view. 53 - 26. Thecla irus. Side : view, enlarged. 54 - 27. Thecla calanus. Side view. 55 - 28. Thecla liparops. Side view. 56. 29. Thecla edwardsi. Side view. 57 - Thecla damon. Side view. Thecla damon. Side view, enlarged. Thecla irus. Dorsal view. Thecla irus. Side view. Thecla irus. Side view. Thecla acadica. Side view. Lyccena pseudargiolus. Side view. Thecla titus. Side view. Thecla niphon. Side view. Thecla melinus. Side view. Copied from Abbot’s drawing in the British Museum. The Butterfly Book. Plate V'. The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens and Zoological Collecting,” from the pen of the writer, and I here¬ with reproduce it: “ The simplest method of inflating the skins of larvae after the contents have been withdrawn is to insert a straw or grass stem of appropriate thickness into the opening through which the contents have been removed, and then by the breath to inflate the specimen, while holding over the chimney of an Argand lamp, the flame of which must be regulated so as not to scorch or singe it. Care must be taken in the act of inflating not to unduly distend the larval skin, thus producing a distortion, and also to dry it thoroughly. Unless the latter precaution is observed a subse¬ quent shrinking and disfigurement will take place. The process of inflating in the manner just described is somewhat laborious, and while some of the finest specimens which the writer has ever seen were prepared in this primitive manner, various expedients 45 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens for lessening the labor involved have been devised, some of which are to be highly commended. “ A comparatively inexpensive arrangement for inflating larvae is a modification of that described in the ‘ Entomologische Nach- richten ’ (1879, vol. v, p. 7), devised by Mr. Fritz A. Wachtel (Fig. 61). It consists of a foot-bellows such as is used by chemists in the laboratory, or, better still, of a small cylinder such as is used for holding gas in operating the oxyhydrogen lamp of a sciopticon. In the latter case the com¬ pressed air should not have a pressure exceed- ingtwenty pounds to the square inch, and the cock regulating the flow from the cylinder should be capable of very fine adjustment. By means of a rubber tube the air is conveyed from the cylinder to a couple of flasks, one of which contains concentrated sulphuric acid, and the other is in¬ tended for the reception of any overflow of the hydrated sulphuric acid which may occur. The object of passing the air through sulphuric acid is to rob it, so far as possible, of its moisture. It is then conveyed into a flask, which is heated upon a sand-bath, and thence by a piece of flexible tubing to a tip mounted on a joint allowing vertical and horizontal motion and secured by a standard to the working-table. The flow of air through the tip is regulated by a cock. Upon the tip is fastened a small rubber tube, into the 1 1 iu, yj } . — lsi y 11 v v^n • free extremity of which is inserted a fine- ,4, lamp; B, pin to hold door pointed glass tube. This is provided °P en; c > door open; D > r r glass cover. with an armature consisting of two steel springs fastened upon opposite sides, and their ends bent at right angles in such a way as to hold the larval skin firmly to the extremity of the tube. The skin having been adjusted upon the fine point of the tube, the bellows is put into operation, and the skin is inflated. A drying apparatus is provided in several ways. A copper plate mounted upon four legs, and heated by an alcohol-lamp placed below, has been advocated by some. A bet¬ ter arrangement, used by the writer, consists of a small oven heated by the flame of an alcohol-lamp or by jets of natural gas, and pro- 46 Fig. 62.—Tip of inflating-tube, with armature for holding larval skin. The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens vided with circular openings of various sizes, into which the larvaf skin is introduced (Fig. 6 f). “ A less commendable method of preserving larvae is to place them in alcohol. The larvae should be tied up in sacks of light gauze netting, and a label of tough paper, with the date and locality of capture, and the name, if known, written with a lead- pencil, should be attached to each such little sack. Do not use ink on labels to be immersed, but a hard lead-pencil. Alcoholic specimens are liable to become shriveled and discolored, and are not nearly as valuable as well-inflated and dried skins. Fig. 64.—Drying-oven: a, sliding door; b, lid; c, body of oven with glass sides; d, opening for inserting inflating-tube; e, copper bottom ; f spirit- lamp ; g ; base (Riley). “ When the skins have been inflated they may be mounted readily by being placed upon wires wrapped with green silk, or upon annealed aluminium wire. The wires are bent and twisted together for a short distance and then made to diverge. The diverging ends are pressed together, a little shellac is placed upon their tips, and they are then inserted into the opening at the anal 47 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens extremity of the larval skin. Upon the release of pressure they spread apart, and after the shellac has dried the skin is firmly held by them. They may then be attached to pins by simply twisting the free end of the wire about the pin, or they may be placed upon artificial imitations of the leaves and twigs of their appropriate food-plants.” THE PRESERVATION AND ARRANGEMENT OF COLLECTIONS The secret of preserving collections of lepidoptera in beauti¬ ful condition is to exclude light, moisture, and insect pests. Light ultimately bleaches many species, moisture leads to mould and mildew, and insect pests devour the specimens. The main thing is therefore to have the receptacles in which the specimens are placed dark and as nearly as possible hermetically sealed and kept in a dry place. In order to accomplish this, various devices have been resorted to. Boxes. — Boxes for the preservation of specimens are made with a tongue on the edges of the bottom fitting into a groove upon the lid, or they may be made with inside pieces fastened around the inner edge of the bottom and projecting so as to catch the lid. The accompany- ingoutlinesshow the method of joining different forms of boxes (Figs. 65-67). The bottom of the box should be lined with some substance which will enable Fig. 65. —Detail drawing of front of box, made to resemble a book: 5, 5, sides, made of two fU/S/Ss tu ] p V "eT- I 1 1 is s y 4K‘(iV: ' ! //// //b yvy/zy/;. pieces of wood glued together across the grain; t, tongue; g, groove; c, cork; p, paper cover¬ ing the cork. Fig. 66. —Detail drawing of front of box: t, top; b, bottom; e, side; /, strip, nailed around inside as at n ;; the specimens to c , cork; p, paper lining. be pinned into it securely. For this purpose sheet-cork about a quarter of an inch thick is to be preferred to all other substances. Ground cork pressed into lavers and covered with white paper '48 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens is manufactured for the purpose of lining boxes. Turf corn- pressed into sheets about half an inch thick and covered with paper is used by many European collectors. Sheets of aloe-pith or of the wood of the yucca, half an inch thick, are used, and the pith of corn-stalks (Indian corn or maize) may also be employed, laid into the box and glued neatly to the bottom. The corn-pith should be cut into pieces about half an inch square and joined together neatly, covering it with thin white paper after the surface has been made quite even and true. Cork is, however, the best material, for, though more expensive than the other things named, it has greater power to hold the pins, and unless these are securely fixed and held in place great damage is sure to result. A loose specimen in a box will work incalculable damage. Boxes should be made of light, thoroughly seasoned wood, and should be very tight. They are some¬ times made so that specimens may be pinned both upon the top and the bottom, but this is not to be commended. The depth of the box should be sufficient to admit of the use of the longest insect-pin in use, and a depth between top and bottom of two and a quarter inches is therefore sufficient. Boxes are sometimes made with backs in imitation of books, and a collection arranged in such boxes presents an attractive external ap¬ pearance. A very good box is made for the United States Depart¬ ment of Agriculture and for the Carnegie Muse¬ um in Pittsburgh (Fig 68 ). This box is thir¬ teen inches long, nine inches wide, and three inches thick (external measurement). The depth between the bottom and the lid on the inside is two and one eighth inches. The ends and sides are dovetailed; the top and bottom are each made of two pieces of light stuff, about one 49 Fig. 68.—Insect-box for preservation of collections. Fig. 67. —Detail draw¬ ing of box, in which the tongue, £, is made of strips of zinc let into a groove and fastened as at n ; g, groove to catch tongue; 5, 5, top and bottom; c , cork. The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens eighth of an inch thick, glued together in such a way that the grain of the two pieces crosses at right angles, and all crack¬ ing and warping are thus prevented. The lids are secured to the bottoms by brass hooks fitting into eyelets. Such boxes provided with cork do not cost more than fifty-five cents apiece when bought in quantities. Boxes may be made of stout paste¬ board about one eighth or three sixteenths of an inch thick, with a rabbet-tongue on the inside. Such boxes are much used in France and England, and when well and substantially made are most excellent. They may be obtained for about thirty-five cents apiece lined with compressed cork. Cabinets and Drawers. —Large collections which are intended to be frequently consulted are best preserved in cabinets fitted with glass-covered drawers. A great deal of variety exists in the plans which are adopted for the display of specimens in cabinets. Much depends upon the taste and the financial ability of the col¬ lector. Large sums of money may be expended upon cabinets, but the main thing is to secure the specimens from dust, mould, and insect pests. The point to be observed most carefully is so to arrange the drawers that they are, like the boxes, practically air-tight. The writer employs as the standard size for the draw¬ ers in his own collection and in the Carnegie Museum a drawer which is twenty-two inches long, sixteen inches wide, and two inches deep (inside measurement). The outside dimensions are: length, twenty-three inches exclusive of face; breadth, seventeen inches; height, two and three eighths inches. The covers are glazed with double-strength glass. They are held upon the bottoms by a rabbet placed inside of the bottom and nearly reaching the lower surface of the glass on the cover when closed. The drawers are lined upon the bottom with cork five sixteenths of an inch thick, and are papered on the bottom and sides with good linen paper, which does not easily become discolored. Each drawer is faced with cherry and has a knob. These drawers are arranged in cabinets built in sections for convenience in handling. The two lower sections each contain thirty drawers, the upper section nine. The drawers are arranged in three perpendicular series and are made interchangeable, so that any drawer will fit into any place in any one of the cabinets. This is very necessary, as it admits of the easy rearrangement of collections. On the sides of each drawer a pocket is cut on the inner surface, which communicates through 50 / The Captufe, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens an opening in the rabbet with the interior. The paper lining the inside is perforated over this opening with a number of small holes. The pocket is kept filled with naphthaline crystals, the fumes of which pass into the interior and tend to keep away pests. The accompanying figure gives the details of construction (Fig. 69). Such drawers can be made at a cost of about $3.50 apiece, and the cost of a cabinet finished and supplied with them is about $325, made of cherry, finished in imitation of mahogany. Fig. 69. —Detail drawing of drawer for cabinet: e , e, ends; b } bottom; c, cork; p, p, paper strips in corners of lid to exclude dust; g, g, glass of cover, held in place by top strips, s, 5; m, m, side pieces serving as rabbets on inside; po, pocket in ends and sides, sawn out of the wood; x, opening through the rabbet into this pocket; holes through the paper lining, p ', allowing fumes of naphthaline to enter interior of drawer; /, front; k, knob; 0, lunette cut in edge of the top piece to enable the lid to be raised by inserting the fingers. Some persons prefer to have the bottoms as well as the tops of the drawers in their cabinets made of glass. In such cases the specimens are pinned upon narrow strips of wood covered with cork, securely fastened across the inside of the drawers. This arrangement enables the under side of specimens to be examined and compared with as much freedom as the upper side, and with¬ out removing them from the drawers; but the strips are liable at times to become loosened, and when this happens great havoc is wrought among the specimens if the drawer is moved carelessly. Besides, there is more danger of breakage. Another way of providing a cheap and very sightly lining for the bottom of an insect-box is illustrated in Fig. 70. A frame of wood like a slate-frame is provided, and on both sides paper is stretched. To stretch the paper it ought to be soaked in water before pasting to the frame; then when it dries it is as tight and smooth as a drum-head. 5i The Capture., Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens The beginner who has not a long purse will do well to preserve his collections in boxes such as have been described. They can be obtained quite cheaply and are most excellent. Cabinets are more or less of a luxury for the amateur, and are only a ne¬ cessity in the case of great col¬ lections which are constantly being consulted. The boxes may be arranged upon shelves. Some of the largest and best collections in the world are pre¬ served in boxes, notably those of the United States National Museum. Fig. 70.—A, A, side and bottom of box; B, frame fitting into box; C, space which must be left between frame and bottom of box; P } P t paper stretched on frame. Labeling .—Each specimen should have on the pin below the specimen a small label giving the date of capture, if known, and the locality. Below this should be a label of larger size, giving its sci¬ entific name, if ascertained, and the sex. Labels should be neat and uni¬ form in size. A good size for labels for large species is about one inch long and five eighths of an inch wide. The labels should be written in a fine but legible hand. Smaller labels may be used for smaller species. A crow- quill pen and India ink are to be pre¬ ferred in writing labels. A rrangement of Specimens.— Spe¬ cimens are best arranged in rows. The males should be pinned in first in the series, after them the females. Varieties should follow the species. After these should be placed any aberrations or monstrosities which the collector may possess. The name Fig. 71.—Manner of arranging specimens in cabinet. of the genus should precede all the species contained in the col¬ lection, and after each species the specific name should be placed. Fig. 71 shows the manner of arrangement. 52 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens Insect Pests. —\n order to preserve collections, great care must be taken to exclude the various forms of insect pests, which are likely, unless destroyed and kept from attacking the specimens, to ruin them utterly in comparatively a short time. The pests which are most to be feared are beetles belonging to the gen¬ era Dermestes and Anthrenus. In addition to these beetles, which commit their ravages in the larval stage, moths and mites prey upon collections. Moths are very infrequently, however, found in collections of insects, and in a long experience the writer has known only one or two instances in which any damage was inflicted upon specimens by the larvae of moths. Mites are much more to be dreaded. In order to prevent the ravages of insects, all specimens, before putting them away into the boxes or drawers of the cabinet in which they are to be preserved, should be placed in a tight box in which chloroform, or, better, carbon bisulphide, in a small pan is put, and they should be left here for at least twenty-four hours, until it is certain that all life is extinct. Then they should be trans¬ ferred to the tight bo'xes or drawers in which they are to be kept. The presence of insect pests in a collection is generally first indi¬ cated by fine dust under the specimen, this dust being the excre¬ ment of the larva which is committing depredations upon the specimen. In case the presence of the larva is detected, a liberal dose of chloroform should at once be administered to the box or tray in which the specimen is contained. The specimen itself ought to be removed, and may be dipped into benzine. Naphthaline crystals or camphor is generally employed ffinjji to keep out insect pests from boxes. They are very 11 III useful to deter the entrance of pests, but when they 1 If have once been introduced into a collection neither naph- 11 I thaline nor camphor will kill them. Naphthaline is || |I prepared in the form of cones attached to a pin, and 1 If these cones may be placed in one corner of the box. Ip They are made by Blake & Co. of Philadelphia, and are I in vogue among entomologists. However, a good | substitute for the cones may very easily be made by fig. 72 .— taking the ordinary moth-balls which are sold every- Naphthaline where. By heating a pin red-hot in the flame of an cone ' alcohol-lamp it may be thrust into the moth-ball; as it enters it melts the naphthaline, which immediately afterward cools and 53 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens holds the pin securely fixed in the moth-ball. In attaching these pins to moth-balls, hold the pin securely in a forceps while heat¬ ing it in the flame of the lamp, and thrust the red-hot pin into the center of the ball. Naphthaline crystals and camphor maybe se¬ cured in the corner of the box by tying up a quantity of them in a small piece of netting and pinning the little bag thus made in the corner of the tray. By following these directions insect pests may be kept out of collections. It is proper to observe that while car¬ bon bisulphide is more useful even than chloroform in killing pests, and is also cheaper, it should be used with great care, be¬ cause when mixed with atmospheric air it is highly explosive, and its use should never take place where there are lamps burn¬ ing or where there is fire. Besides, its odor is extremely unpleas¬ ant, unless it has been washed in mercury. Greasy Specimens.—Specimens occasionally become greasy. When this happens they may be cleansed by pinning them down on a piece of cork secured to the bottom of a closed vessel, and gently filling it with benzine, refined gasoline, or ether. After leaving them long enough to remove all the grease they may be taken out of the bath and allowed to dry in a place where there is no dust. This operation should not take place near a lighted lamp or a fire. Mould .—When specimens have become mouldy or mildewed it is best to burn them up if they can be spared. If not, after they have been thoroughly dried remove the mould with a sable or camefs-hair pencil which has been rubbed in carbolic acid (crys¬ tals liquefied by heat). Mildew in a cabinet is hard to eradicate, and heat, even to burning, is about the only cure, except the mild use of carbolic acid in the way suggested. Repairing Specimens. —Torn and ragged specimens are to be preferred to none at all. “The half of a loaf is better than no bread.” Until the torn specimen can be replaced by a better, it is always well to retain it in a collection. But it is sometimes possible to repair torn specimens in such a way as to make them more presentable. If an antenna, for instance, has been broken off, it may be replaced neatly, so that only a microscopic exami¬ nation will disclose the fact that it was once away from the place where it belonged. If a wing has been slit, the rent may be mended so neatly that only a very careful observer can detect the fact. If a piece has been torn out of a wing, it may be replaced 54 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens by the corresponding portion of the wing of another specimen of the same sex of the same species in such a way as almost to defy detection. The prime requisites for this work are patience, a steady hand, a good eye, a great deal of “gumption,” a few set¬ ting-needles, a jeweler's forceps, and a little shellac dissolved in alcohol. The shellac used in replacing a missing antenna should be of a thickish consistency; in repairing wings it should be well thinned down with alcohol. In handling broken antennae it is best to use a fine sable pencil, which may be moistened very lightly by applying it to the tip of the tongue. With this it is possible to pick up a loose antenna and place it wherever it is de¬ sired. Apply the shellac to the torn edges of a broken wing with great delicacy of touch and in very small quantity. Avoid put¬ ting on the adhesive material in “gobs and slathers.” Repairing is a fine art, which is only learned after some patient experimen¬ tation, and is only to be practised when absolutely necessary. The habit of some dealers of patching up broken specimens with parts taken from other species is highly to be reprobated. Such specimens are more or less caricatures of the real thing, and no truly scientific man will admit such scarecrows into his collection, except under dire compulsion. Packing and Forwarding Specimens .—It often becomes neces¬ sary to forward specimens from one place to another. If it is in¬ tended to ship specimens which have been mounted upon pins they should be securely pinned in a box lined with cork. A great many expanded specimens may be pinned in a box by resorting to the method known as “shingling,” which is illustrated in Fig. 73. By causing the wings of specimens to over¬ lap, as is shown in the figure, a great many can be accommodated in a small space. When the specimens have been packed the box should be securely closed,, its edges shut with paper, after some drops of chloroform have been poured into the box, and then this box should be placed in an outer box con¬ taining excelsior, hay, cotton, or loose shav¬ ings in sufficient abundance to prevent the jarring of the inner box and consequent breakage. Where speci¬ mens are forwarded in envelopes, having been collected in the 55 Fig. 73.—Butterflies pinned into a box over¬ lapping one another, or 11 shingled.” The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens field, and are not pinned, the precaution of surrounding them with packing such as has been described is not necessary, but the box in which they are shipped should always be strong enough to resist breakage. Things forwarded by mail or by express always receive rough treatment, and the writer has lost many fine specimens which have been forwarded to him because the shipper was careless in packing. Pins .—In the preceding pages frequent reference has been made to insect-pins. These are pins which are made longer and thinner than is the case with ordinary pins, and are therefore adaptable to the special use to which they are put. There are a number of makers whose pins have come into vogue. What are known as Karlsbader and Klager pins, made in Germany, are the most widely used. They are made of ordinary pin-metal in various sizes. The Karlsbader pins have very fine points, but, owing to the fineness of the points and the softness of the metal, they are very apt to buckle, or turn up at the points. The Klager pins are not exposed to the same objection, as the points are not quite so fine. The best pins, however, which are now made are those which have re¬ cently been introduced by Messrs. Kirby, Beard, & Co. of England. They are made of soft steel, lacquered, possessing very great Fig. 74.—Butterfly-forceps, half-size. strength and considerable flexibility. The finest-sized pin of this make has as much strength as the largest pin of the other makes that have been mentioned, and the writer has never known them to buckle at the tip, even when pinned through the hardest insect tissues. While these pins are a little more expensive than others, the writer does not fail to give them an unqualified preference. The Forceps. — An instrument which is almost indispensable to the student of entomology is the forceps. There are many forms of forceps, and it is not necessary to speak at length in reference to the various shapes; but for the use of the student of but¬ terflies the forceps made by the firm of Blake & Co. of Phila- 56 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens delphia is to be preferred to all others. The head of this firm is himself a famous entomologist, and he has given us in the forceps which is illustrated in Fig. 74 an instrument which comes as near perfection as the art of the maker of instruments can pro¬ duce. The small forceps represented in Fig. 75 is very useful in pinning small specimens. In handling mounted specimens it Fig. 75.—Insect-forceps. is well always to take hold of the pin below the specimen with the forceps, and insert it into the cork by the pressure of the for¬ ceps. If the attempt is made to pin down a specimen with the naked fingers holding the pin by the head, the finger is apt to slip and the specimen to be ruined. IMMORTALITY A butterfly basked on a baby’s grave, Where a lily had chanced to grow: “ Why art thou here with thy gaudy dye, When she of the blue and sparkling eye Must sleep in the churchyard low ? ” Then it lightly soared thro’ the sunny air, And spoke from its shining track: “ I was a worm till I won my wings, And she, whom thou mourn’st, like a seraph sings; Would’st thou call the blest one back ? ” Sigourney. CHAPTER III THE CLASSIFICATION OF BUTTERFLIES “ Winged flowers, or flying gems.” * Moore. At the base of all truly scientific knowledge lies the principle of order. There have been some who have gone so far as to say that science is merely the orderly arrangement of facts. While such a definition is defective, it is nevertheless true that no real knowledge of any branch of science is attained until its relation¬ ship to other branches of human knowledge is learned, and until a classification of the facts of which it treats has been made. When a science treats of things, it is necessary that these things should become the subject of investigation, until at last their re¬ lation to one another, and the whole class of things to which they belong, has been discovered. Men who devote themselves to the discovery of the relation of things and to their orderly clas¬ sification are known as systematists. The great leader in this work was the immortal Linnaeus, the “Father of Natural History,” as he has been called. Upon the foundation laid by him in his work entitled “Systema Naturae,” or “ The System of Nature,” all who have followed after him have labored, and the result has been the rise of the great modern sci¬ ences of botany and zoology, which treat respectively of the vegetable and animal kingdoms. The Place of Butterflies in the Animal Kingdom .—The animal kingdom, for purposes of classification, has been subdivided into various groups known as subkingdoms. One of these subking¬ doms contains those animals which, being without vertebrae, or an internal skeleton, have an external skeleton, composed of a series of horny rings, attached to which are various organs. This 58 . iV' ■m’A.iTV; \iqx r i a.flT^ ninii 'nabbtog ,H Z .id 'to ookdrrnaq bni>l/i>ill. rUiw r-*.0!ibo;ir|*;>;-i sJd c I Jit. Joy: "jbrtfilgf!-? wbVl ')o (iw.A •h/inoui/i/rT-'- *y,v;mQ f;:SA ••• • ’ : - ; , 7 /. ;{r i \ . uv >\ \ . $£ ‘ I'jwVbu » vn t. v .dr -igno ofi) Mot-' .:’.V\x.‘.\u'^rn > ww&X jwM-rteiJnS yiiUrii ioddA yd inn Inqigho .oil); -.0}Vu\ ‘*»vmv-YY Z;- ••if .«’{/;vubri' d .iQ ni jodrj/' ■/orncj. Jnvijbziqci .’(;vt\ivu't. .0^ -t'-UV-VA; : U ni.■ r» J 'fiio.tH n, ■ V•:.}* ' ni joddA yd . AW \. y \ V \\ yy \cAfcVK J J* . 7 "'v/V-O'Vvf n{ ;.\ . . y-ijM fi-.iJi.n -ifj ni to rid A yd h;ni*2 . in uihM io vlobod aofcoH m Jo MA • ' ■ ’ .t.HU \ Y>\ 04 V'.'\••/'. ,,(' . •V/orv J .•••'/ ■■■ A .? . \\ C)V'n<\v.‘ \ .b :U\W'y\\ o\Yu\iA\ ,• : ■ -..i ; ••-.• ,8 •. ,-v/uiv '.\■■•■;> A .?'! .Vs- i ■:}$(.] AQwM'H oWu^A I .W: r / itAG • J ,-••• wZv\o ' ' \'\ ■ ' • •! .dowsVi^' o’v\v\' ' \ . y i ■ , ZVX\'Mh C)Ws<\ 5 A . 0 ': .•\on!4\U\(\ .on ( .rrius^uM fwiiiH nrfi ni Joe i'A, vd . . /.v/v'r. \ • 1 .bs . ‘,\\W)'s oyAiiitXX .\;£ ,?/.AMiVy\ • under side. 7. Argynnis monticola, Behr, under side. 8. Argynnis monticola, Behr, tf. 9. Argynnis macaria, Edwards, 10. Argynnis inornata> Edwards, 9 under side. n. Argynnis liliana, Henry Edwards C?- 12. Argynnis atossa, Edwards, $. 13. Argynnis egleis, Boisduval, $. 14. Argynnis egleis, Boisduval, an der side. 15. Argynnis egleis, Boisduval, 9 * The Butterfly Book Plate XIII. COPYRIGHTED BY W. HOLLAND, 1838 - . ¥ , v. I- j /\ ' ^ * ; ; s. ( -■V • ■? 1 . ,0:: V j . • i' O'-- • Genus Argynms Early Stages. —Not ascertained. This species occurs in southern Utah and Arizona. (26) Argynnis platina, Skinner, Plate XVIII, Fig. 7, <$ (Skinner’s Fritillary). Butterfly y $. —The original description of this species, con¬ tained in the “Canadian Entomologist,” vol. xxix, p. 154, is as follows: “ <3.— Expands two and a half inches. Upper side: Rather light tawny or even light buff. Black markings dense and wide, with outer halves of wings looking rather clear or open, with rows of round spots not very large; marginal border light; bases of wings not much obscured. Under side: Superiors have the two subapical silver spots and silver spots on margin well defined; color of inner half of wing rosy. The silver spots on the inferiors are large and well defined, and placed on a very light greenish-gray ground. The intermediate buff band is well defined, comparatively wide, and very light in color. $.—The ground-color on the inferiors below is reddish-brown in the female.” Early Stages. — Unknown. This species occurs in Utah and Idaho, and is possibly a vari¬ etal form of A. coronis, specimens agreeing very nearly with the type figured in the plate being contained in the Edwards col¬ lection under the name of A. coronis. (27) Argynnis coronis, Behr, Plate XI, Fig. 10, $ ; Fig. 11, $ (Coronis). Butterfly , $ .—The wings on the upper side are yellowish- brown, with but little brown obscuring the base. The dark markings are not heavy, but distinct. The fore wings on the under side are buff, with the basal area orange-fulvous. The subapical and submarginal spots are more or less imperfectly silvered. The hind wings are brown, mottled with reddish. The discal area is buff, and the belt is pale yellowish-buff. All the spots are large and well silvered on these wings. $.—The female is paler than the male, with the markings on the upper side a little heavier. The wings on the under side are much as in the male sex. Expanse, $ , 2.10-2.50 inches; $,2.50- 3.00 inches. Early Stages. —The early stages remain to be ascertained. This species ranges from southern California northward to the 117 Genus Argynnis southern part of British Columbia, and is found as far east as Utah. (28) Argynnis snyderi, Skinner, Plate XVIII, Fig. 6, 3 (Snyder’s Fritillary). Butterfly , 3 . —The wings on the upper side are light tawny, but little obscured by fuscous at the base. The black markings are moderately heavy and very sharply defined against the lighter ground-color. The outer margin is distinctly but not heavily marked. On the under side of the fore wings there are two subapical and five marginal silver spots. The ground-color of the underside of the hind wings is grayish-green, with a narrow pale-buff marginal belt. The spots are large and well silvered. ?.—The female is much like the male, but on the hind wings the ground-color from the base to the outer belt is brownish. Expanse, 3 , 3.00 inches; ? , 3.30 inches. Early Stages. —Unknown. This species, which is very closely allied to A. coronis , is found in Utah. (29) Argynnis callippe, Boisduval, Plate XI, Fig. 1, 3 ; Fig. 2, $ ; Fig. 3, 9, under side (Callippe). Butterfly. —This species may easily be recognized by the general obscuration of the basal area of the wings, the light- buff quadrate spots on the discal area of the fore wings, and the clear oval spots of the same color on the hind wings, as well as by the light triangular marginal spots, all standing out distinctly on the darker ground. The wings on the under side are quite pale buff, with the spots large and well silvered. Expanse, 2.30- 3.00 inches. Early Stages. —Unknown. Callippe is abundant in California. (30) Argynnis nevadensis, Edwards, Plate X, Fig. 4, 3 , under side (The Nevada Fritillary). Butterfly , 3 . —The ground-color is pale fulvous, but little ob¬ scured with fuscous at the base. The outer margins are heavily bordered with black. The dark markings of the discal area are not heavy. The fore wings on the under side are pale buff, the spots well silvered; the hind wings are greenish; the belt is narrow and clear, and the spots are large and well silvered. $.—The female is much like the male, but larger and paler. The outer margin of the fore wings in this sex is more heavily 118 Genus A.rgytirj)& marked with black, and the marginal spots are light buff in color Expanse, 3 , 2.50-3.00 inches; $, 3.00-3.50 inches. Early Stages.— These remain to be discovered. This species is found in the Rocky Mountains of Utah, Nevada, Montana, and British America. (31) Argynnss meadi, Edwards. Plate XI V ; Fig. ! s 3 ; Fig. 2, 3 , under side (Mead's Silver-spot); Butterfly —This species is very closely allied to the preceding, of which it may be an extreme variation, characterized by the darker color of the fore wings on the upper side, the nervules being heavily bordered with blackish, and the deeper, more solid green of the under side of the wings. Ail the specimens I have seen are considerably smaller in size than A . nevadensis. Early Stages. —Wholly unknown. This species or variety is found from Utah northward to the province of Alberta, in British America. (32) Argynnis edwardsi, Reakirt, Plate XI, Fig. 4, 3 ; Fig. 5, $ (Edwards' Fritillary), Butterfly.— This beautiful insect is closely related to the Nevada Fritillary, from which >t may be distinguished by the brighter color of the upper side, the heavier black borders, especially in the female sex, and the olive-brown color of the under side of the hind wings. The olivaceous of these wings greatly encroaches upon the marginal belt. Expanse, 3.00-3.25 inches. Early Stages.— -These have been carefully and minutely de¬ scribed by Edwards in the “Canadian Entomologist,” vol. xx, p. 3. They are not unlike those of A. atlantis in many respects. This species is not uncommon in Colorado and Montana. (33) Argynnis liliana, Henry Edwards, Plate XIII, Fig. 11, 3 (Liliana). Butterfly , 3 .—The wings on the upper side are reddish-ful¬ vous* The black markings and the spots are slight. The fore wings on the under side are yellowish-buff; the base and the hind margin to below the cell, brown, with buff on the median interspaces. The outer end of the cell is yellowish-buff. The subapicai patch is brown, adorned by two or three well-silvered spots. The five upper marginal spots are well silvered. The hind wings are brown, but little mottled with buff. The spots are well silvered. The marginal belt is narrow, ochreous-brown. $ —The female is much paler than the male, and the marginal 119 Genus Argynnis spots on both wings are much lighter. On the under side the wings are as in the male sex, with the basal area and the nervules of the fore wings redo Expanse, $ , 2.20 inches; $, 2.35 inches. Egg>— W. H. Edwards gives the following description: “Co- noidal, truncated, depressed at summit, marked vertically by twenty-two or twenty-three ribs, which are as in other species of the genus; the outline of this egg is much as in eurynome , the base being broad, the top narrows and the height not much more than the breadth; color yellow.’ Caterpillar .—The same author has given us a description of the caterpillar immediately after hatching; but as the young larvae were lost after being sent to Maine to be kept over winter, we do not yet know the full life-history. The range of this species is northern California and Utah, so far as is known at present. (34) Argynnis rupestris, Behr, Plate XII, Fig. 8, <3 ; Fig. 9, 6, under side (The Cliff-dwelling Fritillary), Butterfly , <3 .—The upper side of the fore wings is deep reddish- fulvous, with the black markings very heavy. The fore wings on the under side are buff, shaded with red at the base and on the inner margin. The spots are buff, without any silver. The hind wings are buff, mottled with cinnamon-red, sometimes dark, sometimes lighter. The marginal belt is narrow, buff, en¬ croached upon by the darker color of the median area at the ends of the oval spots. None of the spots is silvered, except very light y in exceptional cases. $.—The female is much like the male on the upper side, with the dark markings much heavier, the ground-color somewhat paler, and the marginal row of spots quite light. The wings on the under side are more brightly tinted than in the male, and the marginal spots are more or less silvered. Expanse, $, 2.00 inches; 2 , 2.20 inches. Early Stages .—Nothing is as yet known about the egg and larva. This species is quite abundant at a considerable elevation upon Mount Shasta, Mount Bradley, and in the Weber Mountains in Utah. (35) Argynnis laura, Edwards, Plate XII, Fig. 11, <3 ; Fig. 12 , 2 (Laura). Butterfly , 6 .—The upper side is deep reddish-fulvous, with 120 Genus Argynnis both wings somewhat obscured at the base by fuscous. The black markings on the upper side of the wings are heavy; the outer margin is also heavily banded with dark brown, the mar¬ ginal lines being fulvous. The four spots on the hind wings are lighter in color than the ground. The fore wings on the under side are reddish-orange, with the apex and the hind margin yellowish-buff. The apical and upper marginal spots are more or less well silvered. The hind wings are pale yellow, the mar¬ ginal belt very broad and clear yellow. All the spots are large and well silvered. $ .—The female is much paler than the male, but otherwise closely resembles that sex. Expanse, <3, 2.20 inches; $,2.35 inches. Early Stages. —Unknown. This species is found in northern California, Oregon, Washing¬ ton, and Nevada. (36) Argynnis macaria, Edwards, Plate XIII, Fig. 9, <3 (Ma- caria). Butterfly, <3 .—The upper side of the wings is yellowish-ful¬ vous, the black markings very light. The fore wings on the under side are orange-red, at the apex yellowish-buff. The subapical upper marginal spots are lightly silvered. The hind wings are yellowish-buff on the outer third, mottled with brown on the basal and median areas. The marginal belt is clear buff. The spots are large and well silvered. $ .—The female is paler than the male. On the upper side of the hina wings the second row of silver spots is indicated by spots much paler than the ground. The black markings are lighter than in the male. Expanse, <3 , 2.00 inches; $, 2.20 inches. Early Stages. —Unknown. This species, which is somewhat like A. coronis, but smaller, and brighter fulvous, is found in California, but is still quite rare in collections. (37) Argynnis semiramis, Edwards, Plate XIII, Fig. 2, 6, under side; Fig. 3, ? (Semiramis). Butterfly, <3 .—The wings are bright fulvous on the upper side, with the black markings much as in A. adiante, slight on the fore wings and even slighter on the hind wings. The under side of the fore wings is cinnamon-red at the base and on the inner half of the wing, beyond this buff. The apical patch and the outer 121 Genus Argynnis margin are brown. The upper marginal spots and two spots on the subapical patch are well silvered. The hind wings are rusty- brown from the base to the second row of spots, mottled with lighter brown. The marginal belt is clear brownish-buff. All the spots are well silvered. $ .—The female on the upper side is colored like the male, with the dark markings somewhat heavier. On the under side the fore wings are laved over almost their entire surface with red, the upper angle of the cell alone being buff. The hind wings are in many specimens fawn-colored throughout, except that the mar¬ ginal band is paler. In a few specimens the ground is darker and the band more distinct. All the spots are well silvered. Expanse, £ , 2.60 inches; ?, 2.75-3.00 inches. Early Stages. —The life-history of this butterfly has not been ascertained. The species appears to be very common at San Bernardino, California, and vicinity, and resembles A. adiante on the upper side and A. coronis upon the lower side. (38) Argynnis inornata, Edwards, Plate XIII, Fig. 10, $, un¬ der side (The Plain Fritillary). Butterfly, $ .—This species resembles A. rupestris in its mark¬ ings, but is somewhat paler, the black margins are heavy and the black markings on the disk comparatively light; the base of the wings is obscured with fuscous. On the under side the fore wings are cinnamon-brown, with the apical area buff. The hind wings are reddish-brown, with the marginal band clear buff. AH the spots are buff, and completely devoid of silvery scales. ?.—Paler than the male on the upper side. The fore wings on the under side are orange-fulvous; the hind wings are pale greenish-brown, mottled with buff. In some specimens a few silver scales are found on the submarginal spots. Expanse, 6 , 2.50 inches; $, 2.70 inches. Early Stages. —Unknown. This butterfly, which is as yet not very common in collections, is found in California and Nevada. (39) Argynnis atossa, Edwards, Plate XIII, Fig. 12, 6 (Atossa). Butterfly , $ .—The upper side is bright yellowish-fulvous, with the wings at the base slightly dusted with brown. The margins of both wings are bordered by a single line, there being no trace 122 ,'ij , . 'in; A . \A ' •.•■.•'•U WVi ■ . >\ . ; ■ | . \V-,- Explanation of Plate XIV !. Argynnis meadi, Edwards, $. 2. Argynnis meadi, Edwards, un¬ der side. 3. Argynnis Columbia, Henry Ed¬ wards, 4. Argynnis adiante, Boisduval, 9 * 5. Argynnis clio, Edwards, tf. 6. Argynnis clio, Edwards, 9 • 7. Argynnis clio, Edwards, under side. 8. Argynnis opis, Edwards, under side. 9. Argynnis ^erene, Boisduval, under side. 10. Argynnis behrensi, Edwards, tf. 11. Argynnis aphrodite, Fabricius, 9 ; under side. 12. Argynnis lais, Edwards, back. (1) Brenthis myrina, Cramer, Plate XV, Fig. 1, $ ; Fig. 2, 6 , under side; Plate V, Figs. 12-14, chrysalis (The Silver- bordered Fritillary). Butterfly.—The upper side of the wings is fulvous; the black markings are light, the borders heavy. The fore wings on the under side are yellowish-fulvous, ferruginous at the tip, with the marginal spots lightly silvered. The hind wings are ferruginous, mottled with buff. The spots, which are small, are well sil¬ vered. Expanse, 6 , 1.40 inch; $, 1.70 inch. Egg. —The egg is conoidal, about one third higher than wide, marked by sixteen or seventeen vertical ribs, between which are a number of delicate cross-lines. It is pale greenish-yellow in color. Caterpillar. —The caterpillar has been carefully studied, and its various stages are fully described in “The Butterflies of New England,” by Dr. Scudder. In its final stage it is about seven eighths of an inch long, dark olive-brown, marked with green, the segments being adorned with fleshy tubercles armed with needle-shaped projections, the tubercles on the side of the first thoracic segment being four times as long as the others, cylin- drical in form, and blunt at the upper end, the spines projecting upward at an angle of forty-five degrees to the axis of the tubercle. 12Q Genus Brenthis Chrysalis .—The chrysalis is yellowish-brown, spotted with darker brown spots, those of the thoracic and first and second abdominal segments having the lustre of mother-of-pearl. This very pretty little species has a wide range, extending from New England to Montana, from Nova Scotia to Alaska, and southward along the ridges of the Alleghanies into Virginia and the mountains of North Carolina. (2) Brenthis triclaris, Hubner, Plate XV, Fig. 3, S (Hub- ner’s Fritillary). Butterfly , 6 .—The male above is bright fulvous, with the base of the fore wings and the inner margin of the hind wings heavily obscured with blackish scales. The usual dark markings are finer than in the preceding species; the black marginal borders are not so heavy. The submarginal spots are relatively large and distinct in most specimens, and uniform in size. The light spots of the under side of the median band of the hind wings show through from below on the upper side lighter than the ground- color of the wings. On the under side the fore wings are fulvous, tipped with ferruginous. The hind wings are broadly ferrugin¬ ous, with a couple of bright-yellow spots near the base and a curved band of yellow spots crossing the median area. The outer margin about the middle is marked with pale fulvous. The spots on the under side are none of them silvered. $.—The female is much paler than the male in most cases, and the marginal spots within the lunules are very pale, almost white. The submarginal row of round black spots is relatively large and distinct, quite uniform in size. On the under side the wings are much more conspicuously marked on the secondaries than in the male sex, being crossed by three conspicuous bands of irregularly shaped yellow spots, one at the base and one on either side of the discal area. The submarginal round spots of the upper side reappear on the under side as small, slightly silvered, yellow spots. The marginal spots are bright yellow, slightly glossed with silver. Expanse, <3,1.50 inch; $, 1.60inch. Early Stages. —Unknown. This extremely beautiful little species is found throughout arctic America, is not uncommon in Labrador, and also occurs tipon the loftier summits of the Rocky Mountains in Colorado and elsewhere. It is, as most species of the genus, essentially arctic in its habits. 130 VX taj c ! mo wdrrAHAJMxH . ,AvAo<\ V\V \V\ ,.u,J ' W; • /r\luv.'d .f ; . ^ I*: ■' • O V i"{\-V I,.,,;'.,.: ( , , under side. 9. Brentbis freija, Thunberg, ! o. Brentbis freija, Thunberg, 9 > un der side. 11. Brentbis polaris, Boisduval, <$. 12. Brentbis polaris, Boisduval, un¬ der side. 13. Brentbis frigga, Thunberg, 14. Brentbis frigga, Thunberg, 9 » U1lm der side. 15. Brentbis alberta, Edwards, 16. Brentbis bellona, Fabricius, (f. 17. Brentbis epitbore, Boisduval, 18. Brentbis epitbore, Boisduval, <^\ under side. The Butterfly Book- Plate XV COPYRIGHTED BY W. J. HOLLAND, 1898. Genus Brenthis (3) Brenthis helena, Edwards, Plate XVIII, Fig. 16, <$, underside: Fig. 17, $ (Helena). Butterfly , 6 .“The wings on the upper side are fulvous, greatly obscured by brown at the base of the fore wings and along the inner margin of the hind wings. The usual black markings are light, and the marginal border is also not so heavily marked as in B. myrina. The fore wings on the under side are pale fulvous, laved with ferruginous at the tip. The hind wings are brightly ferruginous, with small yellow marginal spots, and paler spots inclining to buff on the costal border and at the end of the cell, about the region of the median nervules. $.—The female is very much like the male on the upper side, but the ground-color is paler. On the under side the wings are somewhat paler, and all the spots and light markings, especially on the secondaries, are far more conspicuous, being bright yellow, and standing out very prominently upon the dark ferruginous ground. Expanse, 1.40 inch. Early Stages .—The early stages of this insect are not as yet known. Helena appears to be a common species in Colorado, Mon¬ tana, and New Mexico. It'is subject to considerable variation, both in the intensity of the coloring of the under side of the wings, and in the distinctness of the maculation. (4) Brenthis montinus, Scudder, Plate XV, Fig. 7, 6 ; Fig. 8, $, under side (The White Mountain Fritiilary). Butterfly , S .—The upper side is fulvous, closely resembling B. chariclea , but the ground-color is darker. The under side of the hind wings is deep ferruginous, mottled with white, the most conspicuous of the white spots being a white bar occurring at the end of the cell, and a small round white spot at the base of the wing. The hind wings have also a marginal row of slightly sil¬ vered white spots. $ .—The female is very much like the male, but the ground- color of the upper side is paler. Expanse, 6 ,1.50 inch; $,1.75 inch. This interesting butterfly is found on the barren summits of Mount Washington, New Hampshire. It represents the survival of the arctic fauna on these desolate peaks, and, like the arctic flora of the spot where it is found, is a souvenir of the ice-age, which once shrouded the northeastern regions of the United States with glaciers. 131 Genus Brenthis (5) Brenthis chariclea, Schneider, Plate XV, Fig. 4, <3 (Chariclea). Butterfly , 6.—Fulvous on the upper side, with heavy black markings, both wings greatly obscured at the base by fuscous. On the under side the fore wings are pale yellowish-fulvous, mottled with ferruginous at the tip and on the outer margin. The hind wings on the under side are dark purplish-ferruginous, mottled with yellow, crossed by a central row of conspicuous yellow spots. The row of marginal spots and two or three small spots at the base are white, slightly silvered. $ .—The female differs from the male in having the markings of the upper side darker and heavier, and the outer margins more heavily marked with black, and having all the spots on the under side more distinctly defined against the dark ground. Expanse, 6 , 1.50 inch; $ , 1.75 inch. Early Stages. —Undescribed. This species, like B. freija, is circumpolar, being found in Lap- land, Greenland, and throughout arctic America. It also occurs within the limits of the United States, in the Yellowstone Park at considerable elevations, and is not uncommon on the high moun¬ tains in British Columbia, numerous specimens having been cap¬ tured in recent years about Banff and Laggan, in Alberta. (6) Brenthis boisduvali, Duponchel, Plate XV, Fig. 5, $ ; Fig. 6, $, under side (Boisduval’s Fritillary). Butterfly .—Somewhat closely resembling B. chariclea , but with the markings much heavier on the outer margin, and the base of the wings generally more deeply obscured with dark brown. The wings on the under side in color and marking closely approximate those of B. chariclea , and j have been unable to distinguish the specimens marked as boisduvali, and contained in the Edwards collection, from the specimens designated as B. chariclea in the same collection, so far as the color and macula- tion of the under sides of these specimens are concerned. Ex¬ panse, $, 1.50 inch; $, 1.75 inch. Early Stages. —Unknown. This species, originally described from Labrador, is found throughout boreal America and British Columbia. (7) Brenthis freija, Thunberg, Plate XV, Fig. g, 6 ; Fig. 10, $ , under side (The Lapland Fritillary). Butterfly .— The wings are pale fulvous, the fore wings at the 132 Genus Brenthis base and the hind wings on the inner half being deeply obscured with fuscous. The markings are quite heavy. The fore wings on the under side are very pale fulvous, yellowish at the tip, mottled with ferruginous. The hind wings are ferruginous on the under side, mottled with yellow. The spots are quite large, consisting of lines and dashes, and a marginal row of small lunu- late spots, pale yellow or white, slightly silvered. Expanse, 1.50 inch. This butterfly is circumpolar, being found in Norway, Lap- land, northern Russia, and Siberia, through Alaska, British America, and Labrador, occurring also upon the highest peaks of the Rocky Mountains as far south as Colorado. (8) Brenthis polaris, Boisduval, Plate XV, Fig. 1 1 , <3; Fig. 12, $, under side (The Polar Fritillary). Butterfly .—-The upper side dull fulvous; the markings on the inner half of the wings are confluent, and lost in the brownish vestiture which obscures this portion of the wing. The outer median area is defined by irregular zigzag spots which flow to¬ gether. Beyond these the submarginal row of small black spots stands out distinctly upon the lighter ground-color of the wings. The outer margin is marked by black spots at the end of the nervules, on the fore wings somewhat widely separated, on the hind wings narrowly separated by the lighter ground-color. On the under side the wings are fulvous, with a marginal row of white checkerings on both wings. The hind wing is deeply mottled with ferruginous, on which the lighter white markings stand forth very conspicuously. Expanse, $, 1.50 inch; 1.50-2.00 inches. Early Stages .— Unknown. This butterfly has been found in Labrador, Greenland, and other portions of arctic America, as far north as latitude 8i° 52'. (9) Brenthis frigga,Thunberg, Plate XV, Fig. 13, 6 ; Fig. 14, $ , lower side (Frigga). Butterfly , $.— On the upper side this butterfly somewhat closely resembles polaris , but the markings are not so compact — more diffuse. The fore wings at the base and the hind wings on the inner two thirds are heavily obscured with brown. The outer margins are more heavily shaded with blackish-brown than in B. polaris. On the under side the wings are quite differently marked. The fore v/ings are fulvous, shaded with brown at the 133 Jrenus Brenvhis * tips, and marked with light yellow on the interspaces beyond the end of the cell. The hind wings are dark ferruginous, shad¬ ing into purplish-gray on the outer margin, with a whitish quad¬ rate spot on the costa near the base, marked with two dark spots, and a bar of pale, somewhat obscured spots, forming an irregular band across the middle of the hind wings. $.—The female does not differ greatly from the male, except that the spots on the under side of the hind wings stand forth more conspicuously, being lighter in color and better defined. Expanse, 1.65-2.00 inches. This pretty little butterfly occurs in Labrador, across the con¬ tinent as far west as northern Alaska, and is also occasionally taken upon the alpine summits of the Rocky Mountains as far south as Colorado. (10) Brenthis bellona, Fabricius, Plate XV, Fig. 16, 6 ; Plate V, Fig. 10, chrysalis , side view; Fig. 11, chrysalis , side view (Meadow Fritillary). Butterfly .—Pale fulvous on the upper side, with the dark markings on the inner half of the wirlg narrow, but more or less confluent. The dark markings on the outer part of the wing are slighter. The fore wings are a little angled on the outer margin below the apex. On the under side the fore wings are pale ful¬ vous, mottled with purple at the tip and on the outer margin. The hind wings on this side are ferruginous, mottled with purple. Expanse, 1.65-1.80 inch. Egg .—The egg of this species is similar in form, size, color, and markings to the egg of B. myrina. Caterpillar. —The caterpillar also in its early stages closely re¬ sembles myrina , but in its mature form it differs in not having the spines on the second segment of the body lengthened as in that species. Chrysalis .—The chrysalis, which is represented in Plate V, is bluish-gray in color, marked with dark spots. The life-history has been given us by several authors. This butterfly is very common in the whole of the northern United States, as far south as the mountain-ranges of Virginia, and occurs throughout Quebec, Ontario, and British America, as far west as the foot-hills of the Rocky Mountains. It flies commonly with B. myrina , the only other species of the genus found in the densely populated portions of our territory, from which it may be 134 Genus Brenthis at once distinguished by the entire absence of the silvered mark¬ ings which make B. myrina so bright and attractive. (n) Brenthis epithore, Boisduval, Plate XV, Fig. 17,6; Fig. 18, $, under side (Epithore). Butterfly. —This species on the upper side is pale fulvous, with the markings slighter than in B. bellona, and the inner half of the hind wings much more heavily clouded with fuscous. On the under side the wings are somewhat like those of B. bellona , but less purple and mottled more distinctly with yellow. Expanse, $, 1.50 inch; $, 1.85 inch. Early Stages .—Undescribed. This species appears to replace B. bellona , its close ally, in California, Oregon, and the States eastward as far as parts of Colorado. (12) Brenthis alberta, Edwards, Plate XV, Fig. 15, & (Al¬ berta). Butterfly. —This, the least attractive in appearance of the species composing the genus, has pale wings with a “washed- out” appearance on the upper side, almost all the dark markings being greatly reduced or obliterated. On the under side the wings are even more obscurely marked than on the upper side. The fe¬ male is darker than the male, and specimens have a greasy look. Expanse, 3,1.55 inch; $,1.65-1.75 inch. Early Stages .—Unknown, except the egg and the young caterpillar, which have been most beautifully figured by Edwards in vol. iii of “The Butterflies of North America.” The only locality from which specimens have as yet been received by col¬ lectors is Laggan, in Alberta, where the species apparently is not uncommon at lofty elevations above sea-level. (13) Brenthis astarte, Doubleday and Hewitson, Plate XVIII, Fig. 14, $ ; Fig. 15, $ , under side (Astarte). Butterfly .—This rare insect, the largest of the genus, may at once be distinguished from all others by the very beautiful mark¬ ings of the under side of the hind wings, crossed by a band of irregular, bright-yellow spots, which are narrowly edged with black, and beyond the black bordered by red. Expanse, $ , 2.00 inches; $ , 2.15 inches. Early Stages. —Unknown. The first description and figure of this insect were given by Doubleday and Hewitson in their large and now very valuable >35 Suspicious Conduct work on “The Genera of Diurnal Lepidoptera.” They correctly attributed it to the Rocky Mountains, but Kirby afterward gave Jamaica as its habitat, and this led to its subsequent rede¬ scription by Edwards under the name Victoria. It is a rare species still, having been received only from Laggan, Alberta, where it was rediscovered by that most indefatigable collector and ob¬ server, Mr. T. E. Bean. It frequents the highest summits of the lofty mountains about this desolate locality. Mr. Bean says: “ Astarte seems always on the lookout for an entomolo¬ gist, whose advent is carefully noted, and at any approach of such a monster nearer than about fifteen feet, its wings rise to half-mast, vibrate there a doubtful instant, and away goes the butterfly.” In addition to the thirteen species figured in our plates there are two other species of the genus, B. butleri , Edwards, from Grinnell Land, and B. improba , Butler, from near the arctic circle. It is not likely that many of the readers of this book will encounter these insects in their rambles, and if they should, they will be able to ascertain their names quickly, by conferring with the author. SUSPICIOUS CONDUCT The entomologist must not expect to be always thoroughly understood. The ways of scientific men sometimes appear strange, mysterious, bordering even upon the insane, to those who are uninitiated. A celebrated American naturalist relates that on one occasion, when chasing butterflies through a meadow belonging to a farmer, the latter came out and viewed him with manifest anxiety. But when the nature of the efforts of the man of science had been finally explained, the farmer heaved a sigh of relief, remarking, in Pennsylvania Dutch, that “he had surely thought, when he first saw him, that he had just escaped from a lunatic asylum.” The writer, a number of years ago, after having despatched a very comfortable lunch, sallied forth one afternoon, in quest of insects, and in the course of his wanderings came upon a refuse-heap by the roadside, opposite a substantial house, and on this heap discovered an ancient ham, which was sur¬ rounded by a multitude of beetles of various species known to be partial to decomposed, or semi-decomposed, animal matter. He proceeded immediately to bottle a number of the specimens. 136 Genus Melitsea While engaged in so doing, the window of the house across the way was thrown up, and an elderly female thrust her head out, and in strident voice exclaimed: “Hey, there! What are you doin’ with that ham ? I say, don’t you know that that ham is spiled?” As he paid no attention to her, she presently appeared at the door, came across the street, and remarked: “See here, mister; that ham’s spiled; Lucy and me throwed it out, knowin’ it was no good. If you want a good meal of wittles, come into the house, and we will feed you, but for mercy’s sake leave that- spiled ham alone.” It took considerable effort to assure her that no designs upon the ham were cherished, and she went away, evidently completely mystified at the wild conduct of the well- dressed man who was grubbing in the rubbish-pile. Genus MELI 1 VEA, Fabricius (The Checker-spots) ** The fresh young Flie, . . . . . . joy’d to range abroad in fresh attire, Through the wide compass of the ayrie coast; And, with unwearied wings, each part t’ inquire Of the wide rule of his renowned sire.” Spenser. Butterfly. —Small. The tibiae and the tarsi of the mesothoracic and metathoracic legs are more lightly armed with spines than in the genera Argynnis and Brenthis. The palpi are not swollen. They are clothed with long hairs and have the third joint finely pointed. The antennae are about half as long as the costa of the fore wings, and are provided with a short, heavy, excavated, or spoon-shaped club. The -subcostal of the fore wings is five- branched, the first nervule always arising before the end of the cell, the second at the end or just beyond it. The cell of the pri¬ maries is closed, of the secondaries open. The markings upon the wings are altogether different from those in the two preceding genera, and the spots on the under side of the wings are not silvered, as in the genus Brenthis. Egg .—The egg is rounded at the base, subconical, truncated, and depressed at the upper end and fluted by light raised ridges (see p. 4, Fig. 8). >37 Genus Melitsea Caterpillar .—The larvae are cylindrical, armed in the mature form on each segment with comparatively short spines thickly covered with diverging hairs, or needle-shaped spines. They are known in some species to be gregarious in their early stages, and then to separate before maturity. They feed upon the Scrophnlariacece , upon Castileja, Diplo- pappus, and other plants. Chrysalis. — The chrysalis is pendant, rounded at the head, provided with more or less sharply pointed tubercles on the dorsal surface, and generally white or some shade of light gray, blotched with brown or black, and marked with reddish or Fig. 91.— rNeuration of the genus M elites a. orange spots on the dorsal side. This genus is very large and is distributed widely over all the colder portions of the north temperate zone. There are many species found in Europe, in Siberia, in China, and in the northern islands of Japan. On the upper slopes of the Himalayas it is also represented by a few species. In North America the genus is well represented, the most of the species being found upon the mountain-slopes and in the valleys of the Pacific coast region. Only two species occur in the Eastern States. (1) Melitsea phaeton, Drury, Plate XVI, Fig. I, £ ; Plate V, Figs. 15, 16, chrysalis (The Baltimore). Butterfly , £ .—The upper side is black, with a marginal row of red spots, followed by three rows of pale-yellow spots on the fore wings and two on the hind wings. Besides these there are some large red spots on the cells of both wings, a large red spot about the middle of the costa of the hind wing, and a few scat¬ tering yellow spots, forming an incomplete fourth row on the fore wing and an incomplete third row on the hind wing. On the under side all the spots of the upper side reappear, but heavier and more distinct, and on the hind wings there are two additional rows of yellow spots, and a number of irregular patches of red and yellow at the base of both wings. —The female is much like the male. Expanse, £ 9 I.75- 2.00 inches; $, 2.00-2.60 inches. Egg. —The egg which is outlined upon p. 4, Fig. 8 , is brownish-yellow when first laid, then changes to crimson, and 138 ■'yw. • ' • ■ . . ? • ' , ■ *. A v ■; ; ' . \vi , ; . Explanation of Plate XVI 1. Melitcea phaeton, Drury, n. 2. Melitcea chalcedon, Doubleday and 12. Hewitson, 3. Melitcea macglashani, Rivers, 13. 4. Melitcea august a, Edwards, 14. 5. Melitcea colon, Edwards, <$. 6 . Melitcea nubigena, Behr, $. 15. 7. Melitcea baroni, Henry Edwards, 16. 8. Melitcea editha, Boisduval, 17. 9. Melitcea nubigena, var. wheeleri, 18. Henry Edwards, 19. 10. Melitcea rubicunda, Henry Ed- 20. wards, 21. 22. Melitcea arachne, Melitcea acastus, Edwards, Melitcea acastus, Edwards, un¬ der side. Melitcea palla, Boisduval, Vy\.bnV//iV.3 ^ ?.*.>,< AyvA^' : < ■ ' a A,u\v X. . .s A,. ,*hnv -bH vva-Ov > */\u\WV ; ,iGbbu>": x V\r'M v ' ' ■ • : • :,!•.*{ ^U\\t\ * -V -V.V'UjSfc r.V v-\:-du Jfbfli KgBvYjt'V-\!' • ?. ,‘X ,«b'!K'wl>n;;Ud^V'\ViV ..wMbAh- Ay ■ ’ -!■■•■' V .d/l, / < I .S'. !\-;\ .V. ii .0? .^Yr-.v.' vyvi v'uv /r> t £!yf«-y/b3 .Xrnusu ./j.w-UYlY .»i ..vA,' • ••• '.A' i.-'v',VWW\ '» \a? ii -v-Ab ,9- ,;ld ■ SVUYA :\' i -^V)U\\ ..r.’>irv-•< '/A >. A,<\rvij\ r \ , c)f ’ . .vby ,.tv\Ti\^SVU;\ >'u\ ■\. • /V. mu . r •. •’! " '/(.'•! . \ A .!{•, ■ o ■' A • ' vu\ cfc, *,T• v c.' v (f /fid ,v'• ' W ViKWY .6i ■/ ! . ••: ■/.,• A \ .V! .v r.!,i . ,v : .v,V'V-. .A: y \ .Si S . Yh‘u • . ' / A Explanation of Plate XVII 1. Melitcea alma, Strecker, <$. 2. Melitcea elada , Hewitson, 3. Melitcea char a, Edwards, un ~ der side. 11. Melitcea minuta, Edwards, un¬ der side. 12. Melitcea minuta, Edwards, (ff. 13. Melitcea hoffmanni, Behr, 14. Melitcea hoffmanni, Behr, 9 > aber¬ ration. 15. Melitcea thekla, Edwards, under side. 16. Melitcea thekla, Edwards, $. 17. Phyciodes vesta, Edwards, (ff. 18. Phyciodes vesta, Edwards, 9 • 19. Phyciodes vesta, Edwards, 9 / under side. 20. Phyciodes picta, Edwards, 9 > un¬ der side. 21. Phyciodes picta, Edwards, tf. i2. Phyciodes phaon, Edwards, 23. Phyciodes phaon, Edwards, 9 ? un* der side. 24. Phyciodes ismeria, Boisduval and Leconte, (ff. 25. Phyciodes ismeria, Boisduval and Leconte, (ff, under side. 2 6. Phyciodes montana, Behr, 9 > un¬ der side. 27. Phyciodes montana, Behr, 28. Phyciodes nycteis, Doubleday and Hewitson, (ff, under side. 29. Phyciodes nycteis, Doubleday and Hewitson, 30. Phyciodes nycteis, Doubleday and Hewitson, 9 * 31. Phyciodes orseis, Edwards, 32. Phyciodes Camillas, Edwards, tf. 33. Phyciodes Camillas, Edwards, 9 - 34. Phyciodes Camillas, Edwards, un¬ der side. 39. Eresia punctata, Edwards, tf. 40. Phyciodes mylitta, Edwards, under side. 41. Phyciodes mylitta, Edwards, 42. Eresia frisia, Poey, . > The Butterfly Book Plate XVII COPYRIGHTED BY W. Genus Phyciodes ter form marcia of Phyciodes tharos, Drury; but the black markings are more evenly distributed. The under side is a pale yellowish-fulvous, and the black markings are slight. $.—The female is like the male, but paler. Expanse, 6, 1.15 inch; $, 1.25 inch. Early Stages. —The chrysalis has been described by Edwards in the “Canadian Entomologist,” vol. xi, p. 129. This is all we know of the early life of the insect. It is found in Texas and Mexico. (4) Phyciodes phaon, Edwards, Plate XVII, Fig. 22, 6 ; Fig. 23. $ , under side (Phaon). Butterfly , $ .—The ground-color of the male is paler on the upper side than in Phyciodes tharos , and the black markings are much heavier. The median band on the fore wings is yellowish. The wings on the under side are yellow, shaded with fulvous on the primaries, on which the dark markings are heavy. $.—Like the male. Expanse, 90 inch; $, 1.25 inch. Early Stages. —Unknown. This insect inhabits the Gulf States, and has been occasionally taken in Kansas. (5) Phyciodes tharos, Drury, Plate XVIII, Fig. 1, $ ; Fig. 2, $ ; var. marcia, Edwards, Plate XVIII, Fig. 3, 6 ; Fig. 4, $ ; Plate V, Figs. 20-22, chrysalis (The Pearl Crescent). Butterfly. —This very common and well-known little insect scarcely needs to be described. The upper side is bright fulvous, with heavy black borders; all the other dark markings are slight. The wings on the under side are paler, with the dark markings of the upper side showing through, and there are additional markings of brown on the hind wings. Expanse, $, 1.25 inch; $, 1.65 inch. Early Stages.— The early stages of this insect have been worked out with the most extreme care by Mr. Edwards, and the reader who is curious to know about them should consult “The Butterflies of North America/’ Dr. Scudder also has minutely and laboriously described the early stages in “The Butterflies of New England.” The egg is light greenish-yellow. The cater¬ pillar, which feeds upon various species of aster and allied Com¬ posite, is dark brown after the third moult, its back dotted with yellow, adorned with short, black, bristly spines, which are yel¬ low at the base. The chrysalis is grayish-white, mottled with dark spots and lines. 153 Genus Phyciodes This species is one of many dimorphic species, the wintei form marcia, which emerges in spring, having the under side brighter, and the light markings more conspicuous on that side than in the summer form, which has been called morpheus. Con¬ cerning all of this, and the way in which cold affects the color of butterflies, the reader will do well to consult the splendid pages of Edwards and of Scudder. The pretty little Pearl Crescent ranges from southern Labrador to Florida; in fact, all over North America north of Texas and south of the region of Hudson Bay, except the Pacific coast of California. (6) Phyciodes batesi, Reakirt, Plate XVII, Fig. 35, $ ; Fig. 36, 2 , under side (Bates’ Crescent-spot). Butterfly , 6 .—On the upper side much like P. tharos , with the black markings very heavy. The under side of the hind wings is uniformly pale fulvous or yellow, with a row of faint submarginal brown spots. $.—Like the male. Expanse, <3, 1.25 inch; $, 1.50-1.65 inch. Early Stages. —Unknown. This species ranges from New York to Virginia, and westward to Ohio. (7) Phyciodes pratensis, Behr, Plate XVII, Fig. 37, <3 ; Fig. 38, ?, under side (The Meadow-Crescent-spot). Butterfly, <3.—The butterfly resembles the preceding species on the upper side, but the ground-color is much paler and the black markings are not so heavy. The under side of the wings is pale fulvous, spotted with yellow. $.—The female has the black markings of the upper side heavier than the male, and all the spots pale yellow'. The mark¬ ings on the under side are heavier than in the male sex. Ex¬ panse, <3, 1.15 inch; ?, 1.40 inch. Early Stages. —Unknown. The range of this species is the Pacific coast from Oregon to Arizona. (8) Phyciodes orseis, Edwards, Plate XVII, Fig. 31, <3 (Orseis). Butterfly , <3 .—The dark markings on the upper side are much heavier than in either of the two preceding species, and the ful¬ vous spots are smaller, the marginal crescents more regular and Genus Phyciodes distinct. The markings on the under side are also much heavier than in P. batesi or P. pratensis. $ .—The female is like the male, but all the dark markings are heavier and the pale markings lighter. Expanse, <3, 1.35 inch; $, 1.60 inch. Early Stages .—These remain to be described. Phyciodes or sets ranges from Washington Territory in the north to Mexico in the south. (9) Phyciodes camillus, Edwards, Plate XVII, Fig. 32, <3 ; Fig. 33, ? ; Fig. 34, <3 , under side (The Camillus Crescent). Butterfly, <3 t—The male is more like P. pratensis , but the light spots on the primaries are paler, on the secondaries brighter, fulvous. The dark markings on the under side are less pro¬ nounced than in pratensis . ‘The female is much like the male. Expanse, <3, 1.30 inch; $ , 1.50 inch. Early Stages .—These are wholly unknown. The species is reported from British Columbia, Colorado, Mon¬ tana, Kansas, and Texas. (10) Phyciodes mylitta, Edwards, Plate XVII, Fig. 40, < 3 , underside; Fig. 41, $ (The Mylitta Crescent). Butterfly , <3 .■—Broadly bright fulvous on the upper side, with the dark markings slight; on the under side closely resem¬ bling P. tharos , var. marcia , Edwards. $ .—The female is like the male, but paler. Expanse, <3 , 1.15 inch; $ , 1.25-1.50 inch. Early Stages.— These have been described by Mr. Harrison G. Dyar in the “Canadian Entomologist,” vol. xxiii, p. 203. The eggs are laid in clusters upon the thistle ( Carduus ). The cater¬ pillar in its final stage after the fourth moult is black, yellowish below, with a faint twinned yellow dorsal line and faint lines of the same color on the sides. The spines, which are arranged in six rows, are black; those of segments four, five, and six, yellow. The chrysalis is dull wood-brown. This species has a wide range in the region of the Rocky Mountains, extending from Washington to Arizona, and eastward to Colorado. (11) Phyciodes barnesi, Skinner, Plate XVIII, Fig. 5, <3 (Barnes’ Crescent-spot). Butterfly , <3 .—Very like the following species, with the light >55 Genus Phyciodes fulvous of the upper side of the wings more widely extended, causing the dark markings to be greatly restricted. The figure in the plate is, in this species as in most others, that of the type, and I am under obligations to Dr. Skinner for kind permission to have the use of the specimen. Expanse, 1.75 inch. The type came from Colorado Springs. (12) Phyciodes montana, Behr, Plate XVII, Fig. 26, ?. underside; Fig. 27, $ (The Mountain Crescent-spot). Butterfly. —Upon the upper side the wings are marked much as in P. camillus , but are prevalently bright fulvous, with the dark markings quite slight in most specimens. On the under side the wings are pale yellowish-fulvous. The female usually has the secondaries crossed by a broad median band of very pale spots. Expanse, 6 , 1.25 inch; ?, 1.50 inch. Early Stages. —Unknown. The habitat of this species is the Sierras of California and Nevada. (13) Phyciodes picta, Edwards, Plate XVII, Fig. 20, $, under side; Fig. 21, 6 (The Painted Crescent-spot). Butterfly. —The butterfly in both sexes somewhat closely re¬ sembles P. phaon on the upper side. On the under side the fore wings are red on the median area, with the base, the costa, the apex, and the outer margin pale yellow; the black, markings very prominent. The hind wings on the under side are nearly im¬ maculate yellow. Expanse, 6 , .80-1.10 inch; $ , 1.10-1.25 inch. Early Stages .—These may be found described with minute ex¬ actness by Mr. W. H. Edwards in the pages of the “Canadian Entomologist,” vol. xvi, pp. 163-167. The egg is yellowish- green. The caterpillar moults five times. When mature it is about six tenths of an inch long, armed with seven principal rows of short spines, which appear to vary in color in the spring and fall broods, being light brown in the June brood and greenish- yellow in the October brood. The prevalent color of the cater¬ pillar is some shade of yellowish- or greenish-brown, mottled with lighter and darker tints. The chrysalis is yellowish-brown. The food-plants of the caterpillar are various species of aster. This species is found as far north as Nebraska, and is abundant in Colorado and New Mexico, ranging southward through Ari zona into Mexico. 156 -i>3 -\\ v. \,. ; 'nuA-' . /'Hi''’ : M /ViO, .Of " Explanation of Plate XVIII 1. Phyciodes tharos, Drury, rj 1 . 2. Phyciodes tharos, Drury, 9 - 3. Phyciodes tharos, var. marcia , Ed¬ wards, JL 4. Phyciodes tharos, var. marcia, Ed¬ wards, 9* 5. Phyciodes barnesi, Skinner, 6. Argynnis snyderi, Skinner, 7. Argynnis platina, Skinner, l Lin -.1 viO• •.\'\v .,) ,n t . i.*nY» • ; . - ,c-? : i , uuuo'. T) /i. N\j-A , !H >'\ • -i ■ \ . :i;V efcfniiV/b-' \V-.- •: •••y;. > • . M -■■■' , '• .••)/«• , ;• -\vc U$$sY> r\\.'U' /fCV., :!,■).v/bd i <•' . .*»/) '• S. • y Explanation of Plate XIX 1. Grapta interrogationis, Fabricius, var. fabricii, Edwards, 2. Grapta inter rogationis, Fabricius, var. umbrosa, Lintner, 9 - 3. Grapta comma, Harris, var. dryas, Edwards, 4. Grapta comma, Harris, var. harrisi, Edwards, 5. Grapta silenus, Edwards, tf. 6 . Grapta silenus, Edwards, (J 1 , under side. 7. Grapta hylas, Edwards, 8. Grapta hylas, Edwards, under side. 9. Vanessa j-album, Boisduval and Le¬ conte, 9. 10. Grapta gracilis, Grote and Robin¬ son, 11. Grapta gracilis, Grote and R obinson, 9, under side. 12. Grapta faunus ? Edwards, 13. Grapta faunus, Edwards, under side. 14. Grapta satyr us, Edwards, var. mar* syas, Edwards, 15. Grapta satyrus, Edwards, var. mar • syas, Edwards, (f, under side. The Butterfly Book, COPYRIGHTED BY HOLLAND, 1898. Genus Grapta and when the first warm winds of spring begin to blow, it may be found at the sap-pans in the sugar-camps, sipping the sweets which drip from the wounded trunks of the maples. It ranges all over the United States, except the Pacific coast, and is com¬ mon throughout Canada and Nova Scotia. (2) Grapta comma, Harris, form dryas, Plate XIX, Fig. 3, $ ; form harrisi, Edwards, Fig. 4, $ ; Plate III, Fig. 38, larva; Plate IV, Figs. 27, 29, 30, 39, 46-48, chrysalis (The Comma' Butterfly). Butterfly .—Dimorphic, in the form dryas with the hind wings heavily suffused with black, in the form harrisi predominantly fulvous. Expanse, 1.75-2.00 inches. The caterpillars feed upon the Urticacece , and are very com¬ mon upon the nettle. They vary greatly in color, some being almost snow-white. This species is found throughout Canada and the adjacent provinces, and ranges south to the Carolinas and Texas and over the Northwestern States. (3) Grapta satyrus, Edwards, Plate XX, Fig. 1, $ ; Fig. 2, ?, under side; form marsyas, Edwards, Plate XIX, Fig. 14, $ ; Fig. 15, $, under side ; Plate III. Fig. 33, larva; Plate IV, Figs. 41, 42, chrysalis (The Satyr). Butterfly. —The species is so accurately depicted in the plates that a description is hardly necessary. The form marsyas is smaller, brighter, and with the dark spots on the upper side of the hind wings reduced in size. Expanse, 1.75-2.00 inches. The food-plant of the caterpillar is the nettle. It occurs occa¬ sionally in Ontario, and thence ranges west, being not uncommon from Colorado to California and Oregon. (4) Grapta hylas, Edwards, Plate XIX, Fig. 7, 6 ; Fig. 8, $, under side (The Colorado Angle-wing). Butterfly. —The butterfly closely resembles G. silenus on the upper side, but may easily be distinguished by the uniform pale purplish-gray of the lower side of the wings. Expanse, 2.00 inches. The early stages are unknown. The insect has thus far been found only in Colorado, but no doubt occurs in other States of the Rocky Mountain region. (5) Grapta faunus, Edwards, Plate XIX, Fig. 12, $ ; Fig. 13, $ , under side; Plate III, Fig. 32, larva; Plate IV, Figs. 31, 33-35, chrysalis (The Faun). Butterfly.—This species is readily recognized by the deep indentations of the hind wings, the heavy black border, and the 165 Genus Grapta dark tints of the under side mottled with paler shades. Expanse, 2.00-2.15 inches. The caterpillar feeds on willows. It is found from New England to the Carolinas, and thence westward to the Pacific. (6) Grapta zephyrus, Edwards, Plate XX, Fig. 5, 6 ; Fig. 6, $ , under side (The Zephyr). Butterfly. —Fulvous, marked with yellowish toward the outer margins, the dark markings upon which are not as heavy as in the other species of the genus. On the under side the wings are paler than is the case in other species, reddish-brown, marbled with darker brown lines and frecklings. Expanse, 1.75-2.00 inches. The caterpillar, which feeds upon Azalea occidentals , is de¬ scribed and figured by Edwards in “The Butterflies of North America,” vol. i. Zephyrus is found throughout the region of the Rocky Mountains, from Colorado to California, and from Oregon to New Mexico. (7) Grapta gracilis, Grote and Robinson, Plate XIX, Fig. 10, $ ; Fig. 11, ?, under side (The Graceful Angle-wing). Butterfly. —A small species, rather heavily marked with dark brown or blackish on the upper side. The wings on the under side are very dark, crossed about the middle by a pale-gray or white band shading off toward the outer margins. This light band serves as a means of easily identifying the species. Ex¬ panse, 1.75 inch. The early stages are unknown. The species has been found on the White Mountains in New Hampshire, in Maine, Canada, and British America, as far west as Alaska. (8) Grapta silenus, Edwards, Plate XIX, Fig. 5, $ ; Fig. 6, $ , under side (Silenus). Butterfly. —Larger than gracilis , and the wings more deeply excised, as in faunus. On the under side the wings are very dark, with lighter irrorations, especially on the fore wings. Ex¬ panse, 2.00-2.30 inches. The early stages have never been studied. This species appears to be found only in Oregon, Washington, and British Columbia. (9) Grapta progne, Cramer, Plate XX, Fig. 3, $ ; Fig. 4, 6 , under side; Plate III, Fig. 31, larva; Plate IV, Figs. 32, 37, 38, chrysalis (Progne). <66 Genus Vanessa Butterfly .—A rather small species, with light-fulvous fore wings, shading into yellow toward the outer margins; the dark markings slight, but deep in color. The secondaries are heavily bordered with black on the outer margin. On the under side the wings are very dark, variegated with paler shades, somewhat as in G. gracilis. Expanse, 1.85-2.00 inches. The early stages have been quite fully described by various authors, and the reader may consult “The Butterflies of New England,” vol. i, pp. 266-268, for a full account. The caterpillar feeds on the elm, but more commonly on various species of the Grossulacece , or currant tribe, wild or domesticated. It ranges from Siberia to Nova Scotia, and southward as far as Pennsyl¬ vania. There are several other species of Grapta found in our fauna, which are not delineated in this book; but they are rare species, of which little is as yet known. The types are in the collection of the writer, and if the reader finds any species which he cannot identify by means of this book the author will be pleased to help him to the full extent of his ability. Genus VANESSA, Fabricius (The Tortoise-shells) Butterfly. —Medium-sized insects, the wings on the upper side generally some shade of black or brown, marked with red, yellow, or orange. The head is moder¬ ately large, the eyes hairy, the palpi more or less heavily scaled, the prothoracic legs fee¬ ble and hairy. The lower discocellular vein of the fore wings, when present, unites with the third median nervule, not at its origin, but beyond on the curve. The cell of the primaries may or may not be closed. The cell of the secon¬ daries is open. The fore wings have the outer mar¬ gin more or less deeply excavated between the extremities of the upper radial and the first medi- tion^of the genus an, at which points the wings are rather strongly Vanessa. produced. The hind wings have the outer margin denticulate, strongly produced at the extremity of the third median nervule. 167 Genus Vanessa Egg. —Short, ovoid, broad at the base, tapering toward the summit, which is broad and adorned with a few narrow, quite high longitudinal ridges, increasing in height toward the apex. Between these ribs are a few delicate cross-lines. They are generally laid in large clusters upon twigs of the food-plant. Caterpillar. —The caterpillar moults four times. In the ma¬ ture form it is cylindrical, the segments adorned with long, branching spines arranged in longitudinal rows; the spines much longer, and branching rather than beset with bristles, as in the genus Grapta. It lives upon elms, willows, and poplars. Chrysalis. —The chrysalis in general appearance is not unlike the chrysalis of Grapta. The genus is mainly restricted to the north temperate zone and the mountain regions of tropical lands adjacent thereto. The insects hibernate in the imago form, and are among the first butterflies to take wing in the springtime. (1) Vanessa j-album, Boisduval and Leconte, Plate XIX, Fig- 9» ? (The Compton Tortoise). Butterfly. —No description is required, as the figure in the plate will enable it to be immediately recognized. On the under side of the wings it resembles in color the species of the genus Grapta , from which the straight edge of the inner margin of the primaries at once distinguishes it. It is a very close ally of the European V. vau-album. Expanse, 2.60-2.75 inches. The caterpillar feeds upon various species of willow. It is a Northern form, being found in Pennsylvania upon the summits of the Alleghanies, and thence north to Labrador on the east and Alaska on the west. It is always a rather scarce insect. (2) Vanessa californica, Boisduval, Plate XX, Fig. 11, $ (The California Tortoise-shell). Butterfly. —On the upper side deep fulvous, mottled with yel¬ low, spotted and bordered with black. On the under side dark brown; pale on the outer half of the primaries, the entire surface marked with dark lines and fine striae. Expanse, 2.00-2.25 inches. Early Stages. —The larva and chrysalis have been described by Henry Edwards in the “ Proceedings of the California Acad¬ emy of Sciences,” vol. v, p. 171. The caterpillar feeds upon Ceanothus thyrsiflorus. This insect is a close ally of the European V. xanthomelas. It ranges from Colorado to California and as far north as Oregon. 168 ■ ’ .ior, :/iH '\\'i wf • rn v ?. vA<\ • ' \..0 I'.W'--; <': V.7. « ' 0 ' > /'■ \ ■ ^ Vt,\ '* •' ; A'\ ■ ■ ' • ijp' ‘ ' ' Ml ( * r ”■'' ’; ’■> Explanation of Plate XX 1. Grapta satyrus, Edwards, 9 • 2. Grapta satyrus, Edwards, 9 , under side. 3. Grapta progne, Cramer, 4. Grapta progne, Cramer, under side . 5. Grapta %ephyrus, Edwards, 6. Grapta %ephyrus,\ 7. Junonia coenia , Hubner, 9 * 8. Junonia lavinia, Cramer, 9. Junonia genoveva , Cramer, 10. Vanessa milberti , Godart, (J'. 11. Vanessa californica, Boisduval, 12. Pyrameis caryce, Hubner, 13. Anartiajatrophce, Linnaeus, iwards, The Butterfly Book JPYRIGHTED BY HOLLAND, 1898 Genus Pyrameis (3) Vanessa milberti, Godart, Plate XX, Fig. 10, $ ; Plate III, Fig. 36, larva; Plate IV, Figs. 43, 49, 50, chrysalis (Milbert’s Tortoise-shell). Butterfly. —Easily distinguished by the broad yellow submar¬ ginal band on both wings, shaded outwardly by red. It is nearly related to the European V. urticce. Expanse, 1.75 inch. The life-history has been worked out and described by nu¬ merous writers. The caterpillars feed upon the nettle ( Urtica ). This pretty little fly ranges from the mountains of West Vir¬ ginia northward to Nova Scotia and Newfoundland, thence west¬ ward to the Pacific. (4) Vanessa antiopa, Linnaeus, Plate I, Fig. 6, ? ; Plate III, Fig. 28, larva; Plate IV, Figs. 51, 58, 59, chrysalis (The Mourning-cloak; The Camberwell Beauty). Butterfly. —This familiar insect needs no description. It is well known to every boy in the north temperate zone. It is one of the commonest as well as one of the most beautiful species of the tribe. A rare aberration in which the yellow border invades the wing nearly to the middle, obliterating the blue spots, is some¬ times found. The author has a fine example of this “ freak.” The eggs are laid in clusters upon the twigs of the food- plant in spring (see p. 5, Fig. 11). There are at least two broods in the Northern States. The caterpillars feed on willows, elms, and various species of the genus Populus. Genus PYRAMEIS, Doubleday Butterfly. —The wings in their neuration approach closely to the preceding genus, but are not angulate, and the ornamen¬ tation of the under side tends to become ocellate, or marked by eye-like spots, and in many of the species is ocellate. Egg. —The egg is broadly ovoid, being much like the egg of the genus Vanessa. Caterpillar. —The caterpillar in its mature form is covered with spines, but these are not relatively as large as in l^anessa, and are not as distinctly branching. Chrysalis. —The chrysalis approaches in outline the chrysalis of the preceding genus, and is only differentiated by minor structural peculiarities. The genus includes only a few species, but some of them have 169 tienus Pyrameis a wide range, Pyrameis cardui being almost cosmopolitan, and having a wider distribution than any other known butterfly. (1) Pyrameis atalanta, Linnaeus, Plate XLIII, Fig. 4, 6 ; Plate III, Fig. 35, larva; Plate IV, Figs. 52, 53, 55, chrysalis (The Red Admi¬ ral). This familiar butterfly, which is found throughout North America, Europe, northern Asia, and Africa, needs no description beyond what is furnished in the plates. Expanse, 2.00 inches. The food-plants are Humulus, Boch¬ in eria, and Ur tic a. (2) Pyrameis huntera, Plate I, Fig. 2, $ ; Fig. 97. —Neura- Plate XXXIII, Fig. 6, 6 , under side; Plate III, tion of the genus Py- pjg. ^ larva; Plate IV, Figs. 54, 63, 64, chrys- a u s (Hunter’s Butterfly). Butterfly. —Marked much like the following species, but easily distinguished at a glance by the two large eye-like spots on the under side of the hind wings. Expanse, 2.00 inches. Early Stages. —These have been frequently described, and are in part well depicted in Plates III and IV. The food-plants are cudweed ( Gnaphalium ) and Antennaria. Hunter’s Butterfly ranges from Nova Scotia to Mexico and Central America east of the Sierras. (3) Pyrameis cardui, Linnaeus, Plate I, Fig. 1, $ ; Plate III, Fig. 37, larva; Plate IV, Figs. 60-62, chrysalis (The Painted Lady; The Thistle-butterfly). Butterfly. —This is undoubtedly the most widely distributed of all known butterflies, being found in almost all parts of the temperate regions of the earth and in many tropical lands in both hemispheres. It is easily distinguished from the preceding spe¬ cies by the more numerous and much smaller eye-like spots on the under side of the hind wings. Expanse, 2.00-2.25 inches. Early Stages. —These have been again and again described at great length and with minute particularity by a score of authors. The food-plants of the caterpillar are thistles ( Carduus ), Urtica, Cnicus , and Althcea. (4) Pyrameis caryse, Hiibner, Plate XX, Fig. 12, $ (The West Coast Lady). Butterfly. —This species is easily distinguished from P. cardui\ 170 Widely Distributed Butterflies its nearest ally, by the absence of the roseate tint peculiar to that species, the tawnier ground-color of the upper surfaces, and the complete black band which crosses the middle of the cell of the primaries. Expanse, 2.00 inches. Early Stages. —These have not all been thoroughly described, but we have an account of the larva and chrysalis from the pen of Henry Edwards, in the “ Proceedings of the California Acad¬ emy of Sciences,” vol. v, p. 329. The food-plant of the caterpil¬ lar is Lavatera assurgentiflora. This species ranges from Van¬ couver’s Island to Argentina, and is found as far east as Utah. WIDELY DISTRIBUTED BUTTERFLIES The primal curse declared that the earth, because of man’s sin, should bring forth thorns and thistles, and thistles are almost everywhere. Wherever thistles grow, there is found the thistle- butterfly, or the “ Painted Lady,” as English collectors are in the habit of calling it, Pyrameis cardui. All over Europe, all over North America, in Africa,—save in the dense jungles of the Congo,— throughout South America, in far-off Australia, and in many of the islands of the sea this beautiful butterfly is found. At some times it is scarce, and then again there are seasons when it fairly swarms, every thistle-top having one of the gaily colored crea¬ tures seated upon its head, and among the thorny environment of the leaves being found the web which the caterpillar weaves. Another butterfly which bids fair ultimately to take possession of the earth is our own Anosia plexippus , the wanderings of which have already been alluded to. Many species are found in the arctic regions both of the Old World and the New. Obscure forms are these, and lowly in their organization, survivors of the ice-age, hovering on the border¬ line of eternal frost, and pointing to the long-distant time when the great land-masses about the northern pole were knit together, as geologists teach us. One of the curious phenomena in the distribution of butterflies is the fact that in Florida we find Hypolimnas misippus , a species which is exceedingly common in Africa and in the Indo-Malayan subregion. Another curious phenomenon of a like character is the presence in the Canary Islands of a Pyrameis , which appears 171 Genus Junonia to be only a subvariety of the well-known Pyrameis indica , which is common in India, southern China, and Japan. Away off in southeastern Africa, upon the peaks and foot-hills which surround the huge volcanic masses of Kilima-Njaro, Kenia, and Ruwenzori, was discovered by the martyred Bishop Hannington a beautiful species of Argynnis, representing a genus nowhere else found upon the continent of Africa south of Mediterranean lands. Strange isolation this for a butterfly claiming kin to the fritillaries that sip the sweets from clover-blossoms in the Bernese Oberland, in the valleys of Thibet, and on the prairies of the United States. Genus JUNONIA, Hiibner. (Peacock Butterflies) Butterfly. —Medium-sized butterflies, with eye-like spots upon the upper wings. Their neuration is very much like that of the but¬ terflies belonging to the genus Pyrameis , to which they are closely allied. The eyes are naked, the fore feet are scant¬ ily clothed with hair, and the lower discocellular vein of the fore wing, when present, does not ter¬ minate on the arch of the third median nervule be¬ fore its origin, as in the genus Vanessa , but imme¬ diately at the origin of the third median nervule. Egg. —Broader than high, the top flattened, marked by ten vertical ribs, very narrow, but not very high. Between the ribs are a few delicate cross-lines. Fig. 98.—Neura- Caterpillar. —The caterpillar is cylindrical, tion of the genus t h e segments being adorned with rows ofbranch- Junoma. ® & . ing spines and longitudinally striped. Chrysalis. —The chrysalis is arched on the dorsal surface and marked by two rows of dorsal tubercles, concave on the ventral side. The head is slightly bifid, with the vertices rounded. There are eighteen or more species which belong to this genus, of which some are neotropical, but the greater number are found in the tropical regions of the Old World. Three forms occur within the limits of the United States, which have by some au¬ thors been reckoned as distinct species, and by others are regarded merely as varietal forms. 172 Genus Junonia (1) Junonia ccenia, Hubner, Plate XX, Fig. 7, ? ; Plate III, Figs. 29, 30, larva; Plate IV, Figs. 56, 57, 65-67, chrysalis (The Buckeye). Butterfly.— The figure in the plate is far better than any verbal description. On the under side the eye-like spots of the upper side are reproduced, but are much smaller, especially on the hind wings. There is much variety in the ground-color of the wings on the under side. Some specimens are reddish-gray, and some are quite heavily and solidly pinkish-red on the secondaries. Expanse, 2.00-2.25 inches. Egg. —The egg is dark green. Caterpillar. —The caterpillar is dark in color, longitudinally striped, and adorned with branching spines, two of which are on the head and pomt forward. Chrysalis. — The chrysalis is generally pale wood-brown, strongly arched on the dorsal and concave on the ventral side. It always hangs at less than a right angle to the surface from which it depends. This is a very common butterfly in the Southern States, ranging northward as far as New England, westward to the Pacific, and southward to Colombia. The caterpillar feeds on various species of plantain (Plantago), also Gerardia and Antir¬ rhinum. When I was a lad in western North Carolina these insects fairly swarmed one summer; thousands of the caterpil¬ lars could be found in worn-out fields, feeding on the narrow¬ leaved plantain, and every fence-rail had one or more of their chrysalids hanging from the under side. I have never seen such multitudes of this species since then. The butterflies are quite pugnacious, and will fight with other passing butterflies, dashing forth upon them, and chasing them away. (2) Junonia lavinia, Cramer, Plate XX, Fig. 8, £ (Lavinia). Butterfly.— This species may be distinguished by the more rounded apex and the more deeply excavated outer margin of the fore wings, and also by the decided elongation of the outer margin of the hind wings at the end of the submedian vein. The wings are paler on the upper side than in the preceding species, and the eye-like spots much smaller. Expanse, 2.00 inches. The early stages are not accurately known. The insect is common in the Antilles and South America, but is only now and then taken in the extreme southern parts of Texas. *73 Genus Anartia (3) Junonia genoveva, Cramer, 1 late XX, Fig. 9, <3 (Geiio veva). Butterfly .— Much darker above than either of the two pre¬ ceding species. The transverse subapical band is pale yellow, almost white; the ocelli of the wings are more as in lavinia than in coenia. Expanse, about 2.00 inches. This form, if found at all in our fauna, is confined to the ex¬ treme South. I have seen and possess some specimens reputed to have come from Texas. The specimen figured in the plate was taken in Jamaica, where this form is prevalent. Genus ANARTIA, Doubleday Butterfly .—The head is small; the eyes are round and promi¬ nent; the tongue is long; the antennse are relatively long, having the club short, compressed, and pointed. The palpi have the second joint thick, the third joint gradually taper¬ ing and lightly clothed with scales. The fore wings are rounded at the apex, and have the outer and inner margins somewhat excavated. The outer margin of the hind wings is sinuous, produced at the end of the third median nervule. The cell of the hind wing is open. The sub¬ costal nervules in the fore wing are remarkable because of the tendency of the first and second to fuse with the costal vein. The prothoracic feet of the Fig. 99.—Neu- male are small and weak; of the female, stronger. zinartia. Early Stages. —These, so far as is known to the writer, await description. There are four species belonging to this genus, only one of which is found within the limits of the United States. The others are found in Central and South America. (1) Anartia jatrophse, Linnseus, Plate XX, Fig. 13, 6 (The White Peacock). Butterfly.—There can be no mistake made in the identifica¬ tion of this species if the figure we give is consulted. The male and female are much alike. Expanse, 1.75-2.00 inches. Early Stages .—So far as is known to me, these have never been described. The butterfly is common throughout the 174 Genus Hypanartia tropics of the New World, and is occasionally found in southern Texas and Florida. Genus HYPANARTIA, Hiibner (The Banded Reds) Butterfly .—The palpi of medium size, well clothed with scales; the second joint moderately thick; the third very little thinner, blunt at the tip. The antennae have a distinct, short, well-rounded club. The fore wings have the first two subcostal nervules arising before the end of the cell, close to each other. The third subcostal arises midway between the end of the cell and the origin of the fourth subcostal. The cell of the fore wing is closed by a stout lower discocellular vein which is more or less continuous with the third median nervule. The hind wing has the cell open or only partially closed. Early Stages .—But little is known of the early stages of this genus. The species reckoned as belonging to Hypa - ^yp^nartia genUS nartia number less than a dozen, most of which are found in tropical America, but, singularly enough, two species occur in tropical and southern Africa, and another has been de¬ scribed from Madagascar. (i) Hypanartia lethe, Fabricius, Plate XXIV, Fig. io, 6 (Lethe). This very handsome insect, which is quite common in tropi¬ cal America, is another straggler into our fauna, being occasion¬ ally found in southern Texas. But little is known of its early life-history. Expanse, 2.00 inches. Genus EUNICA, Hiibner (The Violet-wings) Butterfly .—The head is narrow, hairy; the eyes prominent. The antennae are long and slender, having a greatly enlarged club marked with two grooves. The palpi have the third joint in the :ase of the female longer than in the case of the male. They are relatively short, thickly clothed with hairs and scales lying closely >75 Genus Eunica appressed to the surface. The fore wing has the costal and median vein enlarged and swollen at the base. The subcostal has five nervules, the first two of which arise before the end of the cell, the third midway between the end of the cell and the fourth nervule. The upper discocellular vein is wanting; the middle discocel- lular vein is bent inwardly; the lower discocellular vein is somewhat weak and joins the median vein exactly at the origin of the second median nervule. The cell of the hind wing is lightly closed. Early Stages .—Very little is known of the early stages of this genus. Fig. ioi.—N eura- The butterflies are characterized by the dark- ^Eunica the genus brown or black ground-color of the upper side, generally glossed with rich blue or purple. On the under side the markings are exceedingly variable and in most cases very beautiful. The genus is characteristic of the neotropical fauna, and there are over sixty species which have been described. The males are said by Bates, to whom we are indebted for most of our knowledge of these insects, to have the habit of congre¬ gating about noon and in the early afternoon in moist places by the banks of streams, returning toward nightfall to the haunts of the females. In this respect they resemble club-men, who at the same hours are generally to be found congregating where there is something to drink. Only two species are found in our region, and are confined to the hottest parts of Texas and Florida, rang¬ ing thence southward over the Antilles and Central America as far as Bolivia. (i) Eunica monima, Cramer, Plate XXI, Fig. 7, 6 ; Fig. 8, $ (The Dingy Purple-wing). Butterfly .—This obscure little butterfly represents in Florida and Texas the great genus to which it belongs, and gives but a feeble idea of the splendid character of its congeners, among which are some exceedingly beautiful insects. Nothing is known of its life-history. It is common in the Antilles and Mexico. Another species of the genus, Eunica taiila , has recently been reported from the extreme southern portion of Florida. 176 Genus Cystineura Genus CYSTINEURA, Boisduval “ And here and yonder a flaky butterfly Was doubting in the air.” McDonald. Butterfly .—Small butterflies, with elongated fore wings, the hind wings with the outer margin rounded, slightly crenulate. The head is small; the palpi are very delicate and thin, scantily clothed with scales. The costal vein of the fore wing is much swollen near the base. The subcostal vein of this wing sends forth two branches before the end of the cell. The upper discocellular vein is lacking; the mid¬ dle discocellular is short and bent inwardly; the lower discocellular is almost obliterated, and reaches the median vein at the origin of the second median nervule. In the hind wing the cell is open, and thetworadial veins springfrom thesamepoint. FlG 102 _ Neu- Early Stages .—Very little is as yet definitely ration of the genus ascertained as to these. Cystineura. But one species is found within the limits covered by this work. Seven species have been described, all of them inhabiting Central or South America. (i) Cystineura amymone, Menetries, Plate XXIV, Fig. 7, 6 (Amymone). Butterfly.—The fore wings are white on the upper side, dusted with gray at the base, on the costa, the apex, and the outer margin. The hind wings are gray on the basal area, pale yellowish-brown on the limbal area, with a narrow fuscous mar¬ gin. On the under side the markings of the upper side reappear, the gray tints being replaced by yellow. The hind wings are yellowish, with a white transverse band near the base and an in¬ complete series of white spots on the limbal area. Expanse, 1.50 inch. The early stages await description. The insect is found about Brownsville, Texas, and throughout Mexico and Central America. 177 Genus Callicore Genus CALLICORE, Hiibner (The Leopard-spots) Butterfly. -—Small-sized butterflies, with the upper side of the wings dark in color, marked with bands of shining metallic blue or silvery-green, the under side of the wings generally more or less brilliantly colored, carmine upon the pri¬ maries and silvery-white upon the secondaries, with the apex of the primaries marked with black transverse bands and the body of the secondaries traversed by curiously arranged bands of deep black, these bands inclosing about the middle of the wing circular or pear- shaped spots. All of the subcostal nervules in this genus arise beyond the end of the cell. The costal and the median veins are swollen Fig. 103.—Neura- near the base. The cell in both the fore and /icorf thegenUS Cal ~ w ^ n & s * s °P en * Early Stages .—Very little is known of these. This genus numbers about thirty species, almost all of which are found in South America, only one being known to inhabit the United States, being found in the extreme southern portion of Florida, and there only rarely. (1) Callicore clymena, Hubner, Plate XXI, Fig. 5, $ ; Fig. 6, &, under side (The Leopard-spot). Butterfly .—The wings on the upper side are black, the pri¬ maries crossed by an oblique iridescent bluish-green band, and the secondaries marked by a similarly colored marginal band. On the under side the primaries are crimson from the base to the outer third, which is white, margined with black, and crossed by an outer narrow black band and an inner broad black band. The secondaries on this side are white, marked about the middle by two large coalescing black spots, and nearer the costa a large pear-shaped spot, both ringed about with black lines. Beyond these black rings are two black bands conformed to the outline of the inner and outer margins of the wing, and, in addition, a fine black marginal line. The costa is edged with crimson. Expanse, 1.75 inch. 178 . . ' Explanation of Plate XXI i. Timetes coresia, Godart, 2 Timetes coresia, Godart, (J 1 , under side. 3. Timetes petreus, Cramer, 4 Timetes chiron, Fabricius, V \*mU:.'V.^K .£ ^blKV^h:; . -A; .0 \.-adij'-l - •- ;■..•• ■ Explanation of Plate XXIV 1. Pyrrhancea andria, Scudder, 9 • 6. 2. Pyrrhancea morrisoni, Edwards, 9 - 7 - 3 . Pyrrhancea portia, Fabricius, 8. 4 . Ageronia feronia, Linnaeus, <$. 5. Ageronia fornax, Hubner, under 9. side. 10. Victorina steneles, Linnaeus, rf. Cystineura amymone, Menetries, <3* Synchloe crocale, Edwards, ( 5 \ undei side. Synchloe crocale, Edwards, tf. Eurema lethe, Fabricius, (J. The Butterfly Book Plate XXIV COPYRIGHTED BY W.J. HOLLAND, 1898. SUBFAMILY SATYRIN/E (THE SATYRS) u Aught unsavory or unclean Hath my insect never seen; But violets and bilberry bells, Maple-sap and daffodils, Grass with green flag half-mast high, Succory to match the sky, Columbine with horn of honey, Scented fern and agrimony, Clover, catch-fly, adder’s-tongue, And brier-roses dwelt among.” Emerson. The butterflies belonging to this subfamily are, for the most part, of medium size, and are generally obscure in color, being of some shade of brown or gray, though a few species within our territory are brightly colored. Gaily colored species belonging to this subfamily are more numerous in the tropics of both hemi¬ spheres. The wings are very generally ornamented, especially upon the under side, by eye-like spots, dark, pupiled in the center with a point of lighter color, and ringed around with one or more light circles. They are possessed of a weak flight, flitting and dancing about among herbage, and often hiding among the weeds and grasses, Most of them are forest-loving insects, though a few inhabit the cold and bleak summits of mountains and grassy patches near the margins of streams in the far North, while some are found on the treeless prairies of the West. In the warmer regions of the Gulf States a few species are found which have the habit of flitting about the grass of the roadsides and in open spaces about houses. The veins of the fore wings are generally greatly swollen at the base, enabling them thus to be quickly distinguished from all other butterflies of this family. The eggs, so far as we have knowledge of them, are subspher- 197 Satyrinse (the Satyrs i ical, somewhat higher than broad, generally ribbed along the sides, particularly near the apex, and rounded at the base, which is generally broader than the apex. The caterpillars at the time of emergence from the egg have the head considerably larger than the remainder of the body; but when they have reached maturity they are cylindrical, tapering a little from the middle to either end. They are bifurcated at the anal extremity, a character which enables them to be distin¬ guished at a glance from the larvae of all other American butter¬ flies except those of the genus Chlorippe. They are mostly pale green or light brown in color, ornamented with stripes along the sides. They feed upon grasses and sedges, lying in con¬ cealment during the daytime, and emerging at dusk to take their nourishment. The chrysalids are rather stout in form, but little angulated, and without any marked prominences or projections. They are green or brown in color. Most of them are pendant, but a few forms pupate at the roots of grasses or under stones lying upon the ground. The butterflies of this subfamily have been arranged, so far as they are represented in the faunal region of which this book treats, in nine genera, which include about sixty species. It is quite possible that a number of species still remain to be discov¬ ered and described, though it is also true that some of the so- called species are likely to prove in the end little more than local races or varieties. Genus DEBIS, Westwood (The Eyed Nymphs) 4 ‘ The wild bee and the butterfly Are bright and happy things to see, Living beneath a summer sky.” Eliza Cook. Butterfly .—Characterized by the stout but not greatly swollen costal vein of the fore wing, by the rather short costal vein of the hind wing, which terminates before quite reaching the outer angle, by the great length of the lower discocellular vein of the fore wing, and by the prolongation of the outer margin of the hind wing at the end of the third median nervule. The outer 198 Genus Debis Fig. i i 4. —Neura- tion ofthegenus Debis. ‘After Scudder.) margin of the fore wing is either rounded or slightly excavated. The palpi are long and narrow, thickly clothed with hairs below; the antennae are moderately long, gradually thickening toward the tip, without a well- marked club; the fore legs in both sexes greatly atrophied. Egg. —Flattened spheroidal, broadly trun¬ cated at the base, the surface smooth. Caterpillar. —Body long, slender, tapering from the middle; the head cleft, each half being produced upward as a conical horn; the anal segment provided with a pair of horns similar to those of the head, produced longitudinally backward. Chrysalis.- —Strongly convex dorsally, con¬ cave ventrally, with a stout tubercular eminence on the thorax, without any other projecting tubercles or eminences; light green in color. This genus is large, and is well represented in Asia and the Indo-Malayan region. I cannot see any good ground for gener- ically separating the two species found in North America from their congeners of Asiatic countries, as has been done by some writers. (1) Debis portlandia, Plate XVIII, Fig. 20, $ ; Plate III, Fig. 1 6 , larva; Plate IV, Fig. 6 , chrysalis (The Pearly Eye). Butterfly.—The butterfly, the male of which is well depicted as to its upper side on the plate, does not differ greatly in the sexes. The hind wings on the under side are marked with a series of beautiful ocelli. In the North the insect is single- brooded; in the region of West Virginia and southward it is double-brooded. Expanse, 1.75-2.00 inches. Early Stages. —The illustrations give a good idea of the ma¬ ture larva and the chrysalis. The caterpillar, like most of the Satyrince, feeds upon grasses. The range of this pretty insect is extensive, it being found from Maine to the Gulf of Mexico, and westward to the Rocky Mountains. (2) Debis creola, Skinner, Plate XVIII, Fig. 18, 6 ; Fig. 19, $ (The Creole). Butterfly. —Easily distinguished from the preceding species by the elongated patches of dark raised scales upon the fore wings, SQ 9 Genus Satyrodes situated on the interspaces between the median nervules. The female has more yellow upon the upper side of the fore wings than D. portlandia. Expanse, 2.25 inches. Early Stages .—Unknown. Creola ranges from Florida to Mexico along the Gulf. ration of the genus cellular vein is Genus SATYRODES, Scudder (The Grass-nymphs) Butterfly .—The head is moderately large; the eyes are not prominent, hairy; the antennae are about half as long as the costa of the fore wing, not distinctly clubbed, gradually thickening toward the extremity. The palpi are slender, compressed, hairy below, with the last joint rather short and pointed. The fore and hind wings are evenly rounded on the outer margin. The costal vein of the fore wing is thickened, but not greatly swollen. The first and second subcostals are emitted well before the end of the cell, the third beyond it, and the fourth and fifth from a common stem, both terminating below the apex. The upper disco- wanting, and the upper radial, Satyrodes. (After therefore, springs from the upper angle of the Scudder.) cell t j le f ore w j n g < Egg. —Flattened spheroidal, broader than high, flat at the base and rounded above. Caterpillar. —The head is full, the summit of either half pro¬ duced upward and forward into a slender, conical horn. The body is nearly cylindrical, tapering backward, the last segment furnished with two pointed, backward projections, resembling the horns of the head. Chrysalis. —Relatively longer and more slender than in the preceding genus, with the thoracic prominence more acute and the head more sharply pointed. This genus was erected to receive the single species which, until the present time, is its sole representative. (1) Satyrodes canthus, Boisduval and Leconte, Plate XXV, Fig. 1, <3 ; Plate III, Fig. 9, larva; Plate IV, Fig. 9, chrysalis (The Common Grass-nymph). 200 Genus Neonympha Butterfly. —It always haunts meadows and hides among the tufts of tall grasses growing in moist places. It is rather com¬ mon in New England and the Northern States generally. It is found in Canada and is reported from the cool upper mountain valleys in the Carolinas. It has a weak, jerking flight, and is easily taken when found. Expanse, 1.65-1.90 inch. Early Stages. —These have been well described by various writers. The caterpillar feeds upon grasses. Genus NEONYMPHA, Westwood (The Spangled Nymphs) “ Oh! the bonny, bonny dell, whaur the*primroses won, Luikin’ oot o’ their leaves like wee sons o’ the sun; Whaur the wild roses hing like flickers o’ flame, And fa’ at the touch wi’ a dainty shame; Whaur the bee swings ower the white-clovery sod, And the butterfly flits like a stray thoucht o’ God.” MacDonald. Butterfly.- —Eyes hairy. The costal and median veins of the fore wings are much swollen at the base. The palpi are thin, compressed, thickly clothed below with long hairs. The antennae are comparatively short, gradually thickening to¬ ward the outer extremity, and without a well-de¬ fined club. Both the fore wing and the hind wing have the outer margin evenly rounded. Egg. — Globular, flattened at the base, marked with irregular polygonal cells. Caterpillar. — The head is large, rounded, the two halves produced conically and studded with little conical papillae. The last segment of the body is bifurcate. Chrysalis. — Relatively long, strongly produced at the vertex; elevated on the thorax into a blunt tubercular prominence; green in color. This genus, which has by some writers been sunk into the genus Euplychia, Hubner, is quite extensive. Nearly two hun¬ dred species are included in Euptychia , which is enormously developed in the tropical regions of the New World. Seven Neuration of the genus Neo¬ nympha. (After Scudder.) 201 Genus Neonympha species of Neonympha are found within the region of which this book treats. (1) Neonympha gemma, Hubner, Plate XXV, Fig.-2, 6, under side (The Gemmed Brown). Butterfly.— Upon the upper side the wings are pale mouse- gray, with a couple of twinned black spots on the outer margin of the hind wings. On the under side the wings are reddish- gray, marked with irregular ferruginous lines. Near the outer margin of the hind wings is a row of silvered spots, the spots corresponding in location to the dark marginal spots being ex¬ panded into a violet patch marked in the middle by a twinned black spot centered with silver. Expanse, i.25-1.35 inch. Early Stages.— These have been beautifully described and fig¬ ured by Edwards in the third volume of “The Butterflies of North America.” The egg is somewhat globular, rather higher than wide, flat¬ tened at the base, and marked with numerous shallow reticulated depressions. The caterpillar of the spring brood is pale green, of the fall brood pale brown, marked respectively with numerous longitudinal stripes of darker green or brown. It has two long, elevated, horn-like projections upon the head, and on the anal segment two similar projections pointing straight backward. The chrysalis is small, green, or brown, strongly bifid at the head. The caterpillar feeds on grasses. The insect ranges from West Virginia to Mexico. (2) Neonympha henshawi, Edwards, Plate XXV, Fig. 8, $ (Henshaw’s Brown). Butterfly. — Much like N. gemma, but considerably larger and decidedly reddish upon the upper side of the wings. Expanse, 1.65 inch. Early Stages. —Mr. Edwards has figured the egg, which is different in shape from that of the preceding species, being broader than high, subglobular, flattened broadly at the base, green in color, and almost devoid of sculpturings upon its sur¬ face. Of the other stages we know nothing. Henshaw’s Butterfly ranges through southern Colorado into Mexico. (3) Neonympha phocion, Fabricius, Plate XXV, Fig. 7,3, under side; Plate III, Fig. 8, larva; Plate IV, Figs, 10 and 11 (The Georgian Satyr). 202 Genus Neonympha Butterfly .— The upper siae is immaculate gray; beneath pale, with two ferruginous transverse lines. Between these lines is a ferruginous line on each wing, rudely describing a circle. In the circle on the fore wing are three or four eye-spots with a blue pupil and a yellow iris; in the circle on the hind wing are six eye-spots which are oblong and have the pupil oval. Ex¬ panse, 1.25 inch. Early Stages .— These have been fully described, and are not unlike those of other species of the genus. The caterpillar feeds on grasses. The insect ranges from New Jersey to the Gulf of Mexico as far west as Texas. (4) Neonympha eurytus, Fabricius, Plate XXV, Fig. 4, 6 ; Plate III, Figs. 3, 6, 10, 13, 14, larva; Plate IV, Fig. 28, chrysa¬ lis (The Little Wood-satyr). Butterfly. — Easily distinguished from other species in our fauna by the presence of two more or less perfectly developed ocelli on the upper side of the fore wing and also of the hind wing. Expanse, *.75 inch. Early Stages .—This is a rather common butterfly, the larval stages of which have been fully described by various authors. The egg is even taller in proportion to its breadth than that of N. gemma, which it otherwise closely resembles in outline and sculpturing. The caterpillar is pale brown, conformed in gen¬ eral form to that of other species of the genus, but somewhat stouter. It feeds on grasses. The chrysalis is pale brown, mottled with darker brown. The insect ranges through Canada and the United States to Nebraska, Kansas, and Texas. (5) Neonympha mitchelli, French, Plate XXV, Fig. 6, <3, under side (Mitchell’s Satyr). Butterfly.— Easily distinguished from the other species of the genus by the eye-spots on the under side of the wings, four on each of the primaries and six on each of the secondaries, arranged in a straight series on the outer third, well removed from the margin. These spots are black, ringed about with yellow and pupiled with blue. Early Stages .— Unknown. The species is local, and thus far is recorded only from northern New Jersey, near Lake Hopatcong, and the State of 203 Genus Neonympha Michigan. No doubt it occurs elsewhere, but has been ove* looked by collectors. (6) Neonympha sosybius, Fabricius, Plate XXV, Fig. 5, 6 . under side (The Carolinian Satyr). Butterfly. — The upper surface is immaculate dark mouse- gray. On the under side the wings are paler, with three transverse undulatory lines, one defining the basal, the other the median area, and one just within the margin. Between the last two are rows of ocelli. The spots in these rows are obscure, except the first on the primaries and the second and last two on the secondaries, which are black, ringed about with yellow and pupiled with blue. The female is like the male, but a trifle larger. Early Stages. — These have been described by Edwards, French, and Scudder, and do not differ strikingly from those of other species. The species ranges from the latitude of New Jersey south¬ ward, throughout the southern half of the Mississippi Valley to Mexico and Central America. (7) Neonympha rubricata, Edwards, Plate XXV, Fig. 3, $ (The Red Satyr). Butterfly. — Easily distinguished by its much redder color from all its congeners, among which it has its closest ally in N. eurytus. It has an eye-spot near the apex of the fore wing, and one near the anal angle of the hind wing. The basal area of the primaries beneath is bright reddish; the secondaries on this side are gray, crossed by two transverse lines as in the preceding species, and a double submarginal line. On the fore wings the double submarginal line is repeated, and in addition there is another line which runs upward from just before the inner angle to the costa, at about one third of its length from the apex. The eye-spots of the upper side reappear below, and in addition there is another near the outer angle of the secondaries, and a few sil¬ very well-defined ocelli between the two on the secondaries. Early Stages .— Unknown. The Red Satyr is found in Texas, Arizona, Mexico, and Cen¬ tral America. 204 • ^mv/ivAoUj /Aouuuo'-M .oi • ^u$Vvvttt bW^Vvvit .i sih:>-ite sudvid .81 • — -/• rA, .. y .J/ur/'/bH f .--f.rti:wfj 3 £#■. \vV\n v.(\ \ A ? : /,' 0 'i‘J"! . >v\\:\ .•■ . 5 ^r. ; . nd (>3 . .• uA(\: : > . 7 \ .|\ . • r b i^VIRW sfovi. v iYavU ,Ki\v:^- \y !.• •' vu "0 /A >‘1 • /oHU •.■■•■.. .v, •,*!? v 'Av\*\v* v .*• v.’O , : ;• { - 7 >■••■'. -••.'■ . C' , .>\s\ov/- : -.[.!<'■'» . . ,wv>m .’i-" ■ • ■ ' ' . , ••.. . . s>'.s\ ;.v r -v/H : , r /t'msk'd - . :v^ ^ov\V>. -;\voh;*>P ; •'• :|pH v •■/''•■.. .v- /• .sV-\ • AsYuj ' . " 5 . VvH•- 7* 10 \\r\o\;\^ j ^‘ r -■ A' 1 'i : f )'a 1 '.• . .*b|A\<\uvttt0 U‘O .U t ^. , fyj,; .■ !.•;] , vbfA'W; ^X&ttVirtCmO £ I . • •;&• i. ,;VvV!. ’ ,VyVt;inuU’vjs^i' •!. y. cj\r »0 , 05 . r ; ? •• , V&SV/&B ... (i /■••'''• v-"' • mo : b •*>’.?< V-7 .tund^\5^V-•••'••• -^UiVTsO . , under side; Fig. 29, $ (The Plain Ringlet). Butterfly.— The wings on the upper side are ochreous- brown, lighter on the disk. The costal margin of the fore wings and the outer margin of both fore and hind wings are gray. The ocellus at the apex of the fore wings on the under side is faintly visible on the upper side. On the under side the fore wings are colored as on the upper side as far as the termination of the discal area, which is marked by a narrow transverse band of pale yellow, followed by a conspicuous ocellus. The hind wings are gray, darkest toward the base, behind the irregular whitish transverse band which crosses the outer portion of the disk. Early Stages.— Unknown. The species occurs in Montana, Minnesota, British America, and Newfoundland. Newfoundland specimens, of which I possess a large series, are distinctly darker in color than those taken in the Northwest. Some recent writers are inclined to regard this as a variety of the European C. typhon. I am per¬ suaded that they are mistaken. (4) Ccenonympha ochracea, Edwards, Plate XXV, Fig. 11, $ ; Fig. 12, $ , under side (The Ochre Ringlet). Butterfly.— Glossy ochreous, yellow above, with no markings but those which show through from below. On the under side the wings are marked precisely as in the preceding species, ex¬ cept that there are two or three small rays on the secondaries near the base, one on the cell and one on either side of it, of the 206 Genus Ccenonympha same tint as the dlscal transverse band, and in some specimens there is a series of incomplete marginal ocelli on the hind wings. Early Stages. —Unknown. Ochracea ranges from British Columbia to Arizona, as far east as Kansas. (5) Ccenonympha ampelos, Edwards, Plate XXV, Fig. 21, 6 , under side; Fig. 30, 6 (The Ringless Ringlet). Butterfly. —Distinguished from its allies by the total absence of ocelli on both wings, above and below. Otherwise the species is very near ochracea. Early Stages.— These have been described with minute accu¬ racy by Edwards in the “Canadian Entomologist,” vol. xix, p. 41. Ampelos occurs from Nevada and Montana westward to Vancouver’s Island. (6) Ccenonympha kodiak, Edwards, Plate XXV, Fig. 22, $ (The Alaskan Ringlet). Butterfly.—Much darker both on the upper and under sides than C. California , which in many other respects it resembles. The figure in the plate is that of the type. It is as yet rare in collections. Early Stages. — Nothing is known of these. It is found in Alaska. (7) Ccenonympha pamphiloides, Reakirt, Plate XXV, Fig. 27, $, under side; Fig. 31, $ (The Utah Ringlet). Butterfly. — Rather larger than the other species of the genus found in North America. Easily distinguished by the marginal row of ocelli on the secondaries, which are always present, though often “blind,” that is to say, without a distinct dark pupil. The author of the species named it from a supposed likeness to the European C. pamphilus. The resemblance is only superficial. C. pamphilus is a much smaller insect and much more plainly marked, judging from the large series of specimens I have received from various European localities. Pamphilus has no eye-spots on the hind wings. They are a conspicuous fea¬ ture of pamphiloides , more so than in any other North American species except C. haydeni. Early Stages. —Unknown. Habitat, Utah and California. (8) Ccenonympha haydeni, Plate XXV, Fig. 24, $ , under side (Hayden’s Ringlet). Butterfly. —Dark immaculate mouse-gray on the upper side. 207 Genus Erebia On the under side the wings are pale hoary gray, with the hind wings adorned by a marginal series of small ocelli, black, ringed about with yellow and pupiled with pale blue. Early Stages .— Unknown. Hayden’s Ringlet is found in Montana, Idaho, Wyoming, and Colorado. / Genus EREBIA, Dalman (The Alpines) “Then we gather, as we travel, Bits of moss and dirty gravel, And we chip off little specimens of stone; And we carry home as prizes Funny bugs of handy sizes, Just to give the day a scientific tone.” Charles Edward Carryl. Butterfly .— Medium-sized or small butterflies, dark in color, wings marked on the under side with eye-like spots; the antennae short, with a gradually thickened club. The eyes are naked. The costal vein of the fore wing is generally strongly swollen at the base. The subcostal vein is five-branched; the first two nervules generally emitted before the end of the cell; the third nearer the fourth than the end of the cell; the fourth and fifth ner¬ vules spring from a common stem, the fourth terminating immediately on the apex. The lower radial is frequently projected in¬ wardly into the cell from the point where it intersects the union of the middle and lower discocellular veins. The outer mar¬ gins of both wings are evenly rounded. Egg-— Subconical, flattened at the base and at the top, the sides marked by nu¬ merous raised vertical ridges, which oc¬ casionally branch or intersect each other. Caterpillar .—The head is globular, the body cylindrical, tapering gradually backward from the head, the last segment slightly bifurcate. Fig. i i 8.— Neuration of the'genus Erebia , en¬ larged. 208 Genus Erebia Chrysalis .— The chrysalis is formed about the roots of grass and on the surface of the ground, either lying loosely there or surrounded by a few strands of silk. The chrysalis is convex, both ventrally and dorsally, humped on the thorax, produced at the head; all the projections well rounded. The chrysalids are generally some shade of light brown or ashen-gray, with darker stripes and spots. This genus is arctic, and only found in the cooler regions of the North or upon elevated mountain summits. A few species range downward to lower levels in more temperate climates, but these are exceptional cases. (1) Erebia discoidalis, Kirby, Plate XXV, Fig. 19, $ (The Red-streaked Alpine). Butterfly. — Easily distinguished by the plain black wings, re¬ lieved by a reddish-brown shade on the disk of the primaries on the upper side. Early Stages. — Hitherto undescribed. This species is found in the far North. My specimens came from the shores of Hudson Bay. (2) Erebia disa, var. mancinus, Doubleday and Hewitson, Plate XXV, Fig. 23, $ (The Alaskan Alpine). Butterfly.— The wings are dark brown on the upper side. On the outer third below the apex are three or four black ocelli, broadly ringed with red and pupiled with white. The upper ocellus is generally bipupiled, that is to say, the black spot is twinned, and there are two small light spots in it. On the under side the fore wings are as on the upper side. The hind wings are broadly sown with gray scales, giving them a hoary appearance. The base is more or less gray, and there is a broad, regularly curved mesial band of dark gray, which in some speci¬ mens is very distinct, in others more or less obsolete. The female does not differ from the male, except that the ocelli on the fore wings are larger and more conspicuous. Early Stages. —Unknown. This species is found in Alaska and on the mountains of British Columbia. (3) Erebia callias, Edwards, Plate XXV, Fig. 20, $ (The Colorado Alpine). Butterfly .—Pale brown on the upper side, with a more or less indistinctly defined broad transverse band of reddish on the outer third of the fore wings. At the apical end of this band are 209 Genus Erebia two black ocelli, pupiled with Wmte. The fore wings on the under side are reddish, with the costa and outer margin grayish. The ocelli on this side are as on the upper side. The hind wings are gray, dusted with brown scales and crossed by narrow, irreg¬ ular, dark-brown subbasal, median, and submarginal lines. Early Stages .— Unknown. This species is not uncommon on the high mountains of Colorado and New Mexico. It is regarded as a variety of the European E. tyndarus , Esper, by many. All the specimens of tyndarus in my collection, and there are many, lack the ocelli on the fore wing, or they are very feebly indicated on the under side. Otherwise the two forms agree pretty closely. (4) Erebia epipsodea, Plate XXV, Fig. 28, $ (The Common Alpine). Butterfly .—The wings are dark brown on the upper side, with four or five black ocelli, pupiled with white and broadly sur¬ rounded by red near the outer margin of the fore wings, and with three or four similar ocelli located on the upper side of the hind wings. The spots on the upper side reappear on the under side, and in addition the hind wings are covered by a broad curved median blackish band. Early Stages .—These have been carefully described by Ed¬ wards in ‘‘ The Butterflies of North America,” vol. iii, and by H. El. Lyman in the “Canadian Entomologist,” vol. xxviii, p. 274. The caterpillar feeds on grasses. The species ranges from New Mexico (at high elevations) northward to Alaska. It is common on the mountains of British Columbia. (5) Erebia sofia Strecker (ethela, Edwards), Plate XXV, Fig. 18, $ (Sofia . Butterfly .—Dark brown on the upper side, with an even submarginal band of red spots on the primaries, and five similar spots on the secondaries, the last two of the latter somewhat distant from each other and from the first three, which are nearer the outer angle. On the under side the primaries are reddish, with the submarginal band as on the upper side, but paler. On the secondaries, which are a little paler below than above, the spots of the upper side are repeated, but they are yellowish-white, standing forth conspicuously upon the darker ground-color. 210 Genus Geirocheilus Early Stages. — Hitherto undescribed. Sofia has been found at Fort Churchill in British America, in the Yellowstone National Park, and in a few localities in Colo¬ rado. It is still rare in collections. The figure in the plate is that of the female type of Edwards’ ethela, ethela being a synonym for Sofia. (6) Erebia magdalena, Strecker, Plate XXV, Fig. 17, 6 (Magdalena). Butterfly. —■ Uniformly dark blackish-brown on both sides of *the wings, with no spots or markings. Early Stages. —These have been partially described and figured by Edwards. This species has thus far been found only in Colorado at an elevation of from ten to twelve thousand feet above sea-level. There are two or three other species of this obscure genus, but they are rare boreal insects, of which little is as yet known. Genus GEIROCHEILUS, Butler Butterfly.— Medium-sized butterflies, dark in color, with light eye-like spots on the primaries and brown borders on the secon¬ daries. The antennae are short, with a gradually tapering club; the palpi are long, slender, compressed, well clothed with scales on the lower surface. The costa of the fore wings is strongly arched, the outer margin evenly rounded, the outer margin of the hind wings regularly scalloped. The costal vein of the primaries is somewhat thickly swollen at the base. Early Stages. — Unknown. (1) Geirocheilus tritonia, Edwards, Plate XVIII, Fig. 21, $ (Tritonia). Butterfly.— The wings of the upper side are dark brown, with a submarginal row of white-centered ocelli below the apex of the primaries. The secondaries are marked with a submarginal band of red. On the under side the fore wings are as on the upper side. The hind wings have the submarginal band purplish-red, irrorated with whitish- Fig. i 19.—Neuration of the genus Geirochei¬ lus. Genus Neominois and dark-brown scales, on the inner edge relieved by a number of imperfectly developed ocelli, which are partially ringed about on the side of the base by pale yellow. Early Stages. — Unknown. Tritonia occurs in southern Arizona and northern Mexico. Genus NEOMINOIS, Scudder Butterfly.— Medium-sized, with the costa and inner margin of the fore wing straight, the outer margin of the same wing evenly rounded. The hind wings have the outer margin evenly rounded, and the costal margin quite strongly produced, or bent at an angle, just above the origin of the costal vein. The inner margin is straight. The costal vein of the fore wing is slightly swollen. The costal margin at the extremity of the second costal nervule is slightly bent in¬ ward; the upper discocellular vein is wanting; the lower radial vein is emit¬ ted from the lower discocellular a little below the point at which it unites with the middle discocellular. The middle discocellular of the hind wing appears as an inward continuation of the lower radial for some distance, when it bends upward suddenly to the origin of the upper radial. The head is small; the an¬ tennae are short, with a thin, gradually developed club; the palpi are slender, Fig. 120.—Neuration of the ge- compressed, well clothed with long hairs nus Neominois , enlarged. r ° below. The egg is somewhat barrel-shaped, broader at the base than at the top, with the summit rounded. The sides are ornamented with fourteen or fifteen vertical raised ridges, which are quite broad, and sometimes fork or run into each other. On the sides these ridges seem to be regularly excised at their bases, and between them on the surface are many horizontal raised cross-lines, giving the depressed surface the appearance of being filled with shallow cells. Caterpillar .—The mature caterpillar has the head globular, 212 Genus Neominois the body cylindrical, gradually tapering backward, and provided with two very short conical anal horns. Chrysalis .—The chrysalis is formed under the surface of the earth; it is rounded, somewhat carinate, or keel-shaped, where the wing-cases unite on the ventral side. The head is rounded, the thorax strongly arched, the dorsal side of the abdomen very convex. On either side of the head are small clusters of fine processes shaped somewhat like an Indian club, the thickened part studded with little spur-like projections. These can only be seen under the microscope. But two species of the genus are known within our faunal limits. (1) Neominois ridingsi, Edwards, Plate XXV, Fig. 15, <3 (Ridings’ Satyr). Butterfly.— The upper side is well depicted in the plate. The under side is paler than the upper side, and the basal and me¬ dian areas of both wings are profusely mottled with narrow pale- brown striae, the secondaries crossed by a darker mesial band, the outer margin of which is sharply indented. Expanse, 1.50 inch. Early Stages.— These' have been beautifully ascertained, de¬ scribed, and figured by Edwards in the third volume of “ The Butterflies of North America.” The egg, larva, and chrysalis agree with the generic description already given, which is based upon the researches of Edwards. It is found in the Mountain States of the Pacific coast. (2) Neominois dionysius, Scudder, Plate XXV, Fig. 16, 6 (Scudder’s Satyr). Butterfly .—Distinguished from the preceding species by the larger and paler submarginal markings on the upper side of the wings and the pale color of the basal tract in both wings. On the under side the median band of the secondaries is narrower and more irregularly curved than in ridingsi , with the dentations of the outer margin more sharply produced. Expanse, 1.90 inch. Early Stages .“Nothing has been written on the early stages, but no doubt they agree closely with those of the other species. It is found in Utah, Colorado, and Arizona. ■■. 'bH Jmc • \ -'■•••t; ' A : .• < vi ; \ :. ; > /' ; .. V Vi’iiiv.M , v- £\vy:v'*vi?,., .8 f &jsV.-.^blEWii { ,n\\v.w\ ■ 11 . . -n.v . ^ . ..kvub^iofll ^VjH'j'W a.vV\^-'.. i .O£ :-aai yf\i /n ,. a: :f£f/rl iW'-M^yL .1 J\j , v.d •?>! \vV\v.\ viVsSUi , Q t vdh>: . i\ :-•■ •* :'■• Z .\- . h\\ jit*. .U'iY , V ; ;• •'•'! ,'SiSj oi z\W\ Z .0 .tsWiv, . :YiVmV\,k. 'iibiiioH ",iV' \ ,8 /') //b ; i ,'V •■ :'• J • 8 QI. ,ebiK W b:i • -A, .oi t e-bit;v/L:.! >nv % )■Z Jt Explanation of Plate XXVI 1. Satyrus alope, Fabricius, 2. Satyrus alope, Fabricius, 9 * 3. Satyrus nephele, Kirby, 4. Satyrus nephele, Kirby, 9 , under side. 5. Satyrus ariane, Boisduval, 6 . Satyrus ariane, Boisduval, 9 > under side. 7. Satyrus cetus, Boisduval, 8. Satyrus cetus, Boisduval, under side. 9. Satyrus Olympus, Edwards, tf. 10. Satyrus Olympus, Edwards, 9 1 under side. 11. Satyrus charon, Edwards, 12. Satyrus charon, Edwards, 9 * 13. Satyrus meadi, Edwards, 9 * 14. Satyrus meadi, Edwards, under side. 15. Satyrus haroni, Edwards, 1 6. Satyrus haroni, Edwards, <$ t under side. 17. Satyrus gahhi, Edwards, 9 > under side. 18. Satyrus pegala, Fabricius, 9 > under side. 19. Satyrus pa-ulus, Edwards,^, under side. 20. Satyrus sthenele, Boisduval, un¬ der side. The Butterfly Book /Plate XXVI. IPYRIGHTED BY W. HOLLAND, 1898 Genus Satytus fectly plain to me, and we cannot be sure until more extensive experiments in breeding have been carried out. (1) Satyrus pegala, Fabricius, Plate XXVI, Fig. 18, $, under side (The Southern Wood-nymph). Butterfly.— The largest species of the genus in our fauna, easily recognized by the broad yellow submarginal band on the primaries, marked with a single eye-spot in the male and two eye-spots in the female. The plate gives a correct idea of the under side of the wings. Expanse, 2.75 inches. Early Stages.— These have only been partially ascertained. The caterpillar, like all others of the genus, feeds on grasses. This insect is found in the Gulf States and as far north as New Jersey, and is probably only a large Southern form of the next species. (2) Satyrus alope, Fabricius, Plate XXVI, Fig. 1, S ; Fig. 2, 2 ; Plate III, Fig. 18, larva (The Common Wood-nymph). Butterfly.— Closely resembling the preceding species, but only two thirds of its size. The figures in our plate give a correct idea of its appearance. The number of the ocelli is not constant, and occasionally specimens occur in which they are almost want¬ ing. Several varietal forms have been described: S. maritima, from Long Island and Martha’s Vineyard, in which the wings are smaller, the band inclined to orange-yellow, and the upper side of the wings is darker than in the typical form; and S. texana , from the extreme South, in which the ground-color of the wings is paler brown, the yellow band ochreous, and the spots on the under side of the hind wings larger than in the other forms. (a) Satyrus alope, form nephele, Kirby, Plate XXVI, Fig. y $ ; Fig. 4, $, under side; Plate IV, Figs. 7, 8, chrysalis (The Clouded Wood-nymph). This varietal form of S. alope, long held to be a species, but now known to be a dimorphic variety, is characterized by the partial or entire suppression of the yellow band on the primaries and the tendency of the eye-spots to become obsolete. It is the Northern form of the species, and is found in Canada, New Eng¬ land, and on the continent generally, from the Atlantic to the Pacific, north of the latitude of central New York and southward on the mountain masses of the Appalachian ranges, (b) Satyrus alope, form Olympus, Edwards, Plate XXVI, Fig* 9> 3 5 Fig- I0 > ?> under side (Olympus). 215 Genus Satyrus \ This form of S. alope is common in the region west of the Mississippi. The males are a trifle darker and the females a shade paler than in the form nephele, which they closely approxi¬ mate, and from which it would almost be impossible to separate them without a knowledge of the country whence they come. (c) Satyrus alope, form ariane, Boisduval, Plate XXVI, Fig. 5, $ ; Fig. 6, ?, under side (Ariane). In ariane we have a decidedly dwarfed form, in which the males and the females are quite dark. The ocelli, though small, are persistent, well defined, rarely showing a tendency to dis¬ appear completely. This form is found in British America, Ore¬ gon, and the northwestern portion of the United States. ( 4 - * 5 - 16. * 7 - 18. 19. 20. 21. Chrysophanus arota, Boisduval, Chrysophanus arota, Boisduval, Chrysophanus sirius, Edwards, Chrysophanus sirius, Edwards, 9 • Chrysophanus rubidus, Behr, Chrysophanus rubidus, Behr, 9 • Chrysophanus snowi, Edwards, Chrysophanus snowi, Edwards, 9 * Thecla halesus, Cramer, (f. Theda m-album, Boisd.-Lec., Theda crysalus, Edwards, Theda grunus, Boisduval, Theda autolycus, Edwards, 9 - Theda alcestis, Edwards, 9 • Theda acadica, Edwards, tf. Theda acadica, Edwards, 9 • Thecla itys, Edwards, 9 • Thecla cecrops, Hiibner, 9 * under side. Thecla wittfeldi, Edwards, 9 * Thecla wittfeldi, Edwards, under side. Thecla spinetorum, Boisduval, 9 * 22. Thecla favonius, 23. Thecla Iceta, Edwards, J*. 24. Thecla Iceta, Edwards, under side. 25. Thecla adenostomatis, Henry Ed¬ wards, 26. Thecla calanus, Hiibner, 27. Thecla edwardsi, Saunders, 9 * 28. Thecla liparops, Boisd.-Lec., 9 * 29. Thecla damon, Cramer, var. discoi- dalis, Skinner, 30. Thecla tacita, Henry Edwards, 31. Thecla melinus, Hiibner, form hu- muli, Harris, 32. Thecla damon, Cramer, under side. 33. Thecla scepium, Boisduval, 34. Thecla scepium, Boisduval, under side. 35. Thecla ines, Edwards, 36. Thecla chalcis, Behr, 37. Thecla chalcis, Behr, 9 > under side. 38. Thecla acis, Drury, under side. 39. Thecla simcethis, Drury, (J 1 , undei side. Smith and Abbot, J*. The Butterfly Book. Plate XXIX COPYRIGHTED BY J. HOLLAND, 1898, Genus Eumaeus Genus EUM^US, Hubner Butterfly. — Medium size or small; dark in color, with the under side and the borders of the upper sides beautifully adorned with spots having a metallic luster. The palpi are divergent, longer in the female than in the male. The an¬ tennae are stout, rather short, with a gradually thickened club. The eyes are naked. The veins on the fore wing are stout. The accompanying cut gives a clear idea of the neuration. Early Stages .—Nothing is known of these. Three species are reckoned as belonging to the genus, two of them being found sparingly in the extreme southern limits of our fauna. (i) Eumaeus atala, Poey, Plate XXVIII, Fig. 22, $ , under side (Atala). Butterfly. — Easily distinguished by the figure in the plate from all other species except its congener E. minyas , Hubner, which can be readily separated from it by its larger size. Expanse, 1.65- i = 75 inch. Early Stages. —These await description. Atala is found in Florida and Cuba. Minyas occurs in southwestern Texas, and thence southward to Brazil. Fig. 128.—Neu¬ ration of the ge¬ nus Eumceus. Genus THECLA, Fabricius (The Hair-streaks) “ These be the pretty genii of the flow’rs, Daintily fed with honey and pure dew.” Hood. Butterfly. — Small or medium-sized; on the upper side often colored brilliantly with iridescent blue or green, sometimes dark brown or reddish; on the under side marked with lines and spots variously disposed, sometimes obscure in color, very fre¬ quently most brilliantly colored. Various subdivisions based upon the neuration of the wings have been made in the genus in recent years, and these subdivi¬ sions are entitled to be accepted by those who are engaged in a 237 Genus Thecla comparative study of the species belonging to this great group. Inasmuch, however, as most American writers have heretofore classified all of these insects under the genus Thecla, the author has decided not to deviate from familiar usage, and will therefore not attempt to effect a subdivision according to the views of recent writers, which he nevertheless approves as scientifically accurate. Egg .—Considerable diversity exists in the form of the eggs of the various species included under this genus as treated in this book, but all of them may be said to be turban-shaped, more or less depressed at the upper extremity, with their sur¬ faces beautifully adorned with minute projections arranged in geometric patterns. Caterpillar .—The caterpillars are slug-shaped, their heads minute, the body abruptly tapering at the anal extremity. They feed upon the tender leaves of the ends of branches, some of them upon the leaves of flowers of various species. Chrysalis. — What has been said concerning the chrysalids of the family applies likewise to the chrysalids of this and the suc¬ ceeding genera. They lie closely appressed to the surface upon which they are formed, and are held in place by an attachment at the anal extremity, as well as by a slight girdle of silk about the middle. In color they are generally some shade of brown. (i) Thecla grunus, Boisduval, Plate XXIX, Fig. 1 2,$ (Bois- duval’s Hair-streak). Butterfly .—The wings are brown on the upper side, lighter on the disk; in some specimens, more frequently of the female sex, bright orange-tawny. On the under side the wings are pale tawny, with transverse marginal and submarginal series of small dark spots on both wings. Two or three of the marginal spots near the anal angle are black, each crowned with a metallic- green crescent. Expanse, 1.10-1.20 inch. Early Stages.— These have, in part, been described by Dyar, “Canadian Entomologist,” vol xxv, p. 94. The caterpillar is short, flattened, the segments arched, the body tapering back¬ ward, bluish-green, covered with little dark warty prominences bearing tufts of hairs, obscurely striped longitudinally with broken, 238 Fig. 129. —Neu- ration of Thecla edwardsi. (After Scudder.) Typical neuration of the genus. Genus Thecla pale lines, and having a diamond-shaped shield back of the head. The chrysalis is thick and conformed to the generic type of structure. The color is pale green, striped and dotted with pale yellow on the abdomen. The caterpillar feeds in the Yosem- ite Valley upon the young leaves of the live-oak (Quercus chryso - lepis). The insect is found in California and Nevada. (2) Thecla crysalus, Edwards, Plate XXIX, Fig. 11, $ (The Colorado Hair-streak). Butterfly .—The wings on the upper side are royal purple, broadly margined with black. On the fore wings a broad oblique black band runs from the middle of the costa to the mid¬ dle of the outer margin. At the inner angles of both wfrigs are conspicuous orange spots. On the under side the wings are fawn, marked with white lines edged with brown. The orange spots reappear on this side, but at the anal angle of the hind wings are transformed to red eye-spots, pupiled with black and margined with metallic green. The hind wings are tailed. Ex¬ panse, 1.50 inch. The variety citima, Henry Edwards, differs in being without the orange spots and having the ground-color of the under side ashen-gray. Specimens connecting the typical with the varietal form are in my possession. Early Stages. — Unknown. Found in southern Colorado, Utah, Arizona, and southern California. (3) Thecla halesus, Cramer, Plate XXIX, Fig. 9, 6 (The Great Purple Hair-streak). Butterfly .—The hind wings have a long tail, and are lobed at the anal angle. The wings are fuscous, iridescent bluish-green at the base. The body is bluish-green above. On the under side the thorax is black,spotted with white,the abdomen bright orange- red. The wings on the under side are evenly warm sepia, spotted with crimson at their bases, glossed with a ray of metallic green on the fore wings in the male sex, and in both sexes splendidly adorned at the anal angle by series of metallic-green and iridescent blue and red spots. Expanse, 1.35-1.50 inch. Early Stages. — All we know of them is derived from the draw¬ ings of Abbot, published by Boisduval and Leconte, and this is but little. The caterpillar is said by Abbot to feed on various oaks. 239 Genus Thecla It is very common in Central America and Mexico; is not scarce in the hot parts of the Gulf States; and is even reported as having been captured in southern Illinois. It also occurs in Ari¬ zona and southern California. (4) Thecla m-album, Boisduval and Leconte, Plate XXIX, Fig. 10, $ (The White-M Hair-streak). Butterfly. — Smaller than the preceding species; on the upper side somewhat like it; but the iridescent color at the base of the wings is blue, and not so green as in balesus. On the under side the wings are quite differently marked. The fore wing is crossed by a submarginal and a median line of white, shaded with brown, the median line most distinct. This line is contin¬ ued upon the hind wings, and near the anal angle is zigzagged, so as to present the appearance of an inverted M. Near the outer angle of the M-spot is a rounded crimson patch. The anal angle is deep black, glossed with iridescent blue. Expanse, 1.35-1.45 inch. Early Stages.— All we know of this pretty species is based upon the account and drawings of Abbot made in the last century. We need better information. According to Abbot, the caterpillar feeds on astragalus and different oaks. This species has been taken as far north as Jersey City and Wisconsin, and ranges southward as far as Venezuela. Its cita¬ del is found in the live-oak hummocks of the Gulf States and the oak forests on the highlands of Mexico and more southern countries. (5) Thecla martialis, Herrich-Schaffer, Plate XXX, Fig. 18, ?, under side (The Martial Hair-streak). Butterfly.— The insect figured in the plate, which may easily be recognized by its under side, has been determined by Dr. Skinner to be the above species. My specimens coming from the Edwards collection are labeled Thecla acis , $. They were taken at Key West. A comparison with the under side of T. acis (see Plate XXIX, Fig. 38) will reveal the great difference. Expanse, 1.00 inch. Early Stages. — Unknown. Habitat, southern Florida and Cuba. (6) Thecla favonius, Abbot and Smith, Plate XXIX, Fig. 22, $ (The Southern Hair-streak). Butterfly.— The wings are dusky-brown above, with a small pale oval sex-mark in the male near the upper edge of the cell in 240 Genus Thecla the primaries. On either side of the second median nervule, near the outer margin of both wings, are bright orange-red patches, most conspicuous in the female. The hind wings near the anal angle are blackish, margined with a fine white line. On the under side the wings are marked much as in m-album, but in the region of the median nervules, midway between their origin and termination, is a rather broad transverse carmine streak, edged in¬ wardly with dark lines. This is largest and most conspicuous in the female sex. Expanse, 1.00-1.15 inch. Early Stages.— These have been described, in part, by Abbot and Smith and Packard. The catei pillar feeds on oaks. Favonius is found in the Gulf States, and as far north as South Carolina. (7) Thecla wittfeldi, Edwards, Plate XXIX, Fig. 19, $ ; Fig. 20, $ , under side (Wittfeld’s Flair-streak). Butterfly.—The figures in the plate give a correct idea of both the upper and under sides of this insect. It is much darker in ground-color than any of its congeners. Expanse, 1.25-1.35 inch. Early Stages. — Unknown. The types which are in my possession came from the Indian River district in Florida. (8) Thecla autolycus, Edwards, Plate XXIX, Fig. 13, $ (The Texas Hair-streak). Butterfly.— On the upper side resembling favonius , but with the orange-red spots on the wings much broader, ranging from the lower radial vein to the submedian in the fore wings. The carmine spots on the under side of the wings are not ar¬ ranged across the median nervules, as in favonius , but are in the vicinity of the anal angle, crowning the black crescents near the inner end of the outer margin. Expanse, 1.15-1.30 inch. Early Stages. — Unknown. This species is found in Texas, and is also said to have been found in Missouri and Kansas. (9) Thecla alcestis, Edwards, Plate XXIX, Fig. 14, $ (Al- cestis). Butterfly. — Uniformly slaty-gray on the upper side of the wings, with the usual oval sex-mark on the fore wing of the male, and a few bluish scales near the anal angle. The ground- color of the wings on the under side is as above, but somewhat paler. A white bar closes the cell of both wings. Both wings 241 Genus Thecla are crossed by white lines, much as in m-album. The anal angle is marked with black, followed outwardly by a broad patch of iridescent greenish-blue scales. Between the end of the sub¬ marginal vein and the first median nervule is a black spot sur¬ mounted with carmine, edged inwardly with black; three or four carmine crescents similarly edged, but rapidly diminishing in size, extend as a transverse submarginal band toward the costa. Ex¬ panse, 1.25 inch. Early Stages. — Unknown. Alcestis is found in Texas and Arizona. (10) Thecla melinus, Hubner, Plate XXIX, Fig. 31, S ; Plate XXXII, Fig. 20, $ ; Plate V, Fig. 39, chrysalis (The Com¬ mon Hair-streak). Butterfly .—Much confusion has arisen from the fact that this insect has received a number of names and has also been con¬ founded with others. Fig. 31 in Plate XXIX repre¬ sents the insect labeled humuli , Harris, in the Ed¬ wards collection; Fig. 20 in Plate XXXII represents the insect labeled melinus , Hubner. There is a very large series of both in the collection, but a minute comparison fails to reveal any specific difference. Humuli of Harris is the same as melinus of Hubner; and recent authors, I think, are right in sinking the name given by Harris as a synonym. This common little butterfly may easily be recognized by its plain slaty upper surface, adorned by a large black spot, crowned with crimson between the origin of the two tails of the secondaries. Expanse, 1.10-1.20 inch. Early Stages. — These are in part well known. The caterpillar feeds on the hop-vine. Melinus is found all over tem¬ perate North America, and ranges southward into Mexico and Central America at suitable elevations. (11) Thecla acadica, Edwards, Plate XXIX, Fig. 15, S’, Plate V, Fig. 35, chrysalis (The Acadian Hair-streak). Butterfly.— The male is pale slaty-gray above, with some ill- defined orange spots near the anal angle, the usual oval sex- mark on the fore wing. The female is like the male above; but the orange spots at the anal angle of the hind wings are broader, and in some specimens similar spots appear on the fore wings near the inner angle. On the under side in both sexes the 242 Fig„ 130.— Neuration of Thecla meli¬ nus. (After Scudder.) Typ¬ ical of subge¬ nus Uranotes. Genus Thecla wings are pale wood-brown, adorned by a black bar at the end of the cells, submarginal and median bands of small black spots surrounded with white, and on the secondaries by a submarginal series of red crescents diminishing in size from the anal angle toward the outer angle. Near the anal angle are two black spots separated by a broad patch of bluish-green scales. Expanse, i. 15-1.25 inch. Early Stages.— For a knowledge of what is known of these the reader may consult the pages of Scudder and Edwards. The caterpillar feeds upon willows. It is found all over the Northern States, ranging from Quebec to Vancouver’s Island. It seems to be very common on Mount Hood, from which I have a large series of specimens. (12) Thecla itys, Edwards, Plate XXIX, Fig. 17, ? (Itys). Butterfly .—The only specimen of this species known to me is figured in the plate. It is the type. Of its early stages nothing is known. It was taken in Arizona. Expanse, 1.25 inch. (13) Thecla edwardsi, Plate XXIX, Fig. 27, $ under side; Plate V, Fig. 29, chrysalis (Edwards’ Hair-streak). Butterfly .—Dark plumbeous-brown on the upper side, with a pale sex-mark on the fore wing of the male. On the under side the wings are paler and a trifle warmer brown, with their outer halves marked with numerous fine white broken lines arranged in pairs, with the space between them darker than the ground- color of the wing. The usual black spots, green scales, and red crescents are found near the anal angle on the under side. Early Stages. — For all that is known of these the reader will do well to consult the pages of Scudder. The caterpillar feeds on oaks. The species ranges from Quebec westward to Colorado and Nebraska, being found commonly in New England. (14) Thecla calanus, Hubner, Plate XXIX, Fig. 26, 6 ; Plate V, Figs. 25, 27, chrysalis (The Banded Hair-streak). Butterfly .—On the upper side resembling the preceding spe¬ cies very closely, but a trifle darker, and warmer brown. On the under side the wings are marked by fine white lines on the outer half, which are not broken, as in edwardsi, but form con¬ tinuous bands. Expanse, 1.15 inch. Early Stages .-The caterpillar feeds on oaks. The life-history is described with minute exactness by Scudder in “ The Butterflies of New England,” vol. ii, p. 888. 24 3 Genus Thecla This insect has a wide range, being found from the province of Quebec to Texas and Colorado. It is common in western Pennsylvania. (15) Thecla liparops, Boisduval and Leconte, Plate XXIX, Fig. 28, $, under side; Plate V, Fig. 28, chrysalis (The Striped Hair-streak). Butterfly.— Dark brown on the upper side, grayish below. The lines are arranged much as in T. edwardsi , but are farther apart, often very narrow, scarcely defining the dark bands between them. The spots at the anal angle are obscure and blackish. Expanse, 1.15 inch. Early Stages.— Much like those of the allied species. Scudder, in “The Butterflies of New England,” gives a full account of them. The caterpillar feeds on a variety of plants—oaks, wil¬ lows, the wild plum, and other rosaceous plants, as well as on the Ericacex. It ranges through the northern Atlantic States and Quebec to Colorado and Montana, but is local in its habits, and nowhere common. (16) Thecla chalcis, Behr, Plate XXIX, Fig. 36, $ ; Fig. 37, ?, under side (The Bronzed Hair-streak). Butterfly. —On the upper side uniformly brown. On the under side dark, with a narrow submarginal and an irregular median transverse band, and a pale short bar closing the cell on both wings; a black spot at the anal angle of the secondaries, preceded by a few bluish-green scales. Expanse, 1.00-1.10 inch. Early Stages. — Unknown. Habitat, California and Utah. (17) Thecla saepium, Boisduval, Plate XXIX, Fig. 33, $ ; Fig. 34, $ (The Hedge-row Hair-streak). Butterfly. — Almost identically like the preceding species, ex¬ cept that the wings on the upper side are a trifle redder, on the under side paler; the lines on the under side of the wings are narrowly defined externally by white, and the anal spots are better developed and defined on the hind wings. Expanse, 1.20 inch. Early Stages.— Unknown. This species is found throughout the Pacific States, and I am inclined to believe it identical with chalcis. If this should be proved to be true the latter name will sink as a synonym. 244 Genus Thecla (18) Thecla adenostomatis, Henry Edwards, Plate XXIX, Fig. 25, $ (The Gray Hair-streak). Butterfly. — Mouse-gray on the upper side, with a few white lines on the outer margin near the anal angle; hoary-gray on the under side, darker on the median and basal areas. The limbal area is defined inwardly by a fine white line, is paler than the rest of the wing, and on the secondaries is marked by a full, regularly curved submarginal series of small dark lunules. Ex¬ panse, 1.30 inch. Early Stages.— Undescribed. Habitat, California. (19) Thecla spinetorum, Boisduval, Plate XXIX, Fig. 21, $ (The Thicket Hair-streak). Butterfly .—Dark blackish on the upper side, with both wings at the base shot with bluish-green. On the under side the wings are pale reddish-brown, marked much as in the following species, but the lines and spots are broader, more distinct, and conspicuous. Expanse, 1.15 inch. Early Stages. —This species is reported, so far, from Colorado, California, and Washington. (20) Thecla nelsoni, Boisduval, Plate XXX, Fig. 8, $, under side; Fig. 13, $ (Nelson’s Hair-streak). Butterfly. — Bright fulvous on the upper side, with the costa, the outer margins, the base, and the veins of both fore and hind wings fuscous. On the under side the wings are paler red, with an incomplete narrow white line shaded with deep red just be¬ yond the median area, and not reaching the inner margin. This line is repeated on the hind wing as an irregularly curved median line. Between it and the outer margin on this wing are a few dark lunules near the anal angle. Expanse, 1.00 inch. Early Stages .•—I cannot discover any account of these. The species has been found in California and Colorado. (21) Thecla blenina, Hewitson, Plate XXX, Fig. 9, < 3 , under side (Hewitson’s Hair-streak). Butterfly. — Brown on the upper side, in some specimens bright fulvous bordered with brown. On the under side the wings are pale red, shot with pea-green on the secondaries and at the base of the primaries. The markings of the under side are much as in the preceding species, but the line on the hind wing dividing the discal from the limbal area is broader and 245 Genus Thecla very white, and the spots between it and the margin more con¬ spicuous. Expanse, 1.12 inch. Early Stages.— Unknown. It is reported from Arizona and southern California. It has been named siva by Edwards, and the figure is from his type so labeled. (22) Thecla damon, Cramer, Plate XXIX, Fig. 32, $ , under side; var. discoidalis, Skinner, Plate XXIX, Fig. 29, S ; Plate V, Figs. 30, 31, chrysalis (The Olive Hair-streak). Butterfly.—On the upper side bright fulvous,with the costa, the outer margins, and the veins of both wings blackish, darkest at the apex. On the under side the wings are greenish, crossed on the fore wing by a straight, incomplete white line, and on the hind wing by a similar irregular line. Both of these lines are margined internally by brown. There are a couple of short white lines on the hind wing near the base, and the usual crescentic spots and markings on the outer border and at the anal angle. Expanse, .90- 1.00 inch. Early Stages. — These have been described by sev¬ eral authors. The caterpillar feeds on the red cedar (Juniper us virginiana, Linnaeus). Itis double-brood¬ ed in the North and triple-brooded in the South. Damon ranges from Ontario to Texas over the entire eastern half of the United States. (23) Thecla simaethis, Drury, Plate XXIX, Fig. 39, $, under side (Simaethis). Butterfly .—Resembling the preceding species, but the white band on the secondaries is straight, and the outer margins are heavily marked with brown. Expanse, .85-1.00 inch. Early Stages. — Unknown. This species occurs in Texas, Mexico, and southward. (24) Thecla acis, Drury, Plate XXIX, Fig. 38, $, under side (Drury’s Hair-streak). Butterfly.—The upper side of the wings is dark brown. The under side is shown in the plate. Expanse, .90 inch. Early Stages. — Unknown. This very pretty species is found in the extreme southern portions of Florida and the Antilles. (25) Thecla cecrops, Hubner, Plate XXX, Fig. 7, 6 ; Plate XXIX, Fig. 18, $, under side (Cecrops). 246 Fig. 131. — Neuration of Thecla damon, enlarged. Type of subgenus Mitura, Scud- der. . ■ .' V. ••' ■ Af. i-AO ; /Pi .di: 1 fftixi'A ■, 9 /-.v:iWiVYyh h\v,:y\.\ '&t ■ hm X'k\\i ■ • . > V \ ■\v.’ ■ ■- ■ ■ . v >!.: : i ■ ;\*$X it; {■•/1 '■.!} •)'■> r,:( : A . JU '■ ' A : . 11 i / ;V. >1 ■’ . -A • A • ■ ; iVv.Vuuu a'a . >. v .;•;■; . v- .v**.";;;!-: . u •.,\> ;V V •A ’ ■ ' . . -i&V^vw 9 .?:»>. ,v.*V;v\» t v.-tAwV'V . : ■ ! ! ■ wii . ’ ( r ; _ ii)! . ■■■ .'VA ,-tSSV ' - '. v;r;; -I-':: . - '.A V--,v'V .elnr.vb: •:> .■ • h . Sm .8$*. ■ V ' . alj \ MV’AVjA ' ' Explanation of Plate XXX 1. Thecla dumetorum, Boisduval, <3\ 27. 2. Theda dumetorum, Boisduval, <3*, under side. 28. 3. Theda affinis, Edwards, 9 > under 29. side. 4. Theda hehri, Edwards, <3*. 30. 5. Theda hehri, Edwards, <3\ under side. 31. 6. Theda clytie, Edwards, 9 • 7. Theda cecrops, Hubner, 32. 8 . Theda nelsoni, Boisduval, 9 > under side. 33. 9. Theda hlenina, Hewitson, si<&\ (The figure is that of the type of T. siva, Edwards.) 34. 10. Theda titus, Fabricius, (J‘. 11. Theda niphon, Hubner, 9 * 35 * 12. Theda irus, Godart, (f. 13. Theda nelsoni, Boisduval, 9 - 36. 14. Theda titus, Fabricius, <3\ under 37. stck. 38. 15. Theda augustus, Kirby, 9 - 39 - 16. Lyccena fuliginosa, Edwards, <3^, 40. der side. 41. 17. Theda eryphon, Boisduval, 9 > under 42. side. 18. Thecla martialis, 9 , under side. 43. 19. Lyccena pseudargiolus, Boisd.-Lec., var. marginata, Edwards, un- 44. der side. 20. Lyccena pseudargiolus, Boisd.-Lec., 45. var. lucia, Kirby, <$, under side. 21. Thecla henrici, Grote and Robinson, 46. 9 - 47 - 22. Thecla niphon, Hubner, 9 » under side. 48. 23. Lyccena couperi, Grote, $. 49. 24. Lyccena fulla, Edwards, 50. 25. Lyccena fulla, Edwards, 9 - 26. Lyccena clara, Henry Edwards, 9 * 51. Lyccena marina, Reakirt, 9 > under side. Lyccenadcedalus, Behr, 9 , underside Lyccena icarioides, Boisduval, $, under side. Lyccena enoptes, Boisduval, 9 > under side. Lyccena glaucon, Edwards, 9 » under side. Lyccena pseudargiolus, Boisd.-Lec., <3\ under side. Lyccenaisola, Reakirt,^, underside. (The figure is that of the type of L. alee, Edwards.) Lyccena couperi, Grote, under side. Lyccena antiacis, Boisduval, <3*, under side. Lyccena antiacis, Boisduval, <3\ Lyccena pheres, Boisduval, (f. Lyccena isola, Reakirt, 9 * Lyccena glaucon, Edwards, <3*. Lyccena aster, Edwards, <3*. Lyccena antiacis, Boisduval, 9 * Lyccena pheres, Boisduval, 9 > under side. Lyccena xerxes, Boisduval, (f, under side.- Lyccena sagittigera, Felder, 9 , under side. Lyccena ammon, Lucas, 9 » under side . Lyccena aster, Edwards, 9 - Lyccena aster, Edwards, (J 1 , under side. Lyccena scudderi, Edwards, Lyccena scudderi, Edwards, 9 * Lyccena lygdamas, Doubleday, 9 > under side. Lyccena enoptes, Boisduval, . The Butterfly Book Plate XXX, COPYRIGHTED BY W. 51 Genus Thecla Butterfly.— Dark brown, glossed at the base of the wings and on the inner margin of the secondaries with blue. The under side is well delineated in the plate. Expanse, i.oo inch. Early Stages.— These await description. Cecrops is common in the Southern States, and has been taken as far north as West Virginia, Kentucky, and southern Indiana. (26) Thecla clytie, Edwards, Plate XXX, Fig. 6, ? (Clytie). Butterfly. — Blue above, with the apical two thirds of the fore wings black. The wings on the under side are white, with the usual marginal and transverse markings quite small and faint. Expanse, .90 inch. Early Stages.— Unknown. Habitat, Texas and Arizona. (27) Thecla ines, Edwards, Plate XXIX, Fig. 35, $ (Ines). Butterfly.—Much like the preceding species, but smaller, with the secondaries marked with blackish on the costa. On the under side the wings are slaty-gray, with numerous fine lines and a broad median dark shade on the hind wings, running from the costa to the middle of the wing. Expanse, .75 inch. Early Stages. — Unknown. Ines is found in Arizona. (28) Thecla behri, Edwards, Plate XXX, Fig. 4, $ ; Fig. 5, £ , under side (Behr’s Hair-streak). Butterfly. — Both sides are well displayed in the plate, and therefore need no particular description. Expanse, 1.10 inch. Early Stages. — Unknown. This species is found in northern California and Oregon, and eastward to Colorado. (29) Thecla augustus, Kirby, Plate XXX, Fig. 15, $ (The Brown Elfin). Butterfly. — Brown on the upper side; paler on the under side. The fore wings are marked by a straight incomplete median band, and the hind wings by an irregularly curved median band or line. Back of these lines toward the base both wings are darker brown. Expanse, .90 inch. Early Stages. —These are not well known. Henry Edwards describes the caterpillar as “ carmine-red, covered with very short hair, each segment involute above, with deep double foveae." The chrysalis is described by the same observer as being “ pitchy- 247 Genus Thecla brown, covered with very short bristly hair, the wing-cases paler.” The food-plant is unknown. This species is boreal in its haunts, and is found in New Eng¬ land and northward and westward into the British possessions. (30) Thecla irus, Godart, Plate XXX, Fig. 12, 6 ; Plate V, Figs. 32-34, chrysalis (The Hoary Elfin). Butterfly.— Grayish-brown on the upper side. The wings on the under side are of the same color, paler on the outer margins, and darker toward the base. The species is subject to consider¬ able variation. The variety arsace , Boisduval, has the hind wings marked with reddish near the anal angle, and the outer margin below marked with hoary-purple. The usual small crescentic spots appear on the outer margin of the hind wings, or they may be absent. Expanse, 1.10 inch. Early Stages. — An epitome of all that is known is to be found in “The Butterflies of New England.” The caterpillar feeds on young plums just after the leaves of the blossom have dropped away. The species is rather rare, but has been found from the Atlan¬ tic to the Pacific in the latitude of New England. (31) Thecla henrici, Grote and Robinson, Plate XXX, Fig. 21, $ (Henry’s Hair-streak). Butterfly. —Much like the preceding species on the upper side, but with the outer half of the wings broadly reddish-brown. The secondaries on the under side are broadly blackish-brown on the basal half, with the outer margin paler. The division be¬ tween the dark and light shades is irregular and very sharply defined, often indicated by a more or less perfect irregularly curved median white line. Expanse, 1.00-1.10 inch. Early Stages.— These have been described by Edwards in the “American Naturalist,” vol. xvi, p. 123. The habits of the larva are identical with those of the preceding species. It occurs from Maine to West Virginia, but is rare. (32) Thecla eryphon, Boisduval, Plate XXX, Fig. 17, $, under side (Eryphon). Butterfly.— Closely resembling the following species both on the upper and under side of the wings, but easily distinguished by the fact that, on the under side of the fore wings, the inner of the two dark bands on the outer third of the wing is not sharply angulated below the third median nervule, as in T. niphon , but is 248 Genus Thecla more even, and in general parallel with the submarginal line. Ex¬ panse, 1.15 inch. Early Stages. —These have not been described. Eryphon replaces the Eastern T. nipbon on the Pacific coast. (33) Thecla niphon, Hubner, Plate XXX, Fig. 11, $ ; Fig. 22, ? , under side; Plate V, Figs. 38, 40, chrysalis (The Banded Elfin) Butterfly. — Reddish-brown on the upper side. The under side is accurately depicted in the plate. Expanse, 1.10 inch. Early Stages. —-These have been elaborately de¬ scribed by Scudder in his great work. The cater¬ pillars feed upon pine. The Banded Elfin is found from Nova Scotia to Colorado, in the Northern States, where its food-plant occurs, but is never abundant. (34) Thecla affinis, Edwards, Plate XXX, Fig. 3, $, under side (The Green-winged Hair- streak). Butterfly.—On the upper side closely resem¬ bling the following species. On the under side the wings are uniformly bright green. Expanse, 1.00 inch. Early Stages.— These await description. The types came from Utah. I aiso have specimens from California. (35) Thecla dumetorum, Boisduval, Plate XXX, Fig. 1, 6 ; Fig. 2, $ , under side (The Green White-spotted Hair-streak), Butterfly.— Dark fawn-color above, sometimes tinged exter¬ nally with reddish. On the under side both wings are green, the primaries having a short straight band of white spots on the outer third, and the secondaries a small white spot on the costa beyond the middle, and two or three conspicuous white spots near the anal angle. Expanse, 1.10 inch. Early Stages.— The eggs are laid on the unopened flower- heads of Hosackia argophylla. This is all we know of the life- history. The species ranges from Oregon and California eastward as far as Colorado. (36) Thecla laeta, Edwards, Plate XXIX, Fig. 23, 6 ; Fig. 24, $ , under side (The Early Hair-streak). Butterfly.— The wings‘brown, glossed with bright blue above; 249 Fig. 132.— Neuration of Thecla niphon , enlarged. Typical of subgenus In - cisalia, Minot. Genus Feniseca on the under side pale fawn, with a band of pale-red spots on both wings about the middle, and a few similar spots on the outer and inner margins of the hind wings. Expanse, .75 inch. Early Stages .—Only the egg, described and figured by Scud- der, is known. It ranges from Quebec to southern New Jersey, and westward to West Virginia, and has been taken on Mount Graham, in Ari¬ zona. It appears in early spring. It is still rare in collections. (37) Thecla titus, Fabricius, Plate XXX, Fig. 10, $ ; Fig. 14, 6 , under side; Plate V, Fig. 37, chrysalis (The Coral Hair-streak). Butterfly. — Uniformly gray-brown on the up¬ per side. Some specimens of the female have a few red spots at the anal angle of the hind wing. On the under side the wings are col¬ ored as on the upper side; but the hind wings have a conspicuous submarginal band of coral- red spots on their outer third. Expanse, 1.30 inch. Early Stages .—These have been well described by several authors. The fullest account is given by Scudder. The caterpillar feeds on the leaves of the wild cherry and the wild plum. The insect occurs from the Atlantic to the Paci¬ fic, from Maine to Georgia. It is not very common. There are some ten or more other species of this genus found in our fauna, but the species figured in our plates will suffice to give a good idea of the genus. Fig. 133. — Neu- ration of Thecla titus , enlarged. Typical of sub¬ genus Strymon , Hiibner. Genus FENISECA, Grote (The Harvesters) “ Upon his painted wings, the butterfly Roam’d, a gay blossom of the sunny sky.” Willis G. Clark. Butterfly.— Small, bright orange-yellow, on the upper side spotted with black, on the under side more or less mottled and shaded with gray and brown, the markings of the upper side reappearing. The cut shows the neuration, which need not be minutely described. Egg. —Subglobular, much wider than high, its surface smooth* 250 Genus Chrysophanus marked with a multitude of very fine and indistinct raised ridges, giving it the appearance of being covered by very delicate polyg¬ onal cells. Caterpillar .—In its mature stage the cater¬ pillar is short, slug-shaped, covered with a multitude of bristling hairs, upon which it gathers the white exudations or scales of the mealy bugs upon which it feeds. Chrysalis .— Small, brown in color; when viewed dorsally showing a remarkable and striking likeness to the face of a monkey, a sin¬ gular phenomenon which also appears even more strikingly in chrysalids of the allied genus tionof thegenus^Jw- Spalgis, which is found in Africa and Asia. iseca, enlarged. But one species of the genus is known. (i) Feniseca tarquinius, Fabricius, Plate XXVIII, Fig. 21, $ ; Plate V, Figs. 45, 46, chrysalis (The Harvester). Butterfly .—The upper side of the wings is well depicted in the plate. There is considerable variation, however, in the size of the black markings upon the upper surface, and I have specimens in which they almost entirely disappear. On the under side the wings are paler; the spots of the upper side reappear, and, in addition, the hind wings are mottled profusely with small pale-brown spots. Expanse, 1.30 inch. Early Stages .—What has been said of these in the description of the genus will suffice for the species. This curious little insect, which finds its nearest allies in Asia and Africa, ranges all over the Atlantic States from Nova Scotia to the Carolinas, and throughout the valley of the Mississippi. Genus CHRYSOPHANUS, Doubleday (The Coppers) “Atoms of color thou hast called to life (We name them butterflies) float lazily On clover swings, their drop of honey made By thee, dear queen, already for their need.” Mary Butts. Butterfly .—Small butterflies, with the upper side of the wings some shade of coppery-red or orange, frequently glossed with 251 Genus Chrysophanus purple. On the under side the wings are marked with a multi¬ tude of small spots and lines. The neuration of the wing is de¬ lineated in the figure herewith given, and needs no further description. Egg.- —The eggs are hemispherical, flattened on the base, the upper surface deeply pitted with polygonal or somewhat circular depres¬ sions. Caterpillar.— The caterpillars, so far as known, are decidedly slug-shaped, thickest in the middle, tapering forward and back¬ ward, and having a very small head. Chrysalis. — The chrysalids are small, rounded at either end, and held in place by a girdle of silk a little forward of the middle. This genus is found in the temperate regions of both the New and the Old World, and also in South Africa. (1) Chrysophanus arota, Boisduval, Plate XXIX, Fig. I, $ ; Fig. 2, ? (Arota). Butterfly.— The plate gives a good idea of the upper side of the wings in both sexes. On the under side the fore wings are pale gray in the male and pale red in the female, with the outer margin lavender. The spots of the upper side reappear on the disk. The hind wings on the under side are purplish-gray on the inner two thirds and paler gray on the outer third, with many black spots on the disk, margined with white. Expanse, 1.10-1.25 inch. Early Stages.— These have been partially described by Dyar in the “Canadian Entomologist,” vol. xxiii, p. 204. The cater¬ pillar feeds on the wild gooseberry ( Ribes). Arota is a Californian species. (2) Chrysophanus virginiensis, Edwards, Plate XXVIII, Fig. 23, $ ; Fig. 24, ? (The Nevada Copper). Butterfly. —Allied to the preceding species, but easily distin¬ guished by the submarginal white bands of crescent-shaped spots on the under side. These are particularly distinct on the hind wings. Expanse, 1.25-1.30 inch. Early Stages. — Unknown. Virginiensis , so named because the first specimens came from Virginia City, ranges in California, Nevada, and Colorado. 252 Fig. 135.-—Neura¬ tion of Chrysophanus thoe, enlarged. Typi¬ cal of the genus. Genus Chrysophanus (3) Chrysophanus xanthoides, Boisduval, Plate XXVIII, Fig. 29, 6 ; Fig. 30, ? (The Great Copper). Butterfly.—The student will easily recognize it by its larger size, it being the largest species of the genus in North America, and by its creamy-white under surface, spotted with distinct small black spots, in large part reproducing the spots of the upper side. Expanse, 1.50-1.65 inch. (4) Chrysophanus editha, Mead, Plate XXVIII, Fig. 26, 6 ; Fig. 27, ? (Editha). Butterfly.— This is a much smaller species than the last, which it somewhat resembles on the upper side. On the under side it is wholly unlike xanthoides , the wings being pale pearly-gray, pale ochreous on the outer margins, the spots of the fore wings black and of the hind wings ochreous, narrowly margined with white or fine black lines. Expanse, 1.10-1.25 inch. Early Stages.— Entirely unknown. This species is found in Nevada. (5) Chrysophanus gorgon, Boisduval, Plate XXVIII, Fig. 35, 6 ; Fig. 36, ? (Gorgon). Butterfly.— Somewhat like the preceding species, but with the fore wings of the male redder on the upper side, and of the female more broadly mottled with pale red, the spots in some specimens inclining to buff. The under side of the wings is white, marked with the usual series of black spots. The sec¬ ondaries have a marginal series of elongated pale-red spots, tipped at either end with black. Expanse, 1.25-1.30 inch. Early Stages.—We as yet know nothing of these. Gorgon is found in California and Nevada. (6) Chrysophanus thoe, Boisduval, Plate XXVIII, Fig. 31, $ ; Fig. 32, $ ; Plate V, Fig. 50, chrysalis (The Bronze Copper). Butterfly.—The plate makes a description of the upper side of the wings unnecessary. On the under side the fore wing in both sexes is bright tawny-red, pale gray at the apex; the hind wings are bluish-gray, with a broad band of carmine on the outer margin. Both wings are profusely adorned with small black spots. Expanse, 1.30-1.40 inch. Early Stages.— These are only partially known. The cater¬ pillar feeds on Rum ex. It is not uncommon in northern Indiana, Illinois, and Pennsyl¬ vania, and ranges from Maine to Kansas and Colorado. 25 ^ Genus Chrysophanus (7) Chrysophanus mariposa, Reakirt, Plate XXVIII, Fig. 37, $ ; Fig. 38, $ (Reakirt’s Copper). Butterfly.— Small, with a broad dusky band on the hind wing of the male and on the fore wing of the female. The male is purplish-red above, the female bright red, with the usual spots. On the under side the ground-color of the fore wings is pale red, of the hind wings clear ashen-gray, with the characteristic mark¬ ings of the genus. Expanse, 1.10 inch. Early Stages. — Undescribed. The insect ranges from British Columbia into northern Cali¬ fornia, Montana, and Colorado. (8) Chrysophanus helloides, Boisduval, Plate XXVIII, Fig. 33, $ ; Fig. 34, ? (The Purplish Copper). Butterfly.— The male has the fore wings broadly shot with iridescent purple. The female is well delineated in the plate. On the under side the fore wings are pale red, the hind wings reddish-gray, with a marginal row of brick-red crescents. The usual black spots are found on both wings. Expanse, T. 15-1.30 inch. Early Stages.—We know next to nothing of these. The Purplish Copper is found in the Northwestern States from northern Illinois and Iowa to Vancouver’s Island. (9) Chrysophanus epixanthe, Boisduval and Leconte, Plate XXVIII, Fig. 28, 6 (The Least Copper). Butterfly.— The smallest species of the genus in North Amer¬ ica. On the upper side the wings of the male are dark fuscous, shot with purple, and having a few red spots near the anal angle of the secondaries. The female on the upper side is pale gray, and more profusely marked with black spots. On the under side the wings are light gray, bluish at the base, and marked with the usual spots. Expanse, .85-95 inch. Early Stages. — Little is known of these. This is a Northern species, ranging from Newfoundland, where it is common, to British Columbia, never south of the latitude of New England. (10) Chrysophanus hypophlaeas, Boisduval, Plate XXVIII, Fig. 25,' $ ; Plate V, Fig. 49, chrysalis (The American Copper). Butterfly. — This is one of the commonest butterflies in the United States. The figure in the plate will serve to recall it to the mind of every reader. It is abundant everywhere except in 254 Genus Chrysophanus the Gulf States, and ranges as far north as Manitoba and the Hudson Bay region. Expanse, i.oo inch. Early Stages.— These have often been described. The cater¬ pillar, which is small and slug-shaped, feeds upon the common sorrel ( Rumex acetosella). (i i) Chrysophanus snowi, Edwards, Plate XXIX, Fig. 7, $ ; Fig. 8, ? (Snow’s Copper). Butterfly.— This is a medium-sized species, easily recognized by the even, rather wide black border on both wings on the upper side, and the dirty-gray color of the hind wings on the under side. Expanse, 1.15-1.25 inch. Early Stages. — Unknown. Snow’s Copper, which is named in honor of the amiable Chancellor of the University of Kansas, occurs in Colorado at high elevations, and is reported from Alberta and British Co¬ lumbia. (12) Chrysophanus rubidus, Behr, Plate XXIX, Fig. 5,3 ; Fig. 6, $ (The Ruddy Copper). Butterfly.— This is a rather large species. The male on the upper side is prevalently pale, lustrous red, with a narrow black marginal band and uniformly conspicuous white fringes. The upper side of the female is accurately depicted in the plate. On the under side the wings are shining white, the secondaries im¬ maculate. Expanse, 1.30-1.50 inch. Early Stages.— These are altogether unknown. This exceedingly beautiful species is found in Oregon, Ne¬ vada, and Montana. (13) Chrysophanus sirius, Edwards, Plate XXIX, Fig. 3, $ ; Fig. 4, $ (Sirius). Butterfly.— The male closely resembles the preceding species on the upper side, but is brighter red, especially along the ner- vules of the fore wings. The female on the upper side is dusky. On the under side the wings are whitish or pale gray, but the hind wings are not without spots, as in the preceding species, and carry the characteristic markings of the genus. Expanse, 1.20-1.30 inch. Early Stages. — Unknown. The species has been found from Fort McCleod, in British America, as far south as Arizona, among the North American Cordilleras, 255 The Utility of Entomology THE UTILITY OF ENTOMOLOGY All the forces of ■ nature are interdependent. Many plants would not bear seeds or fruit were it not for the activity of insects, which cause the pollen to be deposited upon the pistil and the seed-vessel to be fertilized. Attempts were made many years ago to grow clover in Australia, but the clover did not make seed. All the seed required for planting had to be imported at much expense from Europe. It was finally ascertained that the reason why the clover failed to make seed was because through¬ out Australia there were no bumblebees. Bumblebees were in¬ troduced, and now clover grows luxuriantly in Australia, making seed abundantly; and Australian meats, carried in the cold-stor¬ age rooms of great ocean steamers, are used to feed the people of Manila, Hong-Kong, Yokohama, and even London. A few years ago the orange-groves in southern California be¬ came infested with a scale-insect, which threatened to ruin them and to bring orange-growing in that part of the land to an un¬ profitable end. The matter received the careful attention of the chief entomologist of the United States Department of Agricul¬ ture, the lamented Professor C. V. Riley. In the course of the studies which he and his associates prosecuted, it was ascertained that the same scale-insect which was ruining the orange-groves of California is found in the orange-groves of Queensland, but that in Queensland this insect did comparatively small injury to the trees. Investigation disclosed the fact that in Queensland the scale-insect was kept down by the ravages of a parasitic insect which preyed upon it. This parasite, by order of the chief en¬ tomologist, was immediately imported, in considerable numbers, into southern California, and let loose among the orange-groves. The result has been most beneficial. These are two illustrations, from among hundreds which might be cited, of the very practical value of entomological knowledge. The annual loss suffered by agricultural communities through ignorance of entomological facts is very great. Every plant has its insect enemy, or, more correctly, its insect lover, which feeds upon it, delights in its luxuriance, but makes short work, it may be of leaves, it may be of flowers, it may be of fruit. It has 2S6 ... % <*Rvuhji< ‘ ' ■ Cv- I I , \ ... . . . .i„i , • \ . _• ' s - •' - , < -J ■ Sri, 1 ■ •> •, \v !\ > • J\ - I •-,U • ! \ ' - . .S' . !(■. ■'} . ' • • ■ ' (> ■ . Explanation of Plate XXXI S. Lyccena pseudargiolus, Boisd.-Lec., var. lucia, Kirby, (j\ 2. Lyccena pseudargiolus, Boisd.-Lec., var. marginata, Edwards, 3. Lyccena pseudargiolus, Boisd.-Lec., var. marginata, Edwards, 9 * 4. Lyccena pseudargiolus, Boisd.-Lec., var. nigra, Edwards, 5. Lyccena pseudargiolus, Boisd.-Lec., var. violacea, Edwards, 6. Lyccena pseudargiolus, Boisd.-Lec., c?. 7. Lyccena pseudargiolus, Boisd.-Lec., 24. $. 25. 8. Lyccena pseudargiolus, Boisd.-Lec., 26. var. neglecta, Edwards, 27. 9. Lyccena pseudargiolus, Boisd.-Lec., 28. var. neglecta, Edwards, 9 * 29. 10. Lyccena pseudargiolus, Boisd.-Lec., 30. var. piasus, Boisduval, 11. Lyccena dcedalus, Behr, 12. Lyccena dcedalus, Behr, 9 » 13. Lyccena heteronea, Boisduval, 14. Lyccena heteronea, Boisduval, 9 * 15. Lyccena scepiolus, Boisduval, 16. Lyccena scepiolus, Boisduval, 9 - 17. Lyccena lygdamas, Doubleday, 19. Lyccena sagittigera, Felder, 20. Lyccena sagittigera, Felder, 9 - 21. Lyccena sonorensis, Felder, 22. Lyccena sonorensis, Felder, 9. Lyccena shasta, Edwards, . Lyccena shasta, Edwards, 9 * Lyccena melissa, Edwards, <^. Lyccena melissa, Edwards, 9 - Lyccena acmon, Dbl.-Hew., <$. Lyccena acmon, Dbl.-Hew., 9 * Lyccena comyntas, Godart, <$. Lyccena cornyntas, Godart, 9 * Lyccena ammon, Lucas, 9 * Lyccena marina, Reakirt, 9 * 23. 31 - 32 . 'The Butterfly Book. Plate XXXI COPYRIGHTED BY W. J. HOLLAND, 1898. 'The Utility of Entomology been estimated that every known species of plant has five or six species of insects which habitually feed upon it. Where the plant is one that is valuable to man and is grown for his use, the horticulturist or the farmer finds himself confronted, pres¬ ently, by the ravages of these creatures, and unless he has cor¬ rect information as to the best manner in which to combat them, he is likely to suffer losses of a serious character. We all have read of the havoc wrought by the Kansas locust, or grasshopper, and of the ruin brought about by insects of the same class in Asia and in Africa. We all have heard of the Hessian fly, of the weevil, and of the army-worm. The legislature of Massa¬ chusetts has in recent years been spending hundreds of thou¬ sands of dollars in the attempt to exterminate the gipsy-moth. The caterpillar of the cabbage-butterfly ruins every year material enough to supply sauer-kraut to half of the people. The cod¬ ling-moth, the little pinkish caterpillar of which worms its way through apples, is estimated to destroy five millions of dollars’ worth of apples every year within the limits of the United States. And what shall we say of the potato-bug, that prettily striped beetle, which, starting from the far West, has taken pos¬ session of the potato-fields of the continent, and for the exter¬ mination of which there is annually spent, by the agricultural communities of the United States, several millions of dollars in labor and in poisons ? A few facts like these serve to show that the study of ento¬ mology is not a study which deserves to be placed in the cate¬ gory of useless pursuits. Viewed merely from a utilitarian standpoint, this study is one of the most important, far outrank¬ ing, in its actual value to communities, the study of many branches of zoological science which some people affect to regard as of a higher order. The legislature of Pennsylvania acted wisely in passing a law which demands that in every high school established within the State there shall be at least one teacher capable of giving instruc¬ tion in botany and in entomology. The importance of entomol¬ ogy, while not perceived by the masses as yet, has been recog¬ nized by almost all the legislatures of the States; and not only the general government of the United States, but the governments of the individual commonwealths, are at the present time em¬ ploying a number of carefully trained men, whose business is to 257 Genus Lycsena ascertain the facts and instruct the people as to the best manner in which to ward off the attacks of the insect swarms, which are respecters neither of size nor beauty in the vegetable world, at¬ tacking alike the majestic oak and the lowliest mosses. Genus LYCz*ENA, Fabricius (The Blues) 11 Bright butterflies Fluttered their vans, azure and green and gold.” Sir Edwin Arnold. Butterfly. — Generally small, for the most part blue on the upper side of the wings, white or gray on the under side, vari¬ ously marked with spots and lines. What has been said in reference to the subdivision of the genus Thecla may be repeated in regard to the genus which we are considering. It has been in recent years subdivided by writers who have given close attention to the matter, and these subdivisions are entirely defensible from a scientific standpoint. Nevertheless, owing to the close resemblance which prevails throughout the group, in this book, which is intended for popu¬ lar use, the author has deemed it best not to separate the species, as to do so presupposes a minute anatomical knowledge, which the general reader is not likely to possess. Egg.— The eggs are for the most part flattened, turban¬ shaped (see p. 4, Fig. 7). Caterpillar.— Slug-shaped, as in the preceding genera, feed¬ ing upon the petals and bracts of flowers, or upon delicate ter¬ minal leaves. Chrysalis .—Closely resembling the chrysalids of the preceding genera. This genus is very widely distributed in the temperate re¬ gions of both hemispheres. Many of the species are inhabitants of the cold North or high mountain summits, while others are found in the tropics. (1) Lycaena fuliginosa, Edwards, Plate XXX. Fig. 16. 6, under side (The Sooty Gossamer-wing). Butterfly. — Dark gray on the upper side in both sexes. On 258 Genus Lycaena the under side the figure in the plate gives a correct representa¬ tion of the color and markings. Expanse, i.io inch. Early Stages. — Unknown. The species occurs in northern California, Utah, Nevada, Oregon, and Washington. (2) Lycaena heteronea, Boisduval, Plate XXXI, Fig. 13, $ ; Fig. 14, $ ; Plate XXXII, Fig. 19, $, under side (The Varied Blue). Butterfly.-— On the upper side the male is blue, the female brown. On the under side the wings are white, with faint pale- brown spots on the hind wings and distinct black spots on the fore wings, more numerous than in L. lycea , which it closely resembles on the under side. It is the largest species of the genus, and the female reminds us by its markings on the upper side of the females of Chrysophanus. Expanse, 1.25-1.40 inch. Early Stages.— These await description. Heteronea ranges from Colorado to California, at suitable ele¬ vations among the mountains. (3) Lycaena clara, Henry Edwards, Plate XXX, Fig. 26, $ (The Bright Blue). Butterfly.— The figure in the plate is that of the type of the female, the only specimen in my collection. Expanse, 1.15 inch. Early Stages.— These are entirely unknown. The type came from southern California. (4) Lycaena lycea, Edwards, Plate XXXII, Fig. 18, &, under side (Lycea). Butterfly.—The perfect insect is very nearly as large as L. het¬ eronea. The male is lilac-blue on the upper side, with the mar¬ gins dusky. The black spots of the under side do not show through on the upper side, as in L. heteronea. The female is dusky, with the wings shot with blue at their bases, more es¬ pecially on the fore wing. There are no black spots on the upper side of the wings in this sex, as in L. heteronea. On the under side the wings are whitish. The spots on this side are well delineated in our figure in Plate XXXII. Expanse, 1.30 inch. Early Stages.— These await description. The butterfly is found in the region of the Rocky Mountains, from New Mexico to Montana. (5) Lycaena fulla, Edwards, Plate XXX, Fig. 24, 6 ; Fig. 25, $ (Fulla). Butterfly.— Smaller than the preceding species. The upper 259 Genus Lycaena side of the male is not lilac-blue, but ultramarine. The female is almost indistinguishable on the upper side from the female of L. lycea. On the under side the wings are pale stone-gray, with a black spot at the end of the cell of the primaries and a large white spot at the end of the cell of the secondaries. The other spots, which are always ringed about with white, are located much as in L. icarioides (see Plate XXX, Fig. 29). Expanse, 1.15— 1.20 inch. Early Stages.— Unknown. Fulla occurs in northern California, Oregon, Washington, and British Columbia. (6) Lycaena icarioides, Boisduval (mintha, Edwards), Plate XXX, Fig. 29, $ , under side (Boisduval’s Blue). Butterfly.— The insect on the upper side closely resembles the preceding species in both sexes. On the under side it may be at once distinguished from the following species by the absence on the margin of the hind wings of the fine black terminal line, and by having only one, not two rows of submarginal black spots. There are other marked and striking differences, and the merging of L. dcedalus , Behr, with this species, which has been advocated by some recent writers, is no doubt due to their lack of sufficient and accurately identified material. Expanse, 1.35 inch. Early Stages. — Unknown. This species, which is not common, is found in southern California. (7) Lycaena daedalus, Behr, Plate XXXI, Fig. 11,6; Fig. 12, ? ; Plate XXX, Fig. 28, $, under side (Behr’s Blue). Butterfly.— The wings of the male on the upper side are deep lustrous blue, with darker borders and white fringes. The wings of the female are brown, margined with reddish. The name cechaja was applied to this sex by Dr. Behr, before it was known to be the female of his L. dcedalus. Expanse, 1.12 inch. Early Stages.— These have not yet been studied. Dcedalus is common in southern California. (8) Lycaena saepiolus, Boisduval, Plate XXXI, Fig. 15,6; Fig. 16, $ (The Greenish Blue). Butterfly.— The male on the upper side has the wings blue, shot in certain lights with brilliant green. The female on the same side is dusky, with greenish-blue scales at the bases of the wings, and often with reddish markings on the outer margin of 260 Genus Lycaena the hind wings. On the under side the wings are gray or pale wood-brown, with greenish-blue at their base and a profusion of small black spots margined with white. Now and then the black spots are lost, the white margins spreading inwardly and usurping the place of the black. Expanse, .95-1.10 inch. Early Stages.— These await further study. The species ranges from British Columbia to Colorado. (9) Lycaena pheres, Boisduval, Plate XXX, Fig. 37, S ; Fig. 42, $ , under side (Pheres). Butterfly.— The male is pale shining blue above, with dusky borders. The female is dusky, with a little blue at the base of the wings on the same .side. Below, the spots on the fore wings are strongly defined; on the hind wings they are white on a pale stone-gray ground. Expanse, 1.20 inch. Early Stages.—We know no more of these than we do of those of the preceding species. Pheres has nearly the same range as scepiolus. (10) Lycaena xerxes, Boisduval, Plate XXX, Fig. 43, $, under side (Xerxes). Butterfly.—The wings in both sexes are dusky above, shot with blue, more widely in the male than in the female. On the under side the wings are dark stone-color, with all the spots on both wings white, very rarely slightly pupiled with blackish. Expanse, 1.25 inch. Early Stages. — Unknown. The species is found in central California. (11) Lycaena antiacis, Boisduval, Plate XXX, Fig. 35, S , under side; Fig. 36, $ ; Fig. 41, $ (The Eyed Blue). Butterfly. —On the upper side the male is pale lilac-blue, the female dusky, heavily marked with blue at the base of the wings. On the under side the wings are deep, warm stone-gray. There is a single quite regular band of large-sized black spots on the fore wing beyond the middle, and a triply festooned curved band of similar spots on the hind wing. These spots are all margined with white. Expanse, 1.15-1.25 inch. Early Stages.—'These await description. The insect is found in California. (12) Lycaena couperi, Grote, Plate XXX, Fig. 34, $, undei side (Couper’s Blue). Butterfly. — The wings of the male above are pale shining blue, 261 Genus Lycaena with a narrow black border; of the female darker blue, broadly margined externally with dusky. On the under side the wings are dark brownish-gray, with the spots arranged much as in L. antiacis , but with those of the hind wings generally white, and without a dark pupil. The series on the fore wing is usually distinctly pupiled with black. Expanse, 1.25 inch. Early Stages.— Unknown. The species is found in Newfoundland, Labrador, Anticosti, and westward and northward. It is a boreal form. (13) Lycaena lygdamas, Doubleday, Plate XXXI, Fig. 17, $ ; Fig. 18, 2 ; Plate XXX, Fig. 50, ?, under side (The Silvery Blue). Butterfly. — The male has the upper side of the wings pale silvery-blue, narrowly edged with black; the wings of the female on the upper side are darker blue, dusky on the borders, with a dark spot at the end of the cell of the primaries. On the under side the wings are pale chocolate-brown, with a submarginal band of black spots, margined with white, on both wings, as well as a spot at the end of the cells, and one or two on the costa of the secondaries. Expanse, .85-1.10 inch. Early Stages.— These are yet to be ascertained. The insect is reported from Michigan to Georgia. (14) Lycaena sagittigera, Felder. Plate XXXI, Fig. 19, 6 ; Fig. 20, ? ; Plate XXX, Fig. 44, $ , under side (The Arrow-head Blue). Butterfly.— The wings in both sexes are variable pale blue, dusky on the margins, with white fringes checkered with dusky at the ends of the veins. On the under side the wings are dark gray, profusely spotted, the most characteristic markings being a white ray in the cell of the hind wings, a broad submarginal band of white arrow-shaped markings on both wings, with a black spot at the tip of each sagittate maculation and a dark triangular shade between the barbs. These markings are not shown as they should be in Plate XXX, Fig. 44. They are only faintly indicated. Expanse, 1.25-1.30 inch. Early Stages.— These await description. This butterfly ranges from Oregon to Mexico, and eastward as far as Colorado on the mountains. (15) Lycaena speciosa, Henry Edwards, Plate XXXII, Fig. 1, S *, Fig. 2, under side (The Small Blue). 262 Genus Lycaena Butterfly.— Quite small; the male pale blue above, edged with dusky; the female dusky, with the inner two thirds shot with blue. The maculation of the under side is as represented in the plate. Expanse, .80 inch. Early Stages. —Unknown. Habitat, southern California. (16) Lycaena sonorensis, Felder, Plate XXXI, Fig. 21, 6 ; Fig. 22, $ (The Sonora Blue). Butterfly. — Easily distinguished from all other species of the genus by the red spots in the region of the median nervules on the upper side. Expanse, .87 inch. Early Stages.— Unknown. This lovely little insect is found rather abundantly in southern California and northern Mexico. (17) Lycaena podarce, Felder, Plate XXXII, Fig. 15, 6 ; Fig. 16, $ (The Gray Blue). Butterfly.— The male is grayish-blue above, with dusky mar¬ gins, lighter on the disk of both the fore and hind wings. There are a few dark marginal crescents on the hind wings. On the under side the wings are very pale, profusely spotted, the spot at the end of the cell of the secondaries being large and whitish, without a pupil, the rest being black ringed about with white. The female is dark brown above, the fore wings having a black spot ringed about with yellowish at the end of the cell. Ex¬ panse, 1.05 inch. Early Stages.— These have never been described. The species is thus far known from California, Nevada, and Colorado. It is alpine in its habits. (18) Lycaena aquilo, Boisduval, Plate XXXII, Fig. 9, $ ; Fig. 10, 3, under side (The Labrador Blue). Butterfly.— The male is dusky bluish-gray on the upper side; the female somewhat darker. It is easily distinguished from other Species by the dark-brown shades on the under side of the secondaries. Expanse, .80 inch. Early Stages. —Unknown. It is found in Labrador and arctic America. (19) Lycaena rustica, Edwards, Plate XXXII, Fig. 17, <3, under side (The Rustic Blue). Butterfly.—Much like the precedingspecies, but a third larger, and brighter blue on the upper side of the wings of the male. On 263 Genus Lycaena the under side the disposition of the spots and markings is pre¬ cisely as in L. aquilo, but on the secondaries the dark spots and shades are all replaced by white on a pale-gray ground. Ex¬ panse, .90-1.00 inch. Early Stages.—We are in complete ignorance as to these. The butterfly is found in British America and on the Western Cordilleras. (20) Lycaena enoptes, Boisduval, Plate XXX, Fig. 30, $, under side; Fig. 51, $ (The Dotted Blue). Butterfly.— The wings on the upper side are purplish-blue,— pale in the male, darker in the female,—bordered with dusky, more heavily in the female than in the male. The fringes are white, checkered with dusky at the ends of the veins. The fe¬ male sometimes has the hind wings marked on the upper side with red marginal spots on the inner half of the border. On the under side the wings are pale bluish-gray, marked with a profu¬ sion of small black spots, those on the outer margin arranged in two parallel lines, between which, on the hind wings, are red spots. Expanse, 1.00 inch. Early Stages.— Awaiting description. Enoptes ranges from Washington to Arizona. (21) Lycaena glaucon, Edwards, Plate XXX, Fig. 31, $, under side; Fig. 39, $ (The Colorado Blue). Butterfly.— Purplish-blue, closely resembling the preceding species, but having the black margin of the wings broader than in L. enoptes , with the dark crescents of the marginal series on the under side showing through as darker spots in the margins of the hind wings. The female has a band of orange spots on the margins of the secondaries. The two marginal rows of spots on the lower side of the wings are arranged and colored as in the preceding species. Expanse, 1.00 inch. Early Stages.— Of these we must again confess ignorance. Glaucon ranges from Washington into California, and east¬ ward to Colorado, where it is quite common in the mountain valleys. (22) Lycaena battoides, Behr, Plate XXXII, Fig. 11, $ (Behr’s Blue). Butterfly.— On the upper side paler blue than the preceding species, with the hind margin tinged with reddish, shining through from below, and small crescentic dark spots. On the under side 264 Genus Lycaena the wings are smoky-gray, with all the black spots, which are arranged as in the preceding species, greatly enlarged and quad¬ rate, and a broad submarginal border of orange on the hind wings. The female is like the male, but with more orange on the upper side of the hind wings. Early Stages. —But little is, as yet, known of these. The insect ranges from California and Arizona to Colorado. (23) Lycaena shasta, Edwards, Plate XXXI, Fig. 23, £ ; Fig. 24, $ (The Shasta Blue). Butterfly.— The figures in the plate give a fairly good idea of the upper side of this species in both sexes, though the male is not quite so dark a blue as represented. On the under side the wings have the usual black spots, on a dirty-gray ground, and, in addition, on the hind wings there are a number of small mar¬ ginal spots surmounted by metallic-colored bluish-green scales, somewhat like those found in some species of the genus Thecla. Expanse, 1.00 inch. Early Stages.—So far as I know, these have never been de¬ scribed. My specimens are all from Montana and Nevada. It is also reported from northern California, Oregon, and Kansas, though I question the latter locality. (24) Lycaena melissa, Edwards, Plate XXXI, Fig. 25, £ ; Fig. 26, ? (The Orange-margined Blue). Butterfly.— The male on the upper side is pale blue, with a narrow black marginal line and white fringes. The female is brown or lilac-gray, with a series of orange-red crescents on the margins of both wings. . On the under side the wings are stone- gray, with the usual spots, and on the secondaries the orange- colored marginal spots are oblong, tipped inwardly with black and outwardly by a series of metallic-green maculations. Expanse. .90-1.15* inch. Early Stages.—We know very little about these. It is found from Kansas to Arizona, and northward to Mon¬ tana. (25) Lycaena scudderi, Edwards, Plate XXX, Fig. 48, £ ; Fig. 49, $ ; Plate V, Fig. 41, chrysalis (Scudder’s Blue). Butterfly. — The commonest Eastern representative of the group to which the preceding four or five and the following three species belong. On the upper side the male cannot be dis- 265 Genus Lycaena tinguished from L. melissa; the female is darker and has only a few orange crescents on the outer margin of the hind wing. On the under side the wings are shining white, the spots are much reduced in size, the large orange spots found in L. melissa are replaced by quite small yellowish or ochreous spots, and the patches of metallic scales defining them externally are very minute. Expanse, i.oo-i. 10 inch. Early Stages.— These are accurately described by Dr. Scudder in his great work, “The Butterflies of New England,” and by others. The caterpillar feeds upon the lupine, and probably other leguminous plants. It is widely distributed through the basin of the St. Lawrence, the region of the Great Lakes* and northward as far as British Columbia, being also found on the Catskill Mountains. I have found it very common at times about Saratoga, New York. (26) Lycaena acmon, Doubleday and Hewitson, Plate XXXI, Fig. 27, $ ; Fig. 28, ? (Acmon). Butterfly.— The plate gives a good representation of the male and the female of this pretty species, which may at a glance be distinguished from all its allies by the broad orange-red band on the hind wings, marked by small black spots. On the under side it is marked much as L. melissa. Expanse, .90-1.10 inch. Early Stages . — Unknown. It is found from Arizona to Washington and Montana. (27) Lycaena aster, Plate XXX, Fig. 40, $ ; Fig. 46, ? ; Fig. 47, $ , under side (The Aster Blue). Butterfly.—On the under side this species is very like enoptes and other allied species. The male looks like a dwarfed speci¬ men of L. scndderi. The female is dull bluish-gray above, with black spots on the outer margins of the wing, most distinct on the secondaries, and, instead of a band of orange spots before them, a diffuse band of blue spots, paler than the surrounding parts of the wing. Expanse, .95-1.00 inch. Early Stages.— These furnish a field for investigation. The insect is reported thus far only from Newfoundland, from which locality I obtained, through the purchase of the Mead collection, a large and interesting series. (28) Lycaena annetta, Mead, Plate XXXII, Fig. 13, $ ; Fig. 14, $ (Annetta). Butterfly.— The male closely resembles the male of L. melissa 266 -r . ■ ■ *A“, >VV .< ■ . ■ ■i /■ I Jfcvn .. • >.i • \ ,• ' i; i '• - . : . .iVvl* fiS‘: . . Nh\ .lev Jj'VMhtfloH ,xs\w. '.(A'iiV.d .Of ' . m ■ • •••-, • .d - ; . ■■ ' ■ YiliWi it V P.i .’as. ' \ T.vt \ .(.) - .,V. ; . ’ . \A\ ■■ ■ VAVSfc' Explanation of Plate XXXII 1. Lyccena speciosa, Henry Edwards, 20. 2. Lyccena speciosa, Henry Edwards, 9 > 21 • under side. 22. 3. Lyccena hanno, Stoll, under side. 23. 4. Lyccena isophthalma, Herrich-Schaf- 24. fer, cJL 25. 5. Lyccena exilis, Boisduval, <$. 26. 6 . Lyccena theonus, Lucas, 9 * 27. 7. Lyccena amyntula, Boisduval, 28. 8. Lyccena amyntula, Boisduval, 9 * 29. 9. Lyccena aquilo, Boisduval, 30. 10. Lyccena aquilo, Boisduval, under 31. side. 11. Lyccena battoides, Behr, < J'. 32. 12. Lyccena comyntas, Godart, under side. 33. 13. Lyccena annetta, Mead, 34. 14. Lyccena annetta, Mead, 9* 15. Lyccena podarce, Felder, 35. 16. Lyccena podarce, Felder, 9 - 17. Lyccena rustica, Edwards, under 36. side. 18. Lyccena lycea, Edwards, <3\ ttiufcr 37. su&?. 38. 19. Lyccena heteronea, Boisduval, 9 > 39 - Thecla melinus, Hubner, Nathalis iole, Boisduval, Nathalis iole, Boisduval, 9 * Euchloe creusa, Dbl.-Hew., Euchloe ausonides, Boisduval, Euchloe ausonides, Boisduval, 9 * Euchloe cethura, Felder, Euchloe cethura, Felder, 9 * Euchloe sara, Boisduyal, (J 1 . Euchloe sara, Boisduval, 9 * Euchloe lanceolata, Boisduval, <3*. Euchloe sara, Boisduval, var. reakirti. Edwards, Euchloe sara, Boisduval, var. rea- kirti, Edwards, 9 * Euchloe pima, Edwards, J. Euchloe sara, Boisduval, var. julia, Edwards, <$. Euchloe sara, Boisduval, var. stella, Edwards, Euchloe sara, Boisduval, var. stella, Edwards, 9 * Euchloe genutia, Fabricius, Euchloe genutia, Fabricius, 9 * Euchloe olympia, Edwards, var. rosa , Edwards, under side. The Butterfly Book Plate XXXIL COPYRIGHTED BY W. J. HOLi. Genus Lycasna on the upper side. The female is paler than the male, which is unusual in this genus, and has a “washed-out” appearance. On the under side the markings are very like those found in L. scudderi. Expanse, 1.15 inch. Early Stages. — Entirely unknown. The types which I possess came from Utah. (29) Lycsena pseudargiolus, Boisduval and Leconte, Plate XXXI, Fig. 6, $ ; Fig. 7, ? ; Plate XXX, Fig. 32, $ , under side; Plate V, Figs. 36, 43, 44, chrysalis (The Common Blue). Butterfly.— This common but most interesting insect has been made the subject of most exhaustive and elaborate study by Mr. W. H. Edwards, and the result has been to show that it is highly subject to variation. It illustrates the phenomena of polymor¬ phism most beautifully. The foregoing references to the plate cite the figures of the typical summer form. In addition to this form the following forms have received names : (a) Winter form lucia, Kirby, Plate XXXI, Fig. 1, $ ; Plate XXX, Fig. 20, $ , under side. This appears in New England in the early spring from overwintering chrysalids, and is charac¬ terized by the brown patch on the middle of the hind wing on the under side. (b) Winter form marginata, Edwards, Plate XXXI, Fig. 2, $ ; Fig. 3, $ ; Plate XXX, Fig. 19, $, under side. This ap¬ pears at the same time as the preceding form. The specimens figured in the plate were taken in Man¬ itoba. This form is characterized by the dark margins of the wings on the under side. (c) Winter form violacea, Edwards, Plate XXXI, Fig. 5, $ . This is the common winter form. The spots below are distinct, but never fused or melted together, as in the two preceding forms. (d) Form nigra, Edwards, Plate XXXI, Fig. 4, $. The wings on the under side are as in viola¬ cea, but are black above. It is found in West Vir¬ ginia and occurs also in Colorado. (e) Summer form neglecta, Edwards, Plate XXXI, Fig. 8, $ ; Fig. 9, $. This is smaller than the typical form pseudargiolus , also has the dark spots on the under side of the wings more dis¬ tinct, and the hind wings, especially in the female, paler. 267 Fig. 1 36.— Neuration of Ly- ccena pseudargi¬ olus , enlarged. Typical of sub¬ genus Cyaniris, Dalman. Genus Lycsena (/) Southern form piasus, Plate XXXI, Fig. io, $. This form, which is uniformly darker blue on the upper side than the others, is found in Arizona. There are still other forms which have been named and described. Early Stages.— These have been traced through all stages with minutest care. The egg is delineated in this book on p. 4, Fig. 7. The caterpillar is slug-shaped, and feeds on the tender leaves and petals of a great variety of plants. The range of the species is immense. It extends from Alaska to Florida, and from Anticosti to Arizona. (30) Lycsena amyntula, Boisduval, Plate XXXII, Fig. 7, 8 ; Fig. 8, $ (The Western Tailed Blue). Butte?fly.— Closely resembling L. comyntas , of which it may be only a slightly modified Western form. Until the test of breeding has been applied we cannot be sure of this. The fig¬ ures in the plate give a very good representation of the upper side of the wings of this species. Early Stages.—Rut little has been found out concerning these. It ranges from the eastern foot-hills of the Rocky Mountains to the Pacific in British America and the northern tier of Western States. (31) Lycsena comyntas, Godart, Plate XXXI, Fig. 29, 8 ; Fig. 30, $ ; Plate XXXII, Fig. 12, 8 , under side; Plate V, Figs. 42, 47, 48, chrysalis (The Eastern Tailed Blue). Butterfly.— The blue of the upper side of the male in the plate is too dark; but the female and the under side of the wings are accurately deline¬ ated. The species is generally tailed, but speci¬ mens without tails occur. Expanse, 1.00-1.10 inch. Early Stages.— These are well known and have been fully described. The caterpillar feeds on legu¬ minous plants. This delicate little species ranges from the val¬ ley of the Saskatchewan to Costa Rica, and from the Atlantic to the foot-hills of the Western Cordilleras. It is common in the Middle and Western States, flitting about roadsides and weedy forest paths. (32) Lycsena isola, Reakirt, Plate XXX, Fig. 33, $, under side; Fig. 38, $ (Reakirf s Blue). 268 Fig. 137.— Neuration of Lyccena comyn¬ tas ,, enlarged. Typical of the subgenus Ev¬ er es, Hiibner. Genus Lycaena Butterfly.— The male on the upper side is pale lilac-blue, with the outer borders and the ends of the veins narrowly dusky. The female is brownish-gray on the upper side, with the wings at their base glossed with blue. In both sexes there is a rather con¬ spicuous black spot on the margin of the hind wings between the first and second median nervules. The under side is accu¬ rately depicted in our plate, to which the student may refer. Expanse, i.ooinch. Early Stages.— Unknown. The species occurs in Texas, Arizona, and Mexico. (33) Lycaena hanno, Stoll, Plate XXXII, Fig. 3, $ , under side (The Florida Blue). Butterfly. —Larger than the preceding species, on the upper side resembling L. isola; but the blue of the male is not lilac, but bright purplish, and the female is much darker. On the under side a striking distinction is found in the absence on the fore wing of the postmedian band of large dark spots so conspicuous in L. isola. Expanse, .85 inch. Early Stages.—We have no information as to these. The insect occurs in Florida and throughout the Antilles and Central America. (34) Lycaena isophthalma, Herrich-Schaffer, Plate XXXII, Fig. 4, $ (The Dwarf Blue). Butterfly.— Light brown on the upper side in both sexes, with the outer margin of the hind wings set with a row of dark spots, which on the under side are defined by circlets of metallic scales. The under side is pale brown, profusely marked by light spots and short bands. Expanse, .75 inch. Early Stages.— Up to this time we have learned very little con¬ cerning them. The species occurs in the Gulf States and the Antilles. (35) Lycaena exilis, Boisduval, Plate XXXII, Fig. 5, & (The Pygmy Blue). Butterfly.—On the upper side this, which is the smallest of North American butterflies, very closely resembles the foregoing species, but may be instantly distinguished by the white spot at the inner angle of the fore wing and the white fringes of the same wing near the apex. The hind wings on the under side are set with a marginal series of dark spots ringed about with metallic scales. Expanse, .65 inch. 269 Genus Lycaena Early Stages.— Unknown. The Pygmy is found in the Gulf States and throughout trop¬ ical America. (36) Lycaena ammon, Lucas, Plate XXXI, Fig. 31, ? ; Plate XXX, Fig. 45, ?, under side (The Indian River Blue). Butterfly.— The male is brilliant lilac-blue on the upper side; the female shining violet-blue, with very dark and wide black borders on the fore wings and one or two conspicuous black eye-spots near the anal angle of the hind wings, each sur¬ mounted by a carmine crescent. The figure in Plate XXX gives a correct representation of the under side. Expanse, .95-1.10 inch. Early Stages.— Unknown. This beautiful little insect is not uncommon in southern Flor¬ ida, and also occurs in the Antilles and tropical America. (37) Lycaena marina, Reakirt, Plate XXXI, Fig. 32, $ ; Plate XXX, Fig. 27, $ , under side (The Marine Blue). Butterfly.— The male, on the upper side, is pale dusky-lilac, the dark bands of the lower side appearing faintly on the upper side. The female is dark brown on the upper side, with the wings at the base shot with bright lilac-blue; the dark bands on the disk in this sex are prominent, especially on the fore wings. The under side of the wings is accurately depicted in Plate XXX and therefore requires no description. Expanse, 1.10 inch. Early Stages. — Unknown. Marina is found in Texas, Arizona, southern California, and southward. (38) Lycaena theonus, Lucas, Plate XXXII, Fig. 6, $ (The West Indian Blue). Butterfly.— The male is shining lavender-blue, this color gloss¬ ing the dark outer borders of the wings; the female is white, with the outer costal borders heavily blackish, the primaries shot with shining sky-blue toward the base. On the under side the wings are crossed by dark bands of spots, arranged much as in L. marina, but darker. The hind wings, near the anal angle, have conspicuous eye-spots both above and below. Expanse, .80 inch. Early Stages. — Unknown. This lovely insect is found in the Gulf States and all over the hot lands of the New World. 270 Size SIZE Size, like wealth, is only relative. The farmer who owns a hundred acres appears rich to the laborer whom he employs to cut his wheat; but many a millionaire spends in one month as much as would purchase two such farms. The earth seems great to us, and the sun still greater; but doubtless there are suns the diameter of which is equal to the distance from the earth to the sun, in which both earth and sun would be swallowed up as mere drops in an ocean of fire. In the animal kingdom there are vast dispar¬ ities in size, and these disparities are revealed in the lower as well as in the higher classes. In the class of mammals we find tiny mice and great elephants; in the insect world we find beetles which are microscopic in size, and, not distantly related to them, beetles as large as a clenched fist. The disparity between a field-mouse and a sulphur-bottomed whale is no greater than the disparity in size which exists between the smallest and the largest of the beetle tribe. And so it is with the lepidoptera. It would take several thousands of the Pygmy Blue, Lyccena exilis , to equal in weight one of the great bird-wing butterflies of the Australian tropics. The greatest disparity in size in the order of the lepidop¬ tera is not, however, shown in the butterflies, but among the moths. There are moths the wings of which do not cover more than three sixteenths of an inch in expanse, and there are moths with great bulky bodies and wings spreading from eight to nine inches. It would require ten thousand of the former to equal in weight one of the latter, and the disproportion in size is as great as that which exists between a shrew and a hippopotamus, or between a minnow and a basking-shark. It is said that, taking the sulphur-bottomed whale as the representative of the most colossal development of flesh and blood now existing on land or in the sea, and then with the microscope reaching down into the realm of protozoan life, the common blow-fly will be ascertained to occupy the middle point on the descending scale. Man is, therefore, not only mentally, but even physically, a great creature, though he stands some¬ times amazed at what he regards as the huge proportions of other creatures belonging to the vertebrates. 271 FAMILY IV PAPILIONID/E (THE SWALLOWTAILS AND ALLIES) The butterflies of this family in both sexes are provided with six ambulatory feet. The caterpillars are elongate, and in the genera Papilio and Ornithoptera have osmateria, or protrusive scent-organs, used for purposes of defense. The chrysalids in all the genera are more or less elongate, at¬ tached at the anal extremity, and held in place by a girdle of silk, but they never lie appressed to the surface upon which pupation takes place, as is true in the Erycinidce and Lyccenidce . SUBFAMILY PIERIN/E (THE SULPHURS AND WHITES) ** Fly, white butterflies, out to sea, Frail pale wings for the winds to try; Small white wings that we scarce can see Fly. Here and there may a chance-caught eye Note, in a score of you, twain or three Brighter or darker of tinge or dye; Some fly light as a laugh of glee, Some fly soft as a long, low sigh: All to the haven where each would be,— Fly.” Swinburne. Butterfly .—For the most part medium-sized or small butter¬ flies, white or yellow in color, with dark marginal markings. In many genera the subcostal vein of the fore wing has five, or even in some cases six nervules, and the upper radial is lacking in this wing. Early Stages .—The eggs are spindle-shaped, marked with vertical ridges and cross-lines. The caterpillars are cylindrical, relatively long, generally green in color, longitudinally striped with darker or paler lines. The chrysalids are generally more or less pointed at the head, with the wing-cases in many of the genera greatly developed on the ventral side, forming a deep, keel¬ shaped projection upon this surface. 272 Explanation of Plate XXXIII !. o 3 - Catopsilia agarithe, Boisduval, 5, Catopsilia eubule, Linnaeus, Catopsilia eubule, Linnaeus, un- 6 . der side. 4. Catopsilia philea, Colias eury theme, Boisduval, (J 1 , un¬ der side. Pyrameis hunter a, Fabricius, un¬ der side. Linnaeus, terminating in two short anal tails. The color Neophasia. " is dark green, with a broad white band on each side, and a narrow band of white on the back. The feet are black, and the prolegs greenish-yellow. The chrysalis is dark green, striped 274 Genus Tachyris with white, resembling the cnrysalids of the genus Colias, but somewhat more slender. The caterpillar feeds upon conifers. But one species is known. (i) Neophasia menapia, Felder, Plate XXXIV, Fig. 7, $ (The Pine White). Butterfly .—The insect on the under side sometimes has the outer margin of the secondaries marked with spots of bright pink¬ ish-red, resembling in this style of coloration certain species of the genus Delias of the Indo-Malayan fauna. Early Stages .—These have been thoroughly described by Ed¬ wards in his third volume. The caterpillar infests the pine-trees and firs of the northern Pacific States. The larva lets itself down by a silken thread, often a hundred feet in length, and pupates on the ferns and shrubbery at the foot of the trees. It sometimes works great damage to the pine woods. Genus TACHYRIS, Wallace ** The virtuoso thus, at noon, Broiling beneath a July sun, The gilded butterfly pursues O’er hedge and ditch, through gaps and mews; And, after many a vain essay To captivate the tempting prey, Gives him at length the lucky pat, And has him safe beneath his hat; Then lifts it gently from the ground; But, ah!’t is lost as soon as found. Culprit his liberty regains, Flits out of sight, and mocks his pains.” Cowper. This genus, which includes about seventy species, may be distinguished from all other genera belonging to the Pierince by the two stiff brush-like clusters of hairs which are found in the male sex attached to the abdominal clasps. All of the species belong¬ ing to the genus are found in the Old World, with exception of the species described in this book, which has a wide range throughout the tropical and subtropical regions of the New World. The peculiarities of neuration are well shown in the accompanying cut, in which the hind wing has been somewhat unduly magnified in proportion to the fore wing. Early Stages .—The life-history of our species has not been thoroughly studied, but we have ascertained enough of the early 275 Genus Pieris stages of various species found in the tropics ot the Old World to know that there is a very close relationship between this genus and that which follows in our classification. (i) Tachyris ilaire, Godart, Plate XXXV, Fig. 4, 6 ; Fig. 5, $ (The Florida White). Butterfly .—The hind wings of the male on the underside, which is not shown in the plate, are very pale saffron. The under side of the wings in the female is pearly- white, marked with bright orange-yellow at the base of the primaries. A melanic form of the female sometimes occurs in which the wings are almost wholly dull blackish on both sides. Early Stages .—We know, as yet, but little of these. The insect is universally abundant in Fig. 140.— Neuration of t ^ e tropics of America, and occurs in the genus Tachyris. Hind r . * wing relatively enlarged. southern Florida. Genus PIERIS, Schrank (The Whites) “And there, like a dream in a swoon, I swear I saw Pan lying,—his limbs in the dew And the shade, and his face in the dazzle and glare Of the glad sunshine; while everywhere, Over, across, and around him blew Filmy dragon-flies hither and there, And little white butterflies, two and two, In eddies of odorous air.” James Whitcomb Riley. Butterfly. —Medium-sized butterflies, white in color, marked m many species on both the upper and under sides with dark brown. The antennae are distinctly clubbed, moderate in length. The palpi are short, delicate, compressed, with the terminal joint quite short and pointed. The subcostal vein of the primaries has four branches, the first subcostal arising before the end of the cell, the second at its upper outer angle, and the third and fourth from a common stem emitted at the same point. The outer margin of 276 Genus Pieris Fig. i 41.—Neuration of the genus Pieris. the primaries is straight, the outer margin of the secondaries more or less evenly rounded. Egg. —The egg is spindle-shaped, with vertical raised ridges. Caterpillar.— Elongate, the head hemispherical, very slightly, if at all, larger in diameter than the body. The caterpillars feed upon cruciferous plants. Chrysalis. —Attached by the anal extremity, and held in place by a silk girdle; slightly concave on the ventral side; convex on the dorsal side, with a distinct or pointed hump-like projection on the thorax. At the point where the thoracic and abdominal seg¬ ments unite in some species there is in addi¬ tion a distinct keel-shaped eminence, and at the head the chrysalis is furnished with a short conical projection. (1) Pieris monuste, Linnaeus, Plate XXXV, Fig. 1, 6 ; Fig. 2, $ (The Great South¬ ern White). Butterfly. —The upper side of the wings, depicted in the plate, requires no comment. On the under side the black marginal mark¬ ings of the primaries reappear as pale-brown markings. The hind wing is pale yellow or grayish-saffron, crossed by an ill-defined pale-brown transverse band of spots, and has the veins marked with pale brown, and interspersed between them pale-brown rays on the interspaces. Early Stages.— What we know of these is derived principally from Abbot through Boisduval, and there is opportunity here for investigation. The species has a wide range through tropical America, and is not uncommon in the Gulf States. (2) Pieris beckeri, Edwards, Plate XXXIV, Fig. 8 , 6 ; Fig. 9, $ (Becker’s White). Butterfly. —This species, through the green markings of the under side of the hind wings, concentrated in broad blotches on the disk, recalls somewhat the species of the genus Euchloe , and by these markings it may easily be discriminated from all other allied species. Early Stages. —These have been in part described by Edwards in the second volume of “The Butterflies of North America.” 277 Genus Pieris The species ranges from Oregon to central California, and eastward to Colorado. (3) Pieris occidentalis, Reakirt, Plate XXXIV, Fig. 13, 6 (The Western White). Butterfly. —Not unlike the preceding species on the upper side, but easily distinguished by the markings of the under side of the wings, which are not concentrated in blotches, but extend as broad longitudinal rays on either side of the veins from the base to the outer margin. Early Stages. —These require further investigation. We do not, as yet, know much about them. The species has a wide range in the mountain States of the West, where it replaces the Eastern P. protodice . (4) Pieris protodice, Boisduval and Leconte, Plate XXXIV, Fig. 10, $ ; Fig. 11, $ ; Plate II, Fig. 7, larva; Plate V, Figs. 66, 67, chrysalis (see also p. 12, Fig. 26) (The Common White). Butterfly. —Allied to the foregoing species, especially to P. occidentalis; but it may always be quickly distinguished by the pure, immaculate white color of the hind wings of the male on the under side, and by the fact that in the female the hind wings are more lightly marked along the veins by gray-green. Winter form vernalis, Edwards, Plate XXXIV, Fig. 18, 6 . What has been said of the typical or summer form does not hold true of this winter form, which emerges from chrysalids which have withstood the cold from autumn until spring. The butter¬ flies emerging from these are generally dwarfed in size, and in the males have the dark spots on the upper side of the wings al¬ most obsolete or greatly reduced, and the dark markings along the veins on the under side well developed, as in P. occidentalis. The females, on the contrary, show little reduction in the size and intensity of any of the spots, but rather a deepening of color, except in occasional instances. Early Stages. —The life-history of this insect has often been described. The caterpillar feeds upon cruciferous plants, like many of its congeners. It ranges from the Atlantic to the Rocky Mountains, from Canada to the Gulf States. (5) Pieris sisymbri, Boisduval, Plate XXXIV, Fig. 12, 6 (The California White). Butterfly .—Smaller in size than the preceding species, with 278 Genus Pieris the veins of the fore wing black, contrasting sharply with the white ground-color. All the spots are smaller and more reg¬ ular, especially those on the outer margin of the fore wing, giving the edge an evenly checkered appearance. On the under side the hind wings have the veins somewhat widely bordered with gray, interrupted about the middle of the wing by the divergence of the lines on either side of the veins in such a way as to produce the effect of a series of arrow-points with their barbs directed toward the base. The female is like the male, with the markings a little heavier. A yellow varietal form is sometimes found. Early Stages .—The life-history is given and illustrated by Ed¬ wards in his second volume. The caterpillar, which is green, banded with black, feeds upon the Cruciferce. (6) Pieris napi, Esper, Plate II, Figs. 8, 9, larva ; Plate V, Figs. 57, 63, 64, chrysalis (The Mustard White). Butterfly .*—This is a Protean species, of which there exist many forms, the result of climatic and local influences. Even the larva and chrysalis show in different regions slight microscopic differences, for the influences which affect the imago are opera¬ tive also in the early stages of development. The typical form which is found in Europe is rarely found in North America, though 1 have specimens from the northern parts of the Pacific coast re¬ gion which are absolutely indistinguishable from European speci¬ mens in color and markings. I give a few of the well-marked forms or varieties found in North America to which names have been given. (1 a ) Winter form oleracea-hiemalis, Harris, Plate XXXIV, Fig. 16, 6 (see also p. 5, Fig. 9, and p. ,13, Fig. 27). The wings are white above in both sexes. Below the fore wings are tipped with pale yellow, and the entire hind wing is yellow. The veins at the apex of the fore wings and on the hind wings are margined with dusky. (b) Aberrant form virginiensis, Edwards, Plate XXXIV, Fig. 14, 6 . The wings are white above, slightly tipped at the apex of the fore wings with blackish. Below the wings are white, faintly, but broadly, margined with pale dusky. ( c ) Form pallida, Scudder, Plate XXXIV, Fig. 15, $. In this form the wings are white above and below, with a small black spot on the fore wing of the female above, and hardly any trace of dark shading along the veins on the under side. (d) Alpine or arctic form bryonise, Ochsenheimer, Plate XXXIV, Fig. 17, §. In this form, which is found in Alaska, 279 Instinct Siberia, and the Alps of Europe, the veins above and below are strongly bordered with blackish, and the ground-color of the hind wings and the apex of the fore wings on the under side are distinctly bright yellow. (e) Newfoundland variety acadica, Edwards, Plate XXXIV, Fig. 19, 9. This form is larger than the others, and in markings intermediate between pallida and bryonice. The under side in both sexes and the upper side in the female are distinctly yellowish. Early Stages .—-These are well known and have often been described, but some of the varietal forms need further study. The species ranges from the Atlantic to the Pacific, and from Alaska to the northern limits of the Gulf States. (7) Pieris rapae, Linnaeus, Plate XXXV, Fig. 3, 9 ; Plate II, Figs. 11, 1 2, larva; Plate V, Figs. 58, 65, chrysalis (The Cab¬ bage-butterfly). Butterfly ,—This common species, which is a recent importa¬ tion from Europe, scarcely needs any description. It is familiar to every one. The story of its introduction and the way in which it has spread over the continent has been well told by Dr. Scud- der in the second volume of “The Butterflies of New England,” p. 1175. The insect reached Quebec about i860. How it came no man knows; perhaps in a lot of cabbages imported from abroad; maybe a fertile female was brought over as a stowaway. At all events, it came. Estimates show that a single female of this species might be the progenitor in a few generations of millions. In 1863 the butterfly was already common about Quebec, and was spreading rapidly. By the year 1881 it had spread over the eastern half of the continent, the advancing line of colonization reaching from Hudson Bay to southern Texas. In 1886 it reached Denver, as in 1884 it had reached the head waters of the Missouri, and it now possesses the cabbage-fields from the Atlantic to the Pacific, to the incalculable damage of all who provide the raw material for sauer-kraut. The injury annually done by the caterpillar is esti¬ mated to amount to hundreds of thousands of dollars. INSTINCT Two city fathers were standing in the market-place beside a pile of cabbages. A naturalist, who was their friend, came by. As he approached, a cabbage-butterfly, fluttering about the place t 280 , i’ f. ‘iw/b 1 vY; . ■ • . . ■ \ ' O so Explanation of (. Euchloe cethura, Felder, var. morri- soni, Edwards, 2. Euchloe creusa, Dbl.-Hew., $, un¬ der side. 3. Euchloe ausonides, Boisduval, $ , under side. 4. Euchloe sara, Boisduval, var. flora, Wright, Jh 5. Euchloe sara, Boisduval, var. flora, Wright, 9 . 6 . Euchloe sara, Boisduval, var. julia , Edwards, 9 > under side. 7. Neophasia menapia, Felder, 8 . Pier is beckeri, Edwards, . Pieris beckeri, Edwards, 9 • . Pieris protodice, Boisd.-Lec., Plate XXXIV 11. Pieris protodice, Boisd.-Lec., 9 12. Pieris sisymbri, Boisduval, 13. Pieris occidentalis, Reakirt, 14. Pieris virginiensis, Edwards, (f. 15. Pieris napi, Esper, var. pallida , Scudder, 9 - 16. Pieris napi, Esper, var. oleracea-hie- malis, Harris, • ■ • > . ii.-f .‘AfcWV V.:'i\i.OX.' -vA \ • , f.'hgjoH ' : . A ■ . V, t (‘{obfi{p2 ./'■ } \v\ .. ' ■ ..." • Explanation of Plate XXXVI X. Meganostoma eury dice, Boisduval, 2. Meganostoma eurydice, Boisduval, 9 3. Meganostoma ccesonia, Stoll, 4. Meganostoma ccesonia, Stoll, 9 • 5. Colias meadi, Edwards, 6 . Colias meadi, Edwards, 9 • 7. Colias ariadne, Edwards, 8. Colias ariadne, Edwards, 9 • 9. Colias keewaydin, Edwards, 17. Colias 10. Colias keewaydin, Edwards, 9 - 11. Colias nastes, Boisduval, 12. Colias nastes, Boisduval, 9 * 13. Colias elis, Strecker, 14. Colias elis, Strecker, 9 - 15. Colias pelidne, Boisduval ( labrador - ensis, Scudder), 16. Colias pelidne, Boisduval (labrador* ensis, Scudder), 9 * i, Edwards, The Butterfly Book Plate XXXVI. COPYRIGHTED Genus Terias of the Pierince. The outer margin of the wings is generally straight or slightly rounded, though in a few species the apex is somewhat acuminate. The outer margin of the hind wings is generally rounded, though in a few species it is acuminate. Egg. —Strongly spindle-shaped, pointed and rounded at the base and at the apex, much swol¬ len at the middle, its sides marked by numerous broad but slightly raised vertical ridges. Caterpillar. —The caterpillars are small, relatively long, cylindrical, with the head quite small, the thoracic segments somewhat larger than the others, giving the anterior portion of fig. 148.— Neura- the body a slightly humped appearance. They tj p n of the genus TV- feed upon leguminous plants. Chrysalis.— The chrysalis is compressed laterally, with the head pointed and the wing-cases forming a deep, keel-shaped projection on the ventral side, more pronounced than in any other genus except Catopsilia. There are an immense number of species belonging to this genus scattered through the tropical and subtropical regions of both hemispheres. Many of the species are dimorphic or poly¬ morphic, and much confusion has arisen, especially in relation to the Oriental species, on account of the great tendency to the pro¬ duction of seasonal varieties, many of which are strikingly differ¬ ent from one another. (1) Terias gundlachia, Poey, Plate XXXVII, Fig. 1, $ (Gundlach’s Sulphur). Butterfly. —This species is easily recognized by the orange- yellow tint of the upper side of the wings and the sharply pointed hind wings. Expanse, 1.80 inch. Early Stages. —We know nothing of these. The species is found in Texas, Arizona, Mexico, and Cuba. (2) Terias proterpia, Fabricius, Plate XXXVII, Fig. 2, $ (Proterpia). Butterfly. —Even deeper orartge than the preceding species. The hind wings are, however, less pointed; the veins and ner- vules are black at their ends, and the costal margin of the fore wings is evenly bordered with black, which does not run down on the outer margin as in T. gundlachia. Expanse, 1.50-1.75 inch 295 Genus Terias Early Stages. —Unknown. Proterpia is found in Texas, Arizona, and Mexico. (3) Terias nicippe, Cramer, Plate XXXVII, Fig. 3, $ ; Fig. 4, $ ; Fig. 5, var. flava, $ ; Fig. 6, $, under side; Plate II, Fig. 6, larva; Plate V, Figs. 51, 52, chrysalis (Nicippe). Butterfly .—The plate gives so full a presentation of this com¬ mon species as to make a lengthy description unnecessary. It is subject to considerable variation. I have specimens of many varying shades of orange and yellow, and a few albino females. The orange form depicted in Plate XXXVII, Figs. 3 and 4, is typical. The form flava is not uncommon. Expanse, 1.50-2.00 inches. Early Stages .—These are not as well known as they should be in view of the excessive abundance of the insect in long-set¬ tled parts of the country. The caterpillar feeds upon Cassia in preference to all other plants, but will eat other leguminosse. Nicippe is very rare in New England, but is common south of latitude 40° as far as the Rocky Mountains, and ranges over Cuba, Mexico, and Guatemala, into Venezuela and even Brazil. It fairly swarms at times in the Carolinas, Tennessee, Kentucky, and southern Indiana and Illinois. I have encountered clouds of it on the wing near Jeffersonville, Indiana, and thence north along the lines of the Pennsylvania Railroad as far as Seymour. It is not common in western Pennsylvania, but in former years was taken rather frequently about Pittsburgh. (4) Terias mexicana, Plate XXXVII, Fig. 7, 5 ; Fig. 8, $ , under side (The Mexican Yellow). Butterfly .—Easily distinguished from all other species in our fauna by the pointed hind wings, margined on the outer border with black, and by the heavy black border of the fore wings, deeply excised inwardly, recalling the fore wing of the species of the genus Meganostoma. Expanse, 3, 1.75 inch; $,1.85 inch. Early Stages .—We do not, as yet, know much about these. T. mexicana is very common in Arizona, and occurs also in Texas. It is abundant in Mexico. (5) Terias damaris, Felder/Plate XXXVII, Fig. 9,3; Fig. 10, 5 , under side (Damaris). Butterfly .—Allied to the preceding species, but readily distin¬ guished from it by the less deeply excised outer border of the fore wing, by the fact that the black outer margin of the secondaries 296 Genus Terias extends inwardly beyond the angulated point of the wing, and by the different color and style of the markings of the lower side. Expanse, 1.35-1.65 inch. Early Stages.- —Unknown. Damaris occurs in Arizona, and thence ranges south into Venezuela. (6) Terias westwoodi, Boisduval, Plate XXXVII, Fig. 11, $ (Westwood’s Yellow). Butterfly .—Pale yellow or orange-yellow, with a narrow black border on the fore wings, beginning on the costa beyond the middle, and not quite reaching the inner angle. On the under side the wings are pale yellow, immaculate, or at the apex of the fore wing and the outer angle of the hind wing broadly marked with very pale reddish-brown. Expanse, 1.75-2.00 inches. Early Stages. —Unknown. Westwood’s Yellow occurs in Texas and Arizona, but is not common. It is abundant farther south. (7) Terias lisa, Boisduval and Leconte, Plate XXXVII, Fig. 13, $ ; Plate II, Fig. 3, larva; Plate V, Fig. 56, chrysalis (The Little Sulphur). Butterfly. —Allied to the three following species, from which it may at once be distinguished by the absence of the black bar on the inner margin of the fore wings and by the profusely mottled surface of the under side of the hind wings. It is subject to considerable variation, albino females and melanic males being sometimes found, as well as dwarfed specimens of very small size. Expanse, 1.25-1.60 inch. Early Stages. —These have not been thoroughly studied and described, in spite of the fact that the insect is very common in many easily accessible localities. The caterpillar feeds on Cassia and on clover. T. lisa ranges from New England south and west as far as the foot-hills of the Rocky Mountains, and into Mexico and Honduras. It is found in the Antilles and Bermuda. An interesting account of the appearance of a vast swarm of these butterflies in the Bermudas is given by Jones in “ Psyche,” vol. i, p. 121: “Early in the morning of the first day of October last year (1874), several persons living on the north side of the main isl¬ and perceived, as they thought, a cloud coming over from the northwest, which drew nearer and nearer to the shore, on reach- 297 Genus Terias ing which it divided into two parts, one of which went eastward, and the other westward, gradually falling upon the land. They were not long in ascertaining that what they had taken for a cloud was an immense concourse of small yellow butterflies ( Terias lisa , Boisduval), which flitted about all the open grassy patches and cultivated grounds in a lazy manner, as if fatigued after their long voyage over the deep. Fishermen out near the reefs, some few miles to the north of the island, very early that morning, stated that numbers of these insects fell upon their boats, literally covering them. They did not stay long upon the islands, how¬ ever, only a few days, but during that time thousands must have fallen victims to the vigorous appetite of the bluebird ( Sialia sia- lis , Baird) and blackbird {Mimas carolinensis , Gray), which were continually preying upon them.” As the nearest point of land is Cape Hatteras, about six hun¬ dred miles distant, it is seen that, weak and feeble as this little creature appears, it must possess, when aided by favoring winds, great power of sustained flight. (8) Terias elathea,Cramer, Plate XXXVII, Fig. 12, $ (Elathea). Butterfly. —Distinguished from its near ally, T. delia , by the fact that the ground-color of the hind wings is white. The fe¬ male in this, as in the allied species, is without the black bar on the inner margin of the primaries. Expanse, 1.25-1.40 inch. Early Stages. —Unknown. Elathea is found in Florida, Mexico, and the Antilles. (9) Terias delia, Cramer, Plate XXXVII, Fig. 14, $ (Delia). Butterfly. —Almost exactly like the preceding species, but hav¬ ing the upper side of the hind wings yellow. On the under side the fore wing at the tip and the entire hind wing are red. Ex¬ panse, 1.25-1.50 inch. Early Stages. —But little is known of them. The caterpillar feeds on Cassia. Delia occurs commonly in the Gulf States. (10) Terias jucunda, Boisduval and Leconte, Plate XXXVII, Fig. 15, $ ; Fig. 16, 6 , under side (The Fairy Yellow). Butterfly. —Distinguished from the preceding species by the dark marginal band surrounding the hind wing and the pale under surface. Expanse, 1.60-1 75 inch. Early Stages. —Unknown. This little species is found in the Gulf States. 208 8 ^ 'V/'X'X .i \ -I -{O. r> 1 ! r fx-H V, . 1 ■ , M.k -\:V '■ ; \ . , O . ky , ->'i v. '■ ‘ T . .‘V; Jr.vij •••; h . ' v; > ■.. v - x , s; "M: kv M,m*V /'■ . \\V. . r: :”> ■' ' : .1 .<=_ . i' . .. . ; ' ' . ,s k i--.L^i (.'<'! . ■ S\‘"r-’ \ \ .:■■■: ... . ■w , .-. . i- ,v • ■ . . . uL-'k-' .' • / >m . ' - v^’Vi . ' - . „ ; ! ■ ■ ■ cl . v, \ . ~ . Vi ,'iU^aaiJ ■ V>V•■-w'v"■ j\v. \ \ . - ' imuti ! ' w \ . u\ o.Cv ri Explanation of Plate XXXVII 1. Terias gundlachia, Poey, -JL 2. Terias proterpia, Fabricius, 3. Terias nicippe, Cramer, 4. Terias nicippe, Cramer, 9 - 5. Terias nicippe, Cramer, var. flava, Strecker, under side. 7. Terias mexicana, Boisduval, 8. Terias mexicana, Boisduval, ««- 18. Dismorphia n\ 9. Terias damaris, Felder, 10. Terias damaris, Felder, under side. 11. Terias westwoodi, Boisduval, 12. Terias elathea, Cramer, 13. Terias lisa, Boisd.-Lec., 14. Terias delia, Cramer, 15. Terias jucunda, Boisd.-Lec., 16. Terias jucunda, Boisd.-Lec., ««- side. 17. Dismorphia melite, Linnaeus, Linnaeus, 9 * The Butterfly Book, Plate XXXVII, COPYRIGHTED HOLLAND, 1898. Red Rain RED RAIN “The Iepidopterous insects in general, soon after they emerge from the pupa state, and commonly during their first flight, dis¬ charge some drops of a red-colored fluid, more or less intense in different species, which, in some instances, where their num¬ bers have been considerable, have produced the appearance of a ‘shower of blood,’ as this natural phenomenon is sometimes called. “Showers of blood have been recorded by historians and poets as preternatural—have been considered in the light of prod¬ igies, and regarded, where they have happened, as fearful prog¬ nostics of impending evil. “There are two passages in Homer, which, however poetical, are applicable to a rain of this kind; and among the prodigies which took place after the death of the great dictator, Ovid par¬ ticularly mentions a shower of blood: “ ‘ Saepe faces visae mediis ardere sub astris, Saepe inter nimbos guttae cecidere cruentae.’ “ (‘ With threatening signs the lowering skies were fill’d, And sanguine drops from murky clouds distilled.’) “Among the numerous prodigies reported by Livy to have happened in the year 214 b. c., it is instanced that at Mantua a stagnating piece of water, caused by the overflowing of the river Mincius, appeared as of blood; and in the cattle-market at Rome a shower of blood fell in the Istrian Street. After mentioning several other remarkable phenomena that happened during that year, Livy concludes by saying that these prodigies were expi¬ ated, conformably to the answers of the aruspices, by victims of the greater kinds, and supplication was ordered to be performed to all the deities who had shrines at Rome. Again, it is stated by Livy that many alarming prodigies were seen at Rome in the year 181 b. c., and others reported from abroad; among which was a shower of blood which fell in the courts of the temples of Vulcan and Concord. After mentioning that the image of Juno Sospita shed tears, and that a pestilence broke out in the country, this writer adds that these prodigies, and the mortality which 299 Red Rain prevailed, alarmed the Senate so much that they ordered the consuls to sacrifice to such gods as their judgment should direct victims of the larger kinds, and that the decemvirs should consult their books. Pursuant to their direction, a supplication for one day was proclaimed to be performed at every shrine in Rome; and they advised, besides, and the Senate voted, and the consul proclaimed, that there should be a supplication and public worship for three days throughout all Italy. In the year 169 b. c., Livy also mentions that a shower of blood fell in the middle of the day. The decemvirs were again called upon to consult their books, and again were sacrifices offered to the deities. The account, also, of Livy, of the bloody sweat on some of the statues of the gods, must be referred to the same phenomenon, as the predilec¬ tion of those ages to marvel, says Thomas Browne, and the want of accurate investigation in the cases recorded, as well as the rare occurrence of these atmospherical depositions in our own times, inclines us to include them among the blood-red drops deposited by insects. “In Stow’s ‘ Annales of England’ we have two accounts of showers of blood, and from an edition printed in London in 1592, we make our quotations: ‘ Rivallus, sonne of Cunedagius, succeeded his father, in whose time (in the year 7 66 b. c.) it rained bloud three dayes: after which tempest ensued a great multitude of venemous flies, which slew much people, and then a great mortalitie throughout this lande, caused almost desolation of the same.’ The second account is as follows: ‘In the time of Brithricus (a. d. 786) it rayned blood, which falling on men’s clothes, appeared like crosses.’ “ Hollingshed, Grafton, and Fabyan have also recorded these instances in their respective chronicles of England. “A remarkable instance of bloody rain is introduced into the very interesting Icelandic ghost-story of Thorgunna. It appears that in the year of our Lord 1009 a woman called Thorgunna came from the Hebrides to Iceland, where she stayed at the house ofThorodd; and during the hay season a shower of blood fell, but only, singularly, on that portion of the hay she had not piled up as her share, which so appalled her that she betook herself to her bed, and soon afterward died. She left, to finish the story, a remarkable will, which, from not being executed, was the cause of several violent deaths, the appearance of ghosts, and, finally, a 300 Red Rain legal action of ejectment against the ghosts, which, it need hardly be said, drove them effectually away. “ In 1017 a shower of blood fell in Aquitaine; and Sleidan re¬ lates that in the year 1553 a vast multitude of butterflies swarmed through a great part of Germany, and sprinkled plants, leaves, buildings, clothes, and men with bloody drops, as if it had rained blood. We learn also from Bateman’s ‘ Doome ’ that these ‘drops of bloude upon hearbes and trees’ in 1553 were deemed among the forewarnings of the deaths of Charles and Philip, dukes of Brunswick. “ In Frankfort, in the year 1296, among other prodigies, some spots of blood led to a massacre of the Jews, in which ten thou¬ sand of these unhappy descendants of Abraham lost their lives. “ In the beginning of July, 1608, an extensive shower of blood took place at Aix, in France, which threw the people of that place into the utmost consternation, and, which is a much more im¬ portant fact, led to the first satisfactory and philosophical expla¬ nation of this phenomenon, but too late, alas! to save the Jews of Frankfort. This explanation was given by M. Peiresc, a cele¬ brated philosopher of that place, and is thus referred to by his biographer, Gassendi: ‘Nothing in the whole year 1608 did more please him than that he observed and philosophized about, the bloody rain, which was commonly reported to have fallen about the beginning of July; great drops thereof were plainly to be seen, both in the city itself, upon the walls of the church-yard of the church, which is near the city wall, and upon the city walls themselves; also upon the walls of villages, hamlets, and towns, for some miles round about; for in the first place, he went him¬ self to see those wherewith the stones were coloured, and did what he could to come to speak with those husbandmen, who, beyond Lambesk, were reported to have been affrighted at the falling of said rain, that they left their work, and ran as fast as their legs could carry them into the adjacent houses. Whereupon, he found that it was a fable that was reported, touching those husbandmen. Nor was he pleased that naturalists should refer this kind of rain to vapours drawn up out of red earth aloft in the air, which con¬ gealing afterwards into liquor, fall down in this form; because such vapours as are drawne aloft by heat, ascend without colour, as we may know by the alone example of red roses, out of which the vapours that arise by heat are congealed into transparent 301 Red Rain water. He was less pleased with the common people, and some divines, who judged that it was the work of the devils and witches who had killed innocent young children; for this he counted a mere conjecture, possibly also injurious to the good¬ ness and providence of God. “ ‘In the meanwhile an accident happened, out of which he conceived he had collected the true cause thereof. For, some months before, he shut up in a box a certain palmer-worm which he had found, rare for its bigness and form; which, when he had forgotten, he heard a buzzing in the box, and when he opened it, found the palmer-worm, having cast its coat, to be turned into a beautiful Butterfly, which presently flew away, leaving in the bottom of the box a red drop as broad as an ordinary sous or shilling; and because this happened about the beginning of the same month and about the same time an incredible multitude of Butterflies were observed flying in the air, he was therefore of opinion that such kind of Butterflies resting on the walls had there shed such like drops, and of the same bigness. Where¬ upon, he went the second time, and found, by experience, that those drops were not to be found on the house-tops, nor upon the round sides of the stones which stuck out, as it would have happened, if blood had fallen from the sky, but rather where the stones were somewhat hollowed, and in holes, where such small creatures might shroud and nestle themselves. Moreover, the walls which were so spotted, were not in the middle of towns, but they were such as bordered upon the fields, nor were they on the highest parts, but only so moderately high as Butterflies are commonly wont to fly. “ ‘ Thus, therefore, he interpreted that which Gregory of Tours relates touching a bloody rain seen at Paris in divers places, in the days of Childebert, and on a certain house in the territory of Senlis; also that which is storied, touching raining of blood about the end of June, in the days of King Robert; so that the blood which fell upon flesh, garments or stones could not be washed out, but that which fell on wood might; for it was the same season of Butterflies, and experience hath taught us, that no water will wash these spots out of the stones, while they are fresh and new. When he had said these and such like things to various, a great company of auditors being present, it was agreed that they should go together and search out the matter, and. as they 302 i . . a v.y • : ■ ' ' ' y • • . • • », ; •■oa\yyi m oJeicf $3H ?o - iup,i1 ariT) Explanation of Plate XXXVI 11 s. Papilio folicaon, Boisduval, $. 2. Papilio daunus, Boisduval, (J. 3. Papilio pilumnus, Boisduval, (j\ (The figures in this plate are reduced, being only two thirds of the natural size.) The Butterfly Book COPYRIGHTED BY W. J. HOLLAND, 1898 Red Ram went up and down, here and there, through the fields, they found many drops upon stones and rocks; but they were only on the hollow and under parts of the stones, but not upon those which lay most open to the skies.’ “This memorable shower of blood was produced by the Va¬ nessa urticce or V. polychloros , most probably, since these spe¬ cies of butterflies are said to have been uncommonly plentiful at the time when, and in the particular district where, the phenom¬ enon was observed.” Frank Cowan, Curious History of Insects. FOR A DESIGN OF A BUTTERFLY RESTING ON A SKULL “ Creature of air and light, Emblem of that which may not fade or die, Wilt thou not speed thy flight, To chase the south wind through the glowing sky? What lures thee thus to stay, With Silence and Decay, Fix’d on the wreck of cold Mortality ? “ The thoughts once chamber’d there Have gather’d up their treasures, and are gone — Will the dust tell us where They that have burst the prison-house are flown ? Rise, nursling of the day, If thou wouldst trace their way— Earth hath no voice to make the secret known. 11 Who seeks the vanish’d bird By the forsaken nest and broken shell ?■— Far thence he sings unheard, Yet free and joyous in the woods to dwell. Thou of the sunshine born, Take the bright wings of morn ! T5i.y hope calls heavenward from yon ruin’d cell.” Mrs. Heman^ SUBFAMILY PAPILIONIN^E Butterfly .—Generally large, and often with the hind wings adorned by tail-like projections. The most characteristic struc¬ tural feature of the group'is the absence of the internal vein of the hind wings. The submedian vein occupies the position usu¬ ally held in other subfamilies by the internal. Early Stages .—In that portion of the group which includes the genus Parnassius and its allies, the caterpillars are not, so far as is known, provided with scent-organs, and pupation takes place upon the ground, or among loosely scattered leaves, which are interwoven, at the time of pupation, with a few strands of silk. The genus Papilio and its allies have large, fleshy, more or less cylindrical caterpillars, possessed of osmateria, or offensive scent-organs, and a general resemblance runs through the chrysa¬ lids of all species, which are attached by a button of silk at the anal extremity and supported in the middle by a silk girdle. Genus PARNASSIUS, Latreille (The Parnassians) “ Some to the sun their insect wings unfold, Waft on the breeze, or sink in clouds of gold; Transparent forms, too fine for mortal sight, Their fluid bodies half dissolv’d in light.” Pope. Butterfly .—Of medium size, with more or less diaphanous wings, generally white or yellow in color, marked with black spots and round pink or yellow spots, margined with black. The head is relatively small, thickly clothed with hairs. The an¬ tennae are short and straight, having a gradually thickened club. The palpi are very thin, straight, and clothed with long hairs, 304 Genus Parnassius The wings are generally translucent on the margin, with a rounded apex. The upper radial is lacking. The subcostal is five-branched, the third, fourth, and fifth nervules being emitted from a common stalk which springs from the upper outer angle of the cell. The first subcostal nervule rises well before the end of the cell; the second from the same point from which the stalk which bears the other three nervules springs. The cell of the hind wing is evenly rounded at its outer extremity. The inner margin of the hind wing is more or less excavated. Early Stages .—The egg is turban¬ shaped, flattened, profusely covered with small elevations, giving it a sha- greened appearance. The caterpillars have very small heads. They are flat¬ Fig. 149;—Neuration of the genus Parnassius. tened, having a somewhat leech-like appearance; they are black or dark brown in color, marked with numerous light spots. The chrysalis is short, rounded at the head, and pupation takes place on the surface of the ground, among leaves and litter, a few loose threads of silk being spun about the spot in which transformation occurs. The butterflies of this genus are classified with the Papilioni- nce, because of the fact that the internal vein of the hind wings is always wanting, a characteristic of all papilionine genera. (i) Parnassius clodius, Menetries, Plate XXXIX, Figs. 7, 9, $ ; Figs. 8, 10, $ (Clodius). Butterfly .—The species may be distinguished from the follow¬ ing by the uniformly larger size and the more translucent outer margins of the fore wings in the male. Expanse, $, 2.50-2.75 inches; ? , 2.50-3.00 inches. Early Stages .—These await study. The egg and young larva were described by W. H. Edwards in the “Canadian Entomolo¬ gist,” vol. xi, p. 142, but we have no account of the later stages. The caterpillar feeds on Sedum and Saxifraga. Clodius is found upon the mountains of California in spring and early summer. It is, like all its congeners, an alpine or boreal species. .P5 Genus PapiliO (2) Parnassius smintheus, Doubleday and Hewitson, Plate XXXIX, Fig. 3, $ ; Fig. 4, ? ; var. behri, Edwards, Fig. 1, 6; Fig. 2, ? ; var. hermodur, Flenry Edwards, Fig. 6, $ ; mate of hermodur , Fig. 5, 6 (Smintheus). Butterfly. —This very beautiful insect is greatly subject to va¬ riation, and the plate shows a few of the more striking forms, of which the dark female, named hermodur by the late Henry Edwards, is one of the most beautiful. Expanse, $, 2.00-2.50 inches; ?, 2.25-3.00 inches. Smintheus is found at proper elevations upon the mountains from Colorado to California, and from New Mexico to Montana. The life-history is most exquisitely delineated by Edwards in “The Butterflies of North America,” vol. iii. The caterpillar feeds on Sedum and Saxifraga . Genus PAPILIO, Linnaeus (The Swallowtails) “ The butterfly the ancient Grecians made The soul’s fair emblem, and its only name — But of the soul, escaped the slavish trade Of mortal life! For in this earthly frame Ours is the reptile’s lot— much toil, much blame,— Manifold motions making little speed, And to deform and kill the things whereon we feed.” Coleridge. Butterfly. —Generally large, frequently with the hind wings tailed. A figure of the neuration characteristic of this genus is given on p. 20, Fig. 38. From this it will be seen that the in¬ ternal vein of the hind wing is lacking, the submedian vein oc¬ cupying the space which is commonly occupied by the internal vein. The median vein of the fore wing is connected with the submedian by a short vein, from the point of union of which with the submedian there proceeds a short internal vein in this wing. There is great diversity of form in the wings of this genus, some species even mimicking the species of the Euploeince and Heliconi- idce very closely, and being entirely without tails. In all cases, however, in spite of obvious diversities in color and in form, there is substantial anatomical agreement in the structure 01 the wings; and the caterpillars and chrysalids reveal very strongly 306 XIXXX .i'i .• /;,!■ .'( i-.lfiU vw .!• i . .-v, sA . ,‘s.uVA^^) 9 , f. SV'sY.,C.V, ..s \.‘ \ .■ . : .’.wi-.; 1 \. \ i ; V. V, V. _ i[.;wh r ] , -.hU'-. ■ . . ■ -,.-,V Explanation of Plate XXXIX 1. Parnassius smintheus, Dbl.-Hew., var. behri, Edwards, <$. 2 . Parnassius smintheus, Dbl.-Hew., var. behri, Edwards, 9* 3 . Parnassius smintheus, Dbl.-Hew.,^. 4 . Parnassius smintheus, Dbl.-Hew., 9» 5. Parnassius smintheus, Dbl.-Hew., mate of 9 hermodur. 6. Parnassius smintheus, Dbl.-Hew., var. hermodur, 9, Henry Edwards. 7 . Parnassius clodius, Menetries, <$ (baldur, Edwards). 8 . Parnassius clodius, Menetries, 9 (baldur, Edwards). 9 . Parnassius clodius, Menetries, 10. Parnassius clodius, Menetries, 9- The Butterfly Book Plate XXXIX. COPYRIGHTED BY J. HOLLAND, 1898 Genus Papilio marked affinities throughout the whole vast assemblage of spe¬ cies, which at the present time includes about five hundred dis¬ tinct forms. Early Stages .—The eggs are somewhat globular, flattened at the base, and smooth. The caterpillars are cylindrical, smooth, fleshy, thicker in the anterior portion of the body than in the posterior portion, and are always provided with osmateria, or protrusive scent-organs, which, when the larva is alarmed, are thrust forth, and emit a musky odor, not highly disagreeable to the human nostrils, but evidently intended to deter other creatures from attacking them. The chrysalids are always attached by a button of silk at the anal extremity, and held in place by a girdle of silk about the middle. The chrysalids are, however, never closely appressed to the surface upon which pupation takes place. There are about twenty-seven species of this genus found within the limits of boreal America. Our fauna is therefore much richer in these magnificently colored and showy butterflies than is the fauna of all Europe, in which but three species are known from the Dardanelles to the North Cape and Gibraltar. The ge¬ nus is wonderfully developed in the tropics both of the New and the Old World, and has always been a favorite with collectors, containing many of the largest as well as the handsomest insects of the order. (i) Papilio ajax, Linnaeus, Plate II, Fig. 14, larva; Plate VI, Figs. 11, \2, chrysalis (Ajax). Butterfly .—-This insect, which is one of the most beautiful in our fauna, has been the subject of attentive study in recent years, and is now known to be seasonally polymorphic. We have given in Plate XLIV figures of several of the forms. (a) Winter form walshi; Edwards, Plate XLIV, Fig. 4, $ . In this form, which emerges from chrysalids which have been exposed to the cold of the winter, the black bands of the wings are narrower and a trifle paler than in the other forms, the tails of the hind wing tipped with white, and the crimson spot on the inner margin near the anal angle forming a conspicuous bent bar. A variety of this form, with a more or less distinct crimson line parallel to the inner margin on the upper side of the hind wing, has been named Papilio ajax, var. abhotti, by Edwards. Another winter form, for which I propose the name floriden- 307 Genus Papilio sis, is represented in Plate XLIV, Fig. 2, by a male specimen. It is characterized by the great breadth and intensity of the black bands on the upper side of the wings, which are quite as broad as in the summer form marcellus. I find this form prevalent in the spring of the year on the St. Johns River, in Florida. Ex¬ panse, 2.50-2.75 inches. (b) Winter form telamonides, Felder, Plate XLIV, Fig. 1, $. In this form the tails of the hind wings are somewhat longer than in walshi , and are not simply tipped, but bordered on either side for half their length with white, and the red spots near the anal angle do not coalesce to form a crimson bar, but are sepa¬ rate. The black transverse bands on the upper side are wider than in walshi. Expanse, 2.75-3.00 inches. (c) Summer form marcellus, Boisduval, Plate XLIV, Fig. 3, $ . In this form, which represents the second generation emerg¬ ing in the summer and fall from chrysalids produced from eggs of walshi , floridensis, and telamonides , the tails of the hind wings are greatly lengthened, being fully twice as long as in walshi , the black bands are greatly widened, and there is but a single small spot of crimson (sometimes none) above the anal angle of the secondaries. Expanse, 3.00-3.25 inches. Early Stages.—' These are well known. The caterpillar feeds on the leaves of the papaw ( Asimina triloba ), and wherever this plant is found the butterfly is generally common. Ajax ranges from southern New England, where it is very rare, west and south over the entire country to the foot-hills of the Rocky Mountains. It is very common in the lower Appa¬ lachian region, and in southern Ohio, Indiana, Kentucky, and Tennessee is especially abundant. (2) Papilio eurymedon, Boisduval, Plate XLIV, Fig. 5, 6 (Eurymedon). Butterfly. — This beautiful insect belongs to the same group as the four succeeding species. In the style of the markings it recalls P. turnus, but the ground-color is always pale whitish- yellow or white, the tails of the hind wings are more slender, and the white marginal spots on the under side of the fore wings are fused together, forming a continuous band. There are other differences, but these, with the help of the plate, will suffice for the ready identification of the species. Expanse, 3.50-4.00 inches. Genus Papilio Early Stages. — The caterpillar resembles that of P. turnus , but may be distinguished by its paler color and the much smaller spots composing the longitudinal series on the back and sides, and by the different color of the head. It feeds upon a variety of plants, and is especially partial to Rhamnus californicus. The species ranges from Mexico to Alaska, and eastward as far as Colorado. It is abundant in the valleys of the Coast Range, and I have found it very common in the canon of the Fraser River, in British Columbia, in the month of June. (3) PapTio rutulus, Boisduval, Plate XLV, Fig. 1, & (Rutulus). Butterfly.— The insect very closely resembles the following species in color and markings, but the female is never dimorphic as in P. turnus , and the marginal spots on the under side of the fore wings run together, forming a continuous band, as in eury- medon , and are not separate as in P. turnus. By these marks it may always be distinguished. Expanse, £, 3.50-4.00 inches; $, 3.75-4.25 inches. Early Stages. —These have been described with accuracy by W. H. Edwards in the second volume of his great work. The caterpillar differs from that of P. turnus in many minute par¬ ticulars. It feeds on alder and willow. It is the representative on the Pacific coast of its Eastern congener, the common Tiger Swallowtail. (4) Papilio turnus, Linnseus, Plate XLIII, Fig. 1, £ ; Fig. 2, dimorphic form glaucus, Linnaeus, $ ; Plate II, Figs. 15, 26, 28, larva; Plate VI, Figs. 1-4, chrysalis (The Tiger Swallowtail). Butterfly.—The. “lordly Turnus” is one of the most beautiful insects of the Carolinian fauna. The plate shows the figures about one third smaller than in life, but they are sufficient for the immediate identification of the species. The species is dimorphic in the female sex in the southern portions of the territory which it occupies. The black form of the female was regarded for a long while as a distinct species, until by the test of breeding it was ascertained that some eggs laid by yellow females produced black females, and that, conversely, eggs laid by black females often produced yellow females. In Canada and northward and west¬ ward in northern latitudes the dark dimorphic female does not occur. A small yellow dwarfed form is common about Sitka, whence I have obtained numerous specimens. Expanse, $; 3.00-4.00 inches; ?, 3.50-5.00 inches. 309 Genus Papilio Early Stages .—The egg is outlined on p. 4, Fig. 3. It is green or bluish-green, quite smooth, with a few reddish spots in some specimens. The caterpillar feeds on a great variety of plants, but has a peculiar preference for the leaves of various species of wild cherry ( Cerasus ). The chrysalis is accurately portrayed in Plate VI, Figs. 1-4. The metropolis of this species seems to be the wooded forests of the Appalachian ranges at comparatively low levels. It abounds in southwestern Pennsylvania, the Virginias, the Carolinas, Ken¬ tucky, and Tennessee. I have often found as many as a dozen of these magnificent butterflies congregated on a moist spot on the banks of the Monongahela. At Berkeley Springs, in West Vir¬ ginia, I counted, one summer day, forty specimens hovering over the weeds and flowers in a small deserted field. The move¬ ments of the butterfly on the wing are bold and rapid. Its flight is dashing. Now aloft to the tops of the highest trees, now down in the shadows of the undergrowth, hither and thither it goes, often settling for a moment on some attractive flower, or staying its flight to quench its thirst on the sandy edge of a brook, and then away again over the fields and into the forests. In New England it is not very abundant, and in the Gulf States, while numerous, is still less common than about the head waters of the Ohio. (5) Papilio daunus, Boisduval, Plate XXXVIII, Fig. 2, 6 (Daunus). Butterfly .—This magnificent species, which is even larger than turnus (the figures in the plate are greatly reduced), re¬ sembles the preceding species in color and markings, but may at once be distinguished by the two tails on the hind wing and the projection of the lobe at the anal angle of this wing. It is found among the eastern valleys of the Rocky Mountain ranges, and descends into Mexico. In Arizona it is quite common. Ex¬ panse, 4.00-5.25 inches. Early Stages .—These have not yet been thoroughly studied, but what we know of them shows that the species is allied very closely to its immediate congeners, and the caterpillar feeds upon the same plants, principally Rosacece. (6) Papilio pilumnus, Boisduval, Plate XXXVIII, Fig. 3, 6 (Pilumnus). Butterfly .—Resembling the preceding species, but smaller, 310 . T/ HTA.i c f jo '-:orr/ /£) . 1 \ s" • . % ■ >j .A/'-: v,/ f . -j Explanation of Plate XL 1. Papilio asterias, Cramer, (j\ 3. Papilio hollandi, Edwards, 2. Papilio bairdi, Edwards, 4. Papilio brucei, Edwards, cf. 5. Papilio brevicauda, Saunders, 9 * ( The Butterfly Book Plate XL. COPYRIGHTED BY W. J. HOLLAND, 1898, Genus Papilio having the bands and black margins of the wings decidedly broader, and the .lobe of the anal angle of the hind wing so much lengthened as to give the wing the appearance of being furnished with three tails. Expanse, 3.80-4.30 inches. Early Stages. —All we know of these is derived from the brief account given by Schaus in “Papilio,” vol. iv, p. 100. Mr. Schaus says that the larva “feeds on laurel.” The insect is Mexican, and only occasionally occurs in Ari¬ zona. (7) Papilio thoas, Linnaeus, Plate XLII, Fig. 4, $ (Thoas). Butterfly. —This species is readily distinguished from its near ally, P. cresphontes, by the greater and more uniform breadth of the median band of yellow spots traversing both the fore and the hind wing, and by the almost total absence of the curved sub¬ marginal series of spots on the primaries. There are other points of difference, but these are so marked as to make the determina¬ tion of the species easy. Early Stages. —These have never been fully described, but we know that the caterpillar feeds upon the leaves of the lemon, the orange, and other plants of the citrus group. P. thoas is not common within the limits of the United States, where it is generally replaced by the following species; but it occasionally occurs in the hot lands of the extreme southern por¬ tion of Texas. (8) Papilio cresphontes, Cramer, Plate XLII, Fig. 3, 6 ; Plate II, Fig. 16, larva; Plate VI, Figs. 8-10, chrysalis (The Giant Swallowtail). Butterfly.— The principal points of difference between this and the preceding species, its closest ally, have already been pointed out, and are brought into view upon the plate. Early Stages .—These are quite well known. The caterpillar feeds upon Ptelea, Xanthoxylon, and various species of Citrus. It is very common in the orange-groves of Florida, where the peo¬ ple call the caterpillar the “orange-puppy,” and complain at times of the ravages perpetrated by it upon their trees. It appears to have been gradually spreading northward, and in quite recent years has appeared at points in the Northern States where before it had never been observed. It has been recently taken in On¬ tario. It has become rather abundant in the vicinity of the city of Pittsburgh, where no observer had seen it prior to the year 311 Genus Papilio 1894. It is one of the largest and most showy species of the genus found within our faunal limits. (9) Papilio aliaska, Scudder, Plate XLI, Fig. 1, 6 (The Alas¬ kan Swallowtail). Butterfly. —This interesting form of the species, known to entomologists as Papilio machaon , Linnaeus, and to every Eng¬ lish school-boy as “the Swallowtail,” represents a colonization from the Asiatic mainland of this insect, which is the sole repre¬ sentative of the genus on English soil. It differs from the Eng¬ lish butterfly by having more yellow on the upper side of the wings, and by having the tails of the secondaries much shorter. Early Stages. —Undoubtedly these are very much like those of the forms found in Europe and Asia, and the caterpillar must be sought upon umbelliferous plants. Thus far this insect has been received only from Alaska, and is still rare in collections. (10) Papilio zolicaon, Boisduval, Plate XXXVIII, Fig. 1, $ (Zolicaon). Butterfly. —This species is somewhat nearly related to the pre¬ ceding, but may at once be distinguished from it by the broader black borders of the wings, the deeper black on the upper side, and the longer tails of the secondaries. The figure given in the plate is only two thirds of the natural size. Early Stages. —These have been fully described by Edwards, and are shown to be much like those of P. asterias. The cater¬ pillar, like that of the last-mentioned species, feeds upon the Umbelliferce . Zolicaon ranges southward from Vancouver’s Island to Ari¬ zona, and eastward to Colorado. It is more abundant in the valleys and foot-hills than on the sierras. (11) Papilio nitra, Edwards, Plate XLI, Fig. 2, $ (Nitra). Butterfly. —This insect, which is still very rare in collections, is very nearly related to the preceding species, it having, no doubt, with the succeeding species, sprung from the same origi¬ nal stock as %olicaon and aliaska. Early Stages. —Unknown. The insect occurs in Montana and the portions of British America adjacent on the north. (12) Papilio indra, Reakirt, Plate XLI, Fig. 3, $ (Indra). Butterfly. —Easily distinguished by the short tails of the secon- 312 Genus Papilio daries, and the narrow bands of yellow spots on the wings closely resembling those found in the same location on the wings of P. asterias, $. Expanse, 2.50-2.75 inches. Early Stages. —These still await description. Indra occurs on the mountains of Colorado, Nevada, and California. (13) Papilio brevicauda, Saunders, Plate XL, Fig. 5, $ (The Newfoundland Swallowtail). Butterfly. —There are two varieties of this species—one with bright-yellow spots, one with the spots more or less deeply marked with orange-yellow on the upper sides of the wing. The latter variety is represented in the plate. The form with the yellow spots is common on the island of Anticosti; the other occurs quite abundantly in Newfoundland. Expanse, 2.75-3.00 inches. Early Stages. —Both the caterpillar and the chrysalis show a very strong likeness to those of P. asterias. The larva feeds on umbelliferous plants. The range of the species is confined to the extreme northeast¬ ern part of our faunal territory. (14) Papilio bairdi, Edwards, Plate XL, Fig. 2, $ (Baird’s Butterfly). Butterfly. —This form, the male of which is represented in the plate, is the Western representative of P. asterias, and is charac¬ terized in general by the fact that the size is larger than that of asterias , and the postmedian band of yellow spots is broader. The female is generally darker and larger than that sex in asterias. Expanse, 3.25-3.50 inches. Early Stages. —Not unlike those of P. asterias. The cater¬ pillar feeds upon Umbelliferce. The seat of this species or form is Arizona, whence it ranges northward. (15) Papilio brucei, Edwards, Plate XL, Fig. 4, <3 (Bruce’s Butterfly). Butterfly. —This species, which is thought to be the result of a union between P. oregonia and P. bairdi, is found in Colorado. Oregonia is, unfortunately, not represented in our plates. It flies in Oregon and Washington, where P. bairdi is not found. In Colorado and adjacent regions meeting with the form bairdi , which ranges northward from Arizona, hybridization has occurred, and 3U Genus Papilio we have a fixed form breeding either toward bairdi or oregonia. To this form, characterized by more yellow on the bands of the wings than in P. bairdi , and less than in oregonia , Mr. Edwards has applied the name P. brucei , in honor of Mr. Bruce of Lock- port, New York, who has done much to elucidate the problems connected with the species. Expanse, 3.25-3.60 inches. Early Stages. —These have been fully described by Edwards. They are much like those of asterias , and the food-plants belong to the same class. Bruce’s Butterfly is found quite abundantly in Colorado. (16) Papilio hollandi, Edwards, Plate XL, Fig. 3, $ (Hol¬ land’s Butterfly). Butterfly. —This species or form, which belongs to the Aste- rias-group, in the breadth of the yellow spots on the upper side of the wings holds a place intermediate between P. bairdi and P. ^olicaon , between which it has been suggested that it may be a hybrid, which has become fixed, and therefore a spe¬ cies. It is characterized by the fact that the abdomen is always striped laterally with yellow or is wholly yellow. Expanse, 3.25- 3. 50 inches. Early Stages. —We know as yet but little of these. The insect occurs in Arizona and northward to Colorado. (17) Papilio asterias, Fabricius, Plate XL, Fig. 1, $ ; Plate II, Figs. 17, 24, 27, larva; Plate VI, Figs. 13, 18, 19, chrysalis (The Common Eastern Swallowtail). Butterfly. —The male is well represented in the plate. The female lacks the bright-yellow band of postmedian spots on the primaries, or they are but faintly indicated. The species is sub¬ ject to considerable variation in size and the intensity of the markings. A very remarkable aberration in which the yellow spots cover almost the entire outer half of the wings has been found on several occasions, and was named Papilio calverleyi by Grote. The female of this form from the type in the author’s collection is represented in Plate XLI, Fig. 6. Expanse, 2.75- 3.25 inches. Early Stages. —The caterpillar feeds on the Umbelliferce , and is common on parsley and parsnips in gardens. In the South I have found that it had a special liking for fennel, and a few plants in the kitchen-garden always yielded me in my boyhood an abundant supply of the larvae. 3*4 . i,iX ;v ta. i-l ho imir/ ai ■; Hi . £ v Si t ... oV ' : • ' ; *: . , . r.'-'l 1 ,zb r Vj r'm c - oV\i-xuH ■ Explanation i . Papilio machaon, Linnaeus, var. ali- aska, Scudder, . 2. Papilio nitra, Edwards, Papilio indra, Reakirt, 9* of Plate XLI 4 . Papilio polydamas, Linnaeus, $) “ Twine ye in an airy round, Brush the dew and print the lea; Skip and gambol, hop and bound.” Drake, The Culprit Fay. This subfamily falls into two groups: Group A .—In this group the cell of the fore wing is always more than two thirds the length of the costa; the lower radial vein lies approximately equidistant between the third median nervule and the upper radial. The hind wing is frequently pro¬ duced at the extremity of the submedian vein into a long tail or tooth-like projection. The fore wing is usually furnished in the male sex with a costal fold, but is never marked with a discal stigma; or bunch of raised scales. The antennae always terminate in a fine point and are usually bent into a hook. The butterflies when at rest, for the most part, hold their wings erect, though some of them hold them extended horizontally. Group B .—In this group the cell of the fore wing is less than two thirds the length of the costa, and the lower radial is always emitted from the end of the cell near the upper angle, much nearer to the upper radial than to the third median. The hind wings are often somewhat lobed at the anal angle, but never produced as in the first group. The antennae are very seldom hooked. Genus EUDAMUS, Swainson Butterfly.—The antennae terminate in a fine point bent into a hook at the thickest part of the club. The cell of the fore wing is very long. The discocellulars are inwardly oblique and on the same straight line, the upper discocellulars being reduced to a mere point. The lower radial is equidistant between the upper radial 320 Genus Eudamus and the third median nervule. The hind wing is without the lower radial and is always produced into a long tail. Egg. —The egg is more nearly globular than is true in most of the genera, but is strongly flattened at the base and is marked with a number of transverse longitudinal ridges, somewhat widely separated, between which are finer cross-lines. The micropyle at the summit is deeply depressed. Caterpillar. —The caterpillar is cylindrical, taper¬ ing rapidly from the middle forward and backward. The head is much larger than the neck and is dis¬ tinctly bilobed. Chrysalis.— The chrysalis is provided with a somewhat hooked cremaster, is rounded at the head, humped over the thorax, and marked on the dorsal side of the abdominal segments with a few small conical projections. The chrysalis is formed be¬ tween leaves loosely drawn together with a few strands of silk. This genus is confined to the tropics of the New World, and is represented in the extreme southern portions of the United States by the species figured in our plate — E. proteus. (i) Eudamus proteus, Linnaeus, Plate XLV, Fig. 6, $ ; Plate II, Fig. 34, larva; Plate VI, Fig. 23, chrysalis (The Long-tailed Skipper). Butterfly.—The upper side of the wings is brown, glossed with green at the base of both wings. The spots on the pri¬ maries of both sexes are alike, and are well represented in the plate. On the under side the wings are pale brown; the pri¬ maries are marked as on the upper side; the secondaries have the anal portion and the tail dark brown; in addition they are crossed by a short dark band at the end of the cell, and another similar but longer postmedian band, which does not quite reach the costa and loses itself below in the dark shade which covers the anal por¬ tion of the wing. About the middle of the costa of the hind wings are two small subquadrate black spots. Expanse, 1.60-1.75 inch. Early Stages.— The plates give us representations based upon Abbot’s drawings of the mature caterpillar and the chrysalis. The student who desires to know more may consult the pages of Scudder’s “Butterflies of New England.” The caterpillar feeds 521 Fig. 152.—Neu- ration of the genus Eudamus. Genus Plestia upon leguminous plants, especially upon the Wistaria and various species of Clitoria (Butterfly-pea). It makes a rude nest for itself by drawing two of the leaves together with strands of silk. The species is tropical and is found all over the tropics and subtropical regions of the New World, but ranges northward along the Atlantic sea-coast, being occasionally found as far north as New York City, where it has been taken in Central Park. Genus PLESTIA, Mabille Butterfly .—The club of the antennae is flattened, sickle-shaped, terminating in a fine point. The male has a costal fold upon the fore wing. The lower radial is nearer to the upper radial than to the third median nervule. The hind wing is produced into a short tail. The fifth vein is wanting. Early Stages. —Unknown. This genus is peculiar to Mexico and Central America. But one species is found within our limits, and is confined to Ari¬ zona. (i) Plestia dorus, Edwards, Plate XLV, Fig. ii, $ (The Short-tailed Ari¬ zona Skipper). Butterfly .—The upper side is accurately depicted in the plate. On the under side the wings are hoary. The spots of the upper side reappear, the lower spots of the primaries being partially lost in the broad honey-yellow tint which covers the inner mar¬ gin of that wing. The secondaries are crossed by obscure dark- brown basal, median, and postmedian bands, portions of which are annular, or composed of ring-like spots. The anal angle is clouded with dark brown. Expanse, 1.50-1.60 inch. Early Stages. —Unknown. The species has been taken in considerable numbers in Ari¬ zona, and ranges thence southward into Mexico. Genus EPARGYREUS, Hubner Butterfly.— The antennae have the club stout, gradually thick¬ ened, tapering to a fine point, and abruptly bent into a hook. 322 Fig. 153. —Genus Plestia. Antenna, magnified 2 diam¬ eters. Neuration. Explanation of Plate XLIV 1. Papilio ajax, Linnaeus, var. telamo - 3. Papilio ajax, Linnaeus, var. marceU nides, Felder, <^\ las, Boisduval, under side. 11. Plestia dorus, Edwards, is, Boisd.-Lee., (J\ The Butterfly Book Plate XLV COPYRIGHTED BY W. J. HOLLAND, 1898. Genus Pholisora together with a few threads of silk. It lies concealed during the day and feeds at night. A minute account of all its peculiarities is given by Scudder in “The Butterflies of New England,” vol. ii, p. 1519- The insect ranges over the whole of temperate North America. (2) Pholisora hayhursti, Edwards, Plate XLVIII, Fig. 16, ? (Hayhurst’s Skipper). Butterfly .—Easily distinguished from the preceding species by the somewhat crenulate shape of the outer margin of the hind wings, the white color of the under side of the abdomen, and the different arrangement of the white spots on the fore wings, as well as by the dark bands which cross both the fore and the hind wings on the upper side. Expanse, .90-1.15 inch. Early Stages .—Our information as to these is incomplete. The species ranges from the latitude of southern Pennsylvania westward and southward to the Gulf, as far as the Rocky Moun¬ tains. (3) Pholisora libya, Scudder, Plate XLVIII, Fig. 14, 6 (The Mohave Sooty-wing). Butterfly .—Easily distinguished from the two preceding spe¬ cies by the white fringes of the wings and by the markings of the under side. The primaries on the lower side are dark, tipped at the apex with light gray, and in the female having the costa and the outer margin broadly edged with light gray. The hind wings are pale gray of varying shades, marked with a number of large circular white spots on the disk and a marginal series of small white spots. Expanse, 6, .80-1.25 inch; ?, 1.15-1.40 inch. Early Stages .—These await full description. This species is found from Nevada to Arizona, and is appa¬ rently very common in the Mohave Desert. (4) Pholisora alpheus, Edwards, Plate XLV, Fig. 2, $ (Al- pheus). Butterfly .—This little species is nearer P. hayhursti than any of the others we have described, but may at once be recognized and discriminated by the checkered margins and white tip of the fore wing and the linear shape of the spots composing the sub¬ marginal and median bands on the upper side of this wing. The hind wings on the under side are marked with a number of light spots arranged in marginal and median bands. 33i Genus Thanaos Early Stages. —Unknown. Alpheus occurs in Nevada, Arizona, and New Mexico. There are four other species of the genus found in our fauna. Genus THANAOS, Boisduval (The Dusky-wings) Butterfly. —The antennae have a moderately large club, curved, bluntly pointed. The palpi are porrect, the third joint almost concealed in the dense hairy vestiture of the second joint. The neuration of the wings is represented in the cut. The fore wing in the case of the male always has a costal fold. The butterflies comprised in this genus are all, without exception, dark in color, in a few species having bright spots upon the hind wings. The genus reaches its largest development in North America. The discrimination of the various species is somewhat difficult. ,60.— Egg. —The egg is somewhat like the egg in the Neuration of the genus Achalarus , but the micropyle at the upper genus Thanaos. enc j e gg j s re i a tively larger and not as deeply depressed below the surface. The sides are ornamented, as in Achalarus , by raised vertical ridges, between which are numerous cross-ridges; in a few cases the vertical ridges are beaded, or marked by a series of minute globose prominences, upon the edge. Caterpillar. —The caterpillars are cylindrical, tapering from the middle forward and backward, marked with lateral and dor¬ sal stripes, with the neck less strangulated than in the preceding genera. Chrysalis. —Not greatly differing in outline from the chrysalis of the preceding genera, in most species having the outline of the dorsum straight on the abdominal segments, with the thoracic segments forming a slight hump or elevation; convex on the ven¬ tral side, the cremaster being usually well developed. (i) Thanaos brizo, Boisduval and Leconte, Plate XLV, Fig. 7, $ ; Plate VI, Fig. 38, chrysalis (The Sleepy Dusky-wing). Butterfly. —The band of postmedian spots on the fore wing is composed of annular dark markings, is regular, crosses the wing from the costa to the hind margin, and is reproduced on 332 Genus Thanaos the under side as a series ot pale-yellowish spots more or less distinct. The hind wings have a double series of faint yellow spots; these as well as the marginal spots of the primaries are very distinct on the under side. Expanse, 1.25-1.60 inch. Early Stages. —The caterpillar feeds on oaks, Galactia, and possibly Baptisia. The life-history has been only partially ascer¬ tained, in spite of the fact that the insect has a wide range and is not uncommon. Briqo occurs from the Atlantic to the Pacific, ranging from the latitude of New England to that of Arizona. (2) Thanaos icelus, Lintner, Plate XLV 1 II, Fig. 17, $ ; Plate VI, Fig. 27, chrysalis (The Dreamy Dusky-wing). Butterfly. —Prevalently smaller in size than the preceding spe¬ cies. The under side of the wings is paler than the upper side, and the outer third of both the primaries and secondaries is marked with a profusion of small indistinct yellow spots, which do not form well-defined bands as in the preceding species. On the upper side of the fore wing the median area is generally marked by a broad band of pale gray, but this is not invariably the case. Expanse, 1.00-1.20 inch. Early Stages. —These have been described by Scudder. The caterpillar feeds on a variety of plants, as the aspen, oaks, and witch-hazel. Icelus ranges across the continent from Nova Scotia to Oregon, and south to Florida ana Arizona. (3) Thanaos somnus, Lintner, Plate XLVIII, Fig. 2, £ (The Dark Dusky-wing). Butterfly. —A little larger than the preceding species, espe¬ cially in the female sex. The male is generally quite dark, the banding of the fore wing on the upper side obscured. The hind wings have a row of light marginal and submarginal spots, more distinct on the under side than on the upper. The female gen¬ erally is light gray on the upper side of the wings, with broad median and submarginal bands of dark brown, tending to fuse or coalesce at a point near the origin of the first median nervule. Expanse, $, 1.25 inch; $, 1.50 inch. Early Stages. —But little is known of these. All of the specimens 1 have ever seen came from southern Florida. (4) Thanaos lucilius, Lintner, Plate XLVIII, Fig. 10, 6 ,* Plate VI, Figs. 30-32, chrysalis (Lucilius’ Dusky-wing). 333 Genus Thanaos Butterfly. —This species may be distinguished from T. pacu - vius , a near ally, by the more mottled surface of the secondaries, which in pacuvius are almost solidly black; and from T. martialis, another close ally, by the absence of the purplish-gray cast pecu¬ liar to both sides of the wings of the latter species, and the less regular arrangement of the bands of spots on the upper side of the fore wings. The plate does not show these delicate but con¬ stant marks of difference as well as might be desired. Expanse, i.20-1.40 inch. Early Stages.—Dr. Scudder has fully described these. The caterpillar feeds on the columbine ( Aquilegia canadensis). Lucilius ranges from New England to Georgia, is common in western Pennsylvania and West Virginia, and extends westward at least as far as the Rocky Mountains. (5) Thanaos persius, Scudder, Plate XLVIII, Fig. 1, $ ; Plate VI, Fig. 34, chrysalis (Persius’ Dusky-wing). Butterfly.— This is a very variable species, some specimens being light and others dark in color. There is scarcely any posi¬ tive clue.to the specific identity of the insect except that which is derived from the study of the genital armature of the male, which is a microscopic research capable of being performed only by an expert in such matters. The student may be pardoned if, in at¬ tempting to classify the species of this genus, and the present species in particular, he should grow weary, and quote a few bib¬ lical expressions relating to Beelzebub, the “god of flies.” Ex¬ panse, 1.20-1.45 inch. Early Stages. —The caterpillar feeds on willows. Scudder has with patient care described its life-history. The insect ranges from New England southward, and inland across the continent to the Pacific. (6) Thanaos afranius, Lintner, Plate XLV, Fig. 5, $ (Afra- nius’ Dusky-wing). Butterfly.— -Closely related to the preceding species. The hind wings on the upper side in the male sex are almost solid black, the fringes paler. On the under side there is a double row of light spots along the margin of the hind wing in both sexes. The female is generally paler in color on the upper side than the male. Early Stages. —U n k n ow n. All the specimens I have seen come from Arizona, where the thing is apparently common. 334 Mentis Thanao& (7) Thanaos martialis, Scudder, Plate XLV 111 , Fig. 4, $ ; Plate VI, Fig. 37, chrysalis (Martial’s Dusky-wing). Butterfly.— The upper side of the wings is paler than in most species, and has a distinctly purplish-gray cast. The fore wings are crossed by irregular bands of dark spots. The hind wings on the outer half are profusely mottled with small pale spots. All the light spots are repeated on the under side of both wings, and are more distinct on this side than on the upper. Expanse, 1.25-1.40 inch. Early Stages. —These are partly known. The caterpillar feeds on Indigofer a and Amarantus. The species ranges from Massachusetts to Georgia, and west¬ ward to Missouri and New Mexico. (8) Thanaos juvenalis, Fabricius, Plate XLVIII, Fig. 11, ? ; Plate VI, Fig. 33, chrysalis (Juvenal’s Dusky-wing). Butterfly.— Larger than the preceding species. The wings have a number of translucent spots arranged as a transverse series beyond the middle of the wing. They are far more dis¬ tinct and larger in the female than in the male. The under side of the wings is paler than the upper side, and profusely but indistinctly marked with light spots. Expanse, 1.35-1.60 inch. Early Stages.— For a full knowledge of these the reader may consult the pages of “The Butterflies of New England.” The caterpillar feeds on oaks and leguminous plants of various species. This insect ranges from Quebec to Florida, and westward as far as Arizona, where it appears to be common. (9) Thanaos petronius, Lintner, Plate XLVIII, Fig. 7, $ (Pe- tronius’ Dusky-wing). Butterfly. — Allied in size to the preceding species, but the translucent spots of the transverse band are not, as in that species, continued toward the inner margin, but terminate at the first median nervule. The outer third of the primaries is pale, the inner two thirds very dark. The under side of the wings of the male is uniformly dusky, slightly, if at all, marked with lighter spots. The under side of the wings of the female is less distinctly marked with light spots than is the case in allied species. Expanse, 1.50-1.75 inch. Early Stages. — Unknown. The species has thus far been found only in Florida. 335 Genus Thanaos (10) Thanaos horatius, Scudder, Plate XLVIII, Fig. 15, 8 (Horace’s Dusky-wing). Butterfly. — Smaller than T. juvenalis, which it resembles in the long transverse series of translucent spots. It is, however, paler on the upper side of the wings, and more profusely mottled on the hind wing both above and below, though there is considerable variation in this regard. Expanse, 1.65 inch. Early Stages. —-The caterpillar probably feeds on the Legu- minosce. We know very little about the life-history of the species. The butterfly ranges from Massachusetts to Texas. (11) Thanaos nsevius, Lintner, Plate XLVIII, Fig. 3, ? (Nsevius’ Dusky-wing). Butterfly. — This insect is closely allied to T. petronius, but the translucent spots on the fore wing are smaller, and there is generally a light spot neaj the costa before the three subapical translucent spots. Early Stages. —Unknown. The habitat of this species is the region of the Indian River, in Florida. (12) Thanaos pacuvius, Lintner, Plate XLVIII, Fig. 9, $ (Pacuvius’ Dusky-wing). Butterfly. —Small, with the fore wings on the upper side rather regularly banded with dark brown upon a lighter ground. The hind wings are almost solid black above, with the fringes toward the anal angle pure white. Expanse, 1.15-1.30 inch. Early Stages. —Unknown. This species occurs in Colorado, Mexico, and Arizona. (13) Thanaos clitus, Edwards, Plate XLV, Fig. 8 , 8 (Clitus). Butterfly. —Larger than the preceding species. The hind wings are solidly deep black, fringed broadly with pure white. The fore wings of the male are dark, of the female lighter. Ex¬ panse, 1.60-1.75 inch. Early Stages. —Unknown. The habitat of this species is Arizona and New Mexico. (14) Thanaos funeralis, Lintner, Plate XLVIII, Fig. 12, 8 (The Funereal Dusky-wing). Butterfly. —Closely allied to the preceding species, of which it may be only a smaller varietal form. Expanse, 1.35 inch. Early Stages. —Unknown. Funeralis occurs in western Texas and Arizona. 336 Collections and Collectors The genus Thanaos is one of the most difficult genera to work out in the present state of our knowledge of the subject. The species are not only obscurely marked, but they vary in the most extraordinary manner. Except by a microscopic examination of the genital armature, which can be carried on only when the student possesses considerable anatomical knowledge and an abundance of material, there is no way of reaching a satisfactory determination in many cases. COLLECTIONS AND COLLECTORS In almost every community there is to be found some one who is interested in insects, and who has formed a collection. The commonest form of a collection is exceedingly primitive and unscientific, in which a few local species are pinned together in a glass-covered box or receptacle, which is then framed and hung upon the wall. Almost every village bar-room contains some such monstrous assemblage of insects, skewered on pins, in more or less frightful attitudes. As evidencing an innate interest in the beauties of natural objects, these things are interesting, but show a want of information which, as has been already pointed out, is largely due to a lack of literature relating to the subject in this country. In many of the schools of the land small collections, arranged more scientifically, have been made, and some of the col¬ lections contained in the high schools of our larger towns and cities are creditable to the zeal of teachers and of pupils. There is no reason why every school of importance should not, in the lapse of time, secure large and accurately named collections, not only of the insects, but of the other animals, as well as the plants and minerals of the region in which it is located. Every high school should have a room set apart for the use of those students who are interested in the study of natural history, and they ought to be encouraged to bring together collections which should be properly arranged and preserved. The expense is not great, and the practical value of the training which such studies impart to the minds of young people is inestimable. The great systematic collections in entomology in the United States are for the most part in the hands of the museums and universities of the country. The entomological collections of the 337 Collections and Collectors United States government at Washington are large and rich in interesting material. The collections possessed by Harvard Col¬ lege and the Boston Society of Natural History are extensive; so are also the collections of the American Museum of Natural His¬ tory, the Academy of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia, and those of the Carnegie Museum in Pittsburgh. The collection in the latter institution is altogether the largest and most perfect collec- tion of the butterflies of North America in existence, and covers also very largely the butterflies of the world, there being about twelve thousand species of butterflies represented, including rep¬ resentatives of all known genera. The formation of great collections has always had a charm for those who have possessed the knowledge, the time, and the means to form them; and the ranks of those who are engaged in the study of butterflies include many of the most famous natural¬ ists, among them not a few of noble rank. One of the most en¬ thusiastic collectors in Europe at the present time is the Grand Duke Nicholas of Russia. The Nestor among German collectors is Dr. Staudinger of Dresden. In France M. Charles OberthOr of Rennes is the possessor of the largest and most perfect collection on French soil. In England there are a number of magnificent collections, aside from the great collection contained in the British Natural History Museum. These are in the possession of Lord Walsingham, the Hon. Walter Rothschild, Mr. F. D. Godman, Mr. Herbert Druce, Mr. H. J. Elwes, and others, all of whom hold high rank in the domain of scientific research. There are many men who make the collecting of natural-his¬ tory specimens a business. They are among the most intrepid and indefatigable explorers of the present time. The late Henry W. Bates and Mr. Alfred Russel Wallace were in early life leaders in this work, and we are indebted to their researches for a know¬ ledge of thousands of species. Two of the most successful col¬ lectors who have followed in their footsteps are Mr. Herbert H. Smith and Mr. William Doherty, both of them Americans; Mr. Smith one of the most enthusiastic and successful explorers in South and Central America, Mr. Doherty the most diligent ex¬ plorer of the Indo-Malayan Region. The story of the travels and adventures of these two men is a tale full of romantic interest, which, alas! has been by neither of them fully told. 338 ' . ■ .. Explanation of Plate XLVI i . Systasea %ampa, Edwards, 21. 2. Erynnis manitoba, Scudder, 22. 3. Erynnis manitoba, Scudder, $. 23. 4. Atalopedes huron, Edwards, <$. 24. 5. Atalopedes huron, Edwards, 25. 6. Atrytone vitellius, Smith and Ab- 26. bot, cJL 27. 7. Atrytone melane, Edwards, 28. 8. Atrytone melane, Edwards, 9 « 29. 9. Lerema hianna, Scudder, 30. 10. Lerema hianna, Scudder, 9 * 11. Erynnis ottoe, Edwards, 31. 12. Erynnis ottoe, Edwarj||j 9 - 32. 13. Erynnis sassacus, Harris, 33. 14. Phycanassa viator, Edwards, 34. 15. Phycanassa viator, Edwards, 9 - 35. 16. Limochores pontiac, Edwards,^. 36. 17. Limochores pontiac, Edwards, 9 * . 37 - 18. Hylephila phylceus, Drury, 38. 19. Hylephila phylceus, Drury, 9 - 39 * 20. Atrytone byssus, Edwards, 9 • 40. Limochores palatka, Edwards, 9 4* Dimorphic var. glaucus, 9 6. Colias alexandra, cJ' 4> 9 6. DESIDERATA Papilio nitra, 9* Papilio brevicauda, orange-spotted var. The collector who receives these lists of offerta and desiderata will be able to decide what his correspondent has which he de¬ sires, and what there may be in his own collection which the correspondent wishes that he can offer in exchange; and the process of exchange is thus immediately facilitated. Persons who exchange insects with others should always be extremely careful as to the manner of packing the specimens, and the directions given in the introductory portion of this book should be very carefully followed. Too much care cannot be taken in preventing damage to specimens in transit. Genus ANCYLOXYPHA, Felder Butterfly . — Very small, the antennae very short, the club straight, bluntly pointed. The palpi have the third joint long, 344 Genus Ancyloxypha slender, and suberect. The neuration of the wings is shown in the cut. The abdomen is slender, extending beyond the hind margin of the secondaries. The fore wings are with¬ out a discal stigma. Egg . — Hemispherical, marked with lozenge¬ shaped cells; yellow when laid, later marked with orange-red patches. Caterpillar. —The entire life-history has not yet been ascertained. The caterpillars live upon marsh Neuration 4 of grasses; they construct for themselves a nest by the genus An- drawing together the edges of a blade of grass with V’ lox J’P Ija - bands of silk. In form they do not differ from other hesperid larvae. Chrysalis. — Not as yet accurately known. (i) Ancyloxypha numitor, Fabricius, Plate XLVII, Fig. 2, £ (Numitor). Butterfly. —The upper side is correctly delineated in the plate. On the under side the fore wings are black, margined on the costa and on the outer margin with reddish-fulvous. The hind wings are pale fulvous. Expanse, .75-95 inch. Early Stages. —What has been said in reference to these in con¬ nection with the description of the genus must suffice for the species. This pretty little insect is widely distributed, and abounds among grasses about watercourses. It ranges from the province of Quebec to eastern Florida, thence westward across the Missis¬ sippi Valley as far as the Rocky Mountains. Genus CO P/EODES, Speyer Butterfly. — The antennae are very short; the club is thick, straight, rounded at the tip; the palpi are as in the preceding genus. The neuration of the wings is represented in the cut. The abdomen is slender, extending beyond the hind margin of the secondaries. The male is provided in most species with a linear stigma. Early Stages. —These have not as yet been described. (1) Copaeodes procris, Edwards, Plate XLVII, Fig. 9, £ (Pro- cris). Butterfly. — The plate gives an excellent idea of the upper side of this diminutive species. On the under side the wings are col- 345 Genus Copseodes Fig. 165. of the genus Copceodes. ored as on the upper side, save that the fore wings at the base near the inner margin are blackish, and that the hind wings are a trifle paler than on the upper side. The sexes do not differ in color. Expanse, .75-1.00 inch. This pretty little butterfly is a Southern spe¬ cies, is found plentifully in Texas and Arizona, and occurs also very commonly in southern California. (2) Copseodes wrighti, Edwards, Plate XLVII, Fig. 10, & (Wright’s Skipper). Butterfly .—This species may be easily dis¬ tinguished from the preceding by the dark Neuration fringes of both the fore and the hind wing and by the different arrangement of the discal stigma on the fore wing. On the under side it is colored very much as procris. Expanse, .75-1.10 inch. Early Stages .— Unknown. The species is found in the Mohave Desert and southern Cali¬ fornia. (3) Copseodes myrtis, Edwards, Plate XLVII, Fig. 11, 6 (Myrtis). Butterfly. —This diminutive little species may be readily recognized by the plate. The fore wings are somewhat broadly margined with dusky at the apex and along the outer margin; the hind wings on the costa are broadly and on the outer edge narrowly margined with dusky. On the under side the fore wings are blackish at the base. Expanse, .75 inch. The only specimens of this butterfly that I have ever seen came from Arizona. The type is figured in the plate. Genus ERYNNIS, Schrank Butterfly .—The antennae are short, less than half the length of . the costa; the club is robust, with a very minute terminal crook; the palpi have the third joint minute, suberect, and bluntly coni¬ cal. There is a discal stigma on the fore wing of the male. Egg .—Somewhat spherical. Caterpillar. —Feeds upon grasses, and is stouter in form than 346 Genus Erynnis Fig. i 66. — Neuration of the genus Eryn¬ nis, enlarged. most hesperid larvae, and sluggish in proportion to its stoutness. It does not make a nest, but conceals itself between the leaves of grass at the point where they unite with the stem, and is not very difficult to discover. Chrysalis .—The chrysalis is elongated, cylin¬ drical. Our knowledge of this stage is not very accurate as yet. (1) Erynnis manitoba, Scudder, Plate XLVI, Fig. 2, $ ; Fig. 3, $ (The Canadian Skipper). Butterfly, 6 .-—The upper side of the wings is depicted in the plate. On the under side the wings are paler, the fore wings fulvous on the cell, pale gray at the apex and on the outer margin. There is a black shade at the base of the primaries, and a black streak corresponding in location to the discal stigma on the upper side. The hind wings are pale ferruginous, except a broad streak along the inner margin, which is whitish. All the light spots of the upper side of both wings reappear on the under side, but are more distinctly defined, and are pearly-white in color. $ .—The female, on the unjder side of the fore wing, has the black discal streak replaced by a broad ferruginous shade. The hind wings are darker, and the light spots stand forth more con¬ spicuously upon the darker ground. Expanse, &, 1.25 inch; ?, 1.30 inch. Early Stages .—-These remain to be ascertained. The Canadian Skipper is found across the entire continent north of a line roughly approximating the boundary between the United States and the Dominion of Canada. Along the Western Cordilleras it descends into the United States, as far south as Colorado and northern California. (2) Erynnis morrisoni, Edwards, Plate XLVI, Fig. 26, 6 ; Fig. 27, $ (Morrison’s Skipper). Butterfly .—-The upper side of the wings in both sexes is suffi¬ ciently well delineated in the plate to obviate the necessity for description. On the under side the fore wings are pale fulvous, black at the base and ferruginous at the tip, the ferruginous shade interrupted by the subapical pale spots, which on this side of the wing are pearly-white. The hind wings are deep ferrugi¬ nous, obscured on the inner margin by long pale-brown hairs. From the base to the end of the cell there is a broad silvery-white 347 Genus Erynnis ray. Beyond the cell the curved postmedian band of fulvous spots which appears above reappears as a band of pearly-white, which stands forth conspicuously on the dark ground. Expanse, $, 1.20 inch; ?, i.20-1.35 inch. Early Stages. — Unknown. The species ranges from southern Colorado to Arizona. (3) Erynnis sassacus, Harris, Plate XLVI, Fig. 13, $ (The Indian Skipper). Butterfly. —The upper side of the male is as shown in the plate. The female is larger, the fulvous ground-color paler, the outer marginal shades darker, and the discal stigma is replaced by a dark-brown shade. On the under side in both sexes the wings are pale fulvous, with the spots of the upper side feebly re¬ produced as faint lighter spots. The fore wings in both sexes are black at the base. Expanse, $ , 1.10-1.25 inch; ?, 1.25-1.35 inch. Early Stages. —The caterpillar, which is plumper than most hesperid larvae, feeds on grasses. The insect ranges from New England to Georgia, and westward to Colorado. (4) Erynnis ottoe, Edwards, Plate XLVI, Fig. 11, 6 ; Fig. 12, $ (Ottoe). Butterfly. —Considerably larger than the preceding species. The wings of the male on the upper side are pale fulvous, nar¬ rowly bordered with black. The discal stigma is dark and promi¬ nent. The female has the wings on the upper side more broadly but more faintly margined with dusky. The wings of both sexes on the under side are uniformly pale fulvous or buff, marked with dark brown or blackish at the base of the fore wings. Expanse, $, 1.35 inch; $, 1.45-1.50 inch. Early Stages.— Unknown. The habitat of this species is Kansas and Nebraska. (5) Erynnis metea, Scudder, Plate XLVII, Fig. 33, $ ; Fig. 34, $ (The Cobweb Skipper). Butterfly. — The upper side of the wings is fairly well repre¬ sented in the plate, the male being a little too red, and the wings at the base and the discal stigma not being dark enough. On the under side the wings are brown, darker than on the upper side. The pale markings of the upper side are all repeated below as distinct pearly-white spots, and in addition on the hind wings near the base there is a curved band of similar white spots. Ex¬ panse, 6 , 1.20 inch; $, 1.25-1.30 inch. Genus Erynnis Early Stages. —We know as yet but little of these. The species occurs in New England, New York, and west¬ ward to Wisconsin. (6) Erynnis uncas, Edwards, Plate XLVII, Fig, 27, 6 ; Fig. 28, ? (Uncas). Butterfly. — The upper side of the wings of both sexes is well represented in the plate. On the under side in both sexes the wings are beautifully marked with conspicuous pearly-white spots on a greenish-gray ground. The spots are defined in¬ wardly and outwardly by dark olive shades and spots. Expanse, $ , 1.30 inch; ?, 1.55 inch. Early Stages. —We know nothing of these. The insect ranges from Pennsylvania to Colorado and Mon¬ tana. (7) Erynnis attains, Edwards, Plate XLVII, Fig. 23, $ (At- talus). Butterfly. —The male is fairly well depicted in the plate, but the light spots are too red. The female is larger and darker. On the under side the wings are dusky, with the light spots re¬ produced in faint gray. Expanse, <$, 1.25 inch; $, 1.45 inch. Early Stages. —Unknown. The species occurs very rarely in New England, is found from New Jersey to Florida and Texas, and ranges westward to Wisconsin and Iowa. (8) Erynnis sylvanoides, Boisduval, Plate XLVII, Fig. 44, $ (The Woodland Skipper). Butterfly. —The upper side of the male is well shown in the plate. The female on the upper side has less fulvous, the wings being prevalently fuscous, and the red color reduced to a spot at the end of the cell. There is a median band of fulvous spots on both wings. On the under side in both sexes the wings are quite pale gray, with the costa near the base and the cell of the primaries reddish. The primaries at the base near the inner mar¬ gin are black. The spots of the upper side reappear, but are pale and faint. Expanse, 1.25-1.35 inch. Early Stages. —Unknown. The species ranges along the Pacific coast from British Co¬ lumbia to California, and eastward to Colorado. (9) Erynnis leonardus, Harris, Plate XLVII, Fig. 35, $ ; Fig. 36, $ (Leonard’s Skipper). Butterfly.— Stouter and larger than the preceding species, and 34Q Genus Thymelicus notably darker in coloring. The upper side of the wings is shown in the plate. On the under side the wings are dark brick- red. The primaries are blackish on the outer half, interrupted by the spots of the median series, which on the under side are large, distinct, and shade from pale fulvous to white toward the inner margin. The secondaries have a round pale spot at the end of the cell, and a curved median band of similar spots, cor¬ responding in location to those on the upper side. Expanse, $ , 1.25 inch; $ , 1.35 inch. Early Stages .—These are only imperfectly known. The cat¬ erpillar feeds on grasses. The butterfly, which haunts flowers and may easily be cap¬ tured upon them, ranges from New England and Ontario south¬ ward to Florida, and westward to Iowa and Kansas. (10) Erynnis snowi, Edwards, Plate XLVII, Fig. 29, & ; Fig. 30, $ (Snow’s Skipper). Butterfly .—The upper side of the wings of both sexes is well represented in the plate. On the under side the wings are uni¬ formly reddish-brown, with the primaries black at the base, and the median spots enlarged near the inner margin and whitish, as in the preceding species. The light spots of the upper side re¬ appear below as pale spots, which are well defined on the dark ground-color. Expanse, 1.25-1.40 inch. Early Stages. —Unknown. The species ranges from southern Colorado to Arizona. Genus THYMELICUS, Hiibner Butterfly .—The antennae are short, less than half the length of the costa; the club is stout and short, somewhat crooked just at the end. The third joint of the palpi is conical, almost concealed in the thick vestiture of the second joint. The neuration is given in the cut. Egg .-—The egg is hemispherical, with the surface marked by irregular angular cells formed by slightly raised lines. Caterpillar .—The caterpillars feed on grasses. They are long and slender, thicker behind than before, covered with short hair. They are generally dark in color, and not green as are the cater¬ pillars in most of the hesperid genera. 350 ! ' Mh\ v.?V> .* f, < . ■ . ■ .11 , . :< , \kVO% ' V\ ■ W I,•• ' . v-ii ■•. v.. C : K Explanation of Plate XLVII 1. Pamphila mandan, Edwards, 2. Ancyloxypha numitor, Fabricius, <$. 3. Oarisma garita, Reakirt, <3*. 4. Oarisma poweshiek, Parker, ? (Eufala). Butterfly.— The plate shows the upper side of the female. The male is not different, ex¬ cept that the fore wings are a little more pointed at the apex. The under side is like the upper side, but a shade paler. The lower side of the abdomen is whitish. When seen on the wing the creature looks like a small Prenes ocola . Expanse, 1.10-1.20 inch. Early Stages. — Unknown. This butterfly is found in the Gulf States. 336 Fig. 173.—Neura¬ tion of the genus Le¬ rodea , enlarged. Genus Limochores Genus LIMOCHORES, Scudder Butterfly.— The antennae are about half as long as the costa; the club is robust, elongate, with a very short terminal crook; the palpi have the third joint erect, short, bluntly conical. The male has a linear discal stigma on the upper side of the fore wing, as shown in the cut. Egg.- —Hemispherical, somewhat flattened on the top, the surface broken up by delicate raised lines into pentagonal cells. Caterpillar.— Largest on the fourth and fifth ab¬ dominal segments, tapering to either end. The lar¬ vae feed on grasses, and construct a tube-like nest of delicate films of silk between the blades. Chrysalis.— Comparatively slender, strongly con- larged, vex on the thoracic segments and on the dorsal side of the last segments of the abdomen. On the ventral side the chrysalis is nearly straight. The cremaster, which is short, is bent upward at an oblique angle with the line of the ventral surface. (1) Limochores taumas, Fabricius, Plate XLVII, Fig. 20, $ ; Plate VI, Fig. 44, chrysalis (The Fawny-edged Skipper). Butterfly.— The upper side of the male is excellently por¬ trayed in the plate. The female is without the tawny edge on the fore wing, the entire wing being olivaceous, with three small subapical spots and a median row of four spots beyond the end of the cell, increasing in size toward the inner margin. On the under side in both sexes the wings are uniformly dull olivaceous, with the spots of the upper side repeated. The costa of the male is edged with red on this side, as well as on the upper side. Expanse, $ , 1.00 inch; $, 1.20 inch. Early Stages.— The reader who wishes to know about them may consult the pages of “The Butterflies of New England.” The caterpillar feeds on grasses. The insect ranges from Canada to the Gulf, and westward to Texas, Colorado, and Montana. (2) Limochores manataaqua, Scudder, Plate XLVI, Fig. 30, $ (The Cross-line Skipper). Butterfly.— The male on the upper side is dusky-olive, with a black discal streak below the cell, which is slightly touched with 35 7 Fig. 174.— Neuration of the genus Li¬ mochores ,, en- Genus Limochores reddish, becoming deeper and clearer red on the costa at the base. The wings on the under side are more or less pale gray, with a transverse series of pale spots on the primaries, and a very faint curved discal series of similar spots on the secondaries. The female, the upper side of which is well shown in the plate, is marked below much like the male. Expanse, 1.10-1.20 inch. Early Stages .—These have been described by Scudder. The insect occurs in New England and Canada, and ranges westward to Nebraska. (3) Limochores pontiac, Edwards, Plate XLVI, Fig. 16, 6 ; Fig- * 7 > ? (Pontiac). Butterfly .—This fine insect is so well represented in the plate as to require but little description. The wings are pale red, clouded with dusky on the under side, the spots of the upper side being indistinctly repeated. Expanse, 6 , 1.15 inch; $, 1.25 inch. Early Stages .—Little is known of these. The insect ranges from Massachusetts to Iowa and Nebraska, and seems to have its metropolis about the southern end of Lake Michigan. (4) Limochores palatka, Edwards, Plate XLVI, Fig. 21, 6 (The Palatka Skipper). Butterfly .—The upper side of the male needs no description. The female closely resembles the female of L. byssus , which is shown in the plate at Fig. 20, but differs from the female of that species in having the median spots on the primaries much reduced in size, the band of spots being greatly interrupted beyond the end of the cell. On the hind wing the female has the entire sur¬ face of the secondaries inside of the broad outer band fulvous, as shown in the figure of the male, and not simply marked by a transverse narrow band of spots. On the under side the fore wings are bright fulvous, clouded with black at the base and near the outer angle. The hind wings are uniformly dull red¬ dish-brown. This species has been identified by Dr. Scudder with a species named dion by Edwards, but which is a very different thing. Expanse, $ , 1.50-1.65 inch; $, 1.90-2.00 inches. Early Stages .—We know nothing of these. The insect is confined to Florida, all the specimens which I have seen coming from the region of the Indian River. (5) Limochores byssus, Edwards, Plate XLVI, Fig. 20, $ (Byssus). 358 Genus Euphyes Butterfly .—Allied to the preceding species. The discal stigma of the male upon the fore wings is much longer than in L. pa- latka. The outer margin of the secondaries is not as sharply defined as in that species, but shades insensibly into the lighter greenish-fulvous of the basal part of the wing. The female on the upper side is distinguished from the female of the preceding species by the restriction of the discal band of spots on the hind wing to a few small light-colored spaces beyond the end of the cell, and by the regular continuation of the band of yellow spots across the primaries from the subapical spots to the submedian nervule near the middle of the inner margin. On the under side the primaries and the secondaries are very bright, clear orange- red, with the base and inner margin of the primaries brightly laved with blackish. The median series of spots in the male are very faintly indicated on the fore wings, but are more strongly indicated on those of the female. Expanse, 6 , 1.45 inch; ?, 1.65 inch. Early Stages .—We know little of these. The insect is found in Florida. (6) Limochores yehl, Skinner, Plate XLVI, Fig. 40, 6 (Skin¬ ner’s Skipper). Butterfly .—The upper side of the male is shown in the plate. On the under side the wings are lighter, the secondaries uni¬ formly pale cinnamon-brown, marked with a semicircle of four yellowish round spots, with a small spot on the cell toward the base. Expanse, 1.25-1.35 inch. Early Stages. —Unknown. The species has been taken in Florida, and is as yet not com¬ mon in collections. The figure is that of the type. Genus EUPHYES, Scudder Butterfly .— The antennae have the club stout, elongate, fur¬ nished with a short crook at the end; the palpi are densely scaled; the third joint is slender, bluntly conical, projecting be¬ yond the vestiture of the second joint. The neuration is shown in the cut. Egg. —Hemispherical. Caterpillar .—The head small, body cylindrical, tapering for* 359 Genus Euphyes ward and backward from the middle, the body profusely covered with minute tapering hairs arising from small, wart-like protu¬ berances. Chrysalis. —Thus far undescribed. (1) Euphyes verna, Edwards, Plate XLVI, Fig. 32, $ (The Little Glass-wing). Butterfly. —The upper side of the male is correctly delineated in the plate. On the under side the wings are paler, inclining to purplish-red. The spots of the upper side are repeated, but in addition about the middle of the hind wings there is a semicircle of pale spots. Expanse, <3 , 1.1 5 inch; 9 , 1..35 inch. Early Stages. —We do not know much of these; what little we do know may be found recorded in the pages of “The Butterflies of New England.” The caterpillar feeds on grasses. It ranges from southern New England to Vir- Fig. 175-— ginia, westward to Kansas, and northward to the ge nU s Euphyes , province of Alberta. It is quite common in Ohio, enlarged Indiana, and Illinois. (2) Euphyes metacomet, Harris, Plate XLVI, Fig. 31, <3 (The Dun Skipper). Butterfly. —The male is dark in color on the upper side, and on the under side the wings are a shade lighter, the lower side of the abdomen being generally paler. The female has some faint traces of translucent apical spots near the costa, and two minute translucent spots on either side of the second median nervule near its origin. On the under side the .spots of the upper side reappear. There is a faint trace of a semicircle of pale spots about the middle of the hind wing. The female specimens vary on the under side from pale brown to a dis¬ tinctly purplish-brown. Expanse, <3 , 1.15 inch; $, 1.30 inch. Early stages. —Next to nothing is known of these. It ranges from Quebec to the Carolinas, and westward to Texas, New Mexico, and the British possessions east of the Rocky Mountains, as far north as the latitude of the northern shores of Lake Superior. 360 Explanation of Plate XLVIII 1. Thanaos persius, Scudder, io. Thanaos lucilius, Lintner, 2. Thanaos somnus, Lintner, n. Thanaos juvenalis, Fabricius, 9 3. Thanaos ncevius, Lintner, 9 - 12. Thanaos funeralis, Lintner, 4. Thanaos martialis, Scudder, <$. 13. Thoryhes epigena, Butler, 5. Thoryhes bathyllus, Smith and Ab- 14. Pholisora lihya, Scudder, bot, 9 * 15. Thanaos hor alius, Scudder, 6 . Thoryhes pylades, Scudder, 9 - 16. Pholisora hayhursti, Edwards, 9 7. Thanaos petronius, Lintner, 17. Thanaos icelus, Lintner, 8. Lerema accius, Smith and Abbot, 18. Colias euryth'eme, Boisduval, 9 > a ^ 9. Thanaos pacuvius, Lintner, 9 • hint), The Butterfly Book Plate XLVIII Genus Oligoria Genus OLIGORIA, Scudder Butterfly .—The antennae are as in the preceding genus; the palpi have the third joint minute and almost entirely concealed in the thick vestiture of the second joint. The neuration is represented in the cut. Early Stages .—We know very little of these, and there is here a field for investigation. (i) Oligoria maculata, Edwards, Plate XLVI, Fig. 35, $ (The Twin-spot). Butterfly.— The upper side of the male is as shown in the plate. The female closely resem¬ bles the male, but the spots on the fore wing are larger. On the under side the wings are brown, almost as dark as on the upper side. The pri¬ maries are whitish near the outer angle. The spots of the upper side of the primaries are re¬ produced on the lower side. The hind wings have three con¬ spicuous pearly-white spots about the middle, two located one on either side of the second median nervule, and one removed from these, located between the upper radial and the subcostal nervule. Expanse, $ , 1.40 inch; $,1.50 inch. Early Stages.— But little is known of these. This is a Southern species, found abundantly in Florida, and ranging northward into Georgia and the Carolinas. A speci¬ men is reported to have been taken near Albany, New York, and diligent collecting may show that it has a far more northern range than has heretofore been supposed. Genus POANES, Scudder Butterfly .—The antennae are short; the club is stout, bent, acuminate at the tip. The third joint of the palpi is slender, cy¬ lindrical, short. The neuration of the genus is shown in the cut. Early Stages. —Nothing is known of these, and they await in¬ vestigation. (1) Poanes massasoit, Scudder, Plate XLVII, Fig. 21,6; Fig. 22, ? (The Mulberry-wing). 361 Fig. 176.—Neura¬ tion,. of the genus Oligoria , enlarged. Genus Poanes Butterfly .—The upper side of the wings in both sexes is cor¬ rectly shown in the plate. On the under side the fore wings are black, with the costa and the outer margin bordered with reddish, with three small subapical light spots and two or three median spots. On the under side the hind wings are bright yellow, bordered on the costa and on the outer margin for part of their dis¬ tance with reddish-brown. The female on the under side is more obscurely marked than the male, and the hind wings are more or less gray in many specimens, lacking the bright yellow which appears upon the wings of the male. There is considerable variation on the under side of the wings. Expanse, £ , 1.15 inch; ? , 1.20 inch. Early Stages .—Not known. The species ranges from New England westward as far as Nebraska, -and its range does not appear to extend south of Penn¬ sylvania, though it has been reported from Colorado, and even from northern Texas, in the West. Fig. 177.— "Neuration of the genus Poanes, enlarged. Genus PHYCANASSA, Scudder Butterfly .—Antennae short; club straight, with a small crook at the end. The palpi are as in the preceding genus, but a trifle longer. The neuration is shown in the cut, and is very much like that of the preceding genus. Early Stages .—These are wholly unknown. (1) Phycanassa viator, Edwards, Plate XLVI, Fig. 14, £ ; Fig. 15, $ (The Broad¬ winged Skipper). Butterfly .—Accurately delineated in the plate. On the under side the wings are as on the upper side, but paler, and the secondaries are traversed from the base to the middle of the outer margin by a pale light-colored longi¬ tudinal ray, which is more or less obscured in some specimens, especially of the female. The light spots of the upper side appear indistinctly on the under side. Expanse, £, 1.45 inch; $ , 1.60 inch. Fig. 178.—Neura¬ tion of the genus Phy¬ canassa, enlarged. 362 Genus Phycanassa Early Stages. —Unknown. It is not uncommon in the Gulf States, and has been found as far north as New Jersey, northern Illinois, and Wisconsin. (2) Phycanassa howardi, Skinner, Plate XLVI, Fig. 38, & (Howard’s Skipper). Butterfly .—The figure in the plate gives the upper side of the male, in which the discal streak is composed of light-colored scales of the same tint as the rest of the wing, in this respect re¬ sembling the allied P. aaroni. The under side of the wings is described by Dr. Skinner as follows: “Superiors with tawny central area and border same as upper side. There is a large triangular spot extending into the wing from the base. The tawny color above this spot is of a darker hue than that below and outside of it. Inferiors very light brown, generally with four or five very faint tawny spots in the central area.” Expanse, S, 1.50 inch; $, 1.60 inch. Early Stages. —Unknown. The home of this species is Florida. (3) Phycanassa aaroni, Skinner, Plate XLVI, Fig. 37, & (Aaron’s Skipper). Butterfly .— This small species, the male of which is figured in the plate, may be easily recognized from the figure there given. On the under side the fore wings are black at the base; the mid¬ dle area of the wing is tawny, paler than on the upper side, and bordered as above, but the border below is cinnamon-brown and not fuscous. The hind wings on the under side are uniformly light cinnamon-brown, without any spots. The female is like the male, but larger, the colors somewhat lighter and the markings not so well defined. Expanse, $ , 1.00 inch; ?, 1.25 inch. Early Stages. —Unknown. The specimens thus far contained in collections have all been taken about Cape May, in New Jersey, in the salt-marshes. Genus ATRYTONE, Scudder Butterfly .—The antennse have a stout club, somewhat elon¬ gate, and furnished with a short crook at the end. The palpi are very much as in the preceding genus. The neuration is shown in the cut. There is no discal stigma on the fore wing of the male. 363 Genus Atrytone Fig. Neuration of the genus Atrytone , enlarged. Egg. —The egg is hemispherical, somewhat broadly flattened at the apex, covered with small cells, the inner surface of which is marked with minute punctulations. Caterpillar. —The caterpillar feeds upon com mon grasses, making a loose nest of silk for itself at the point where the leaf joins the stem. The head is small; the body is cylindrical, thick, tapering abruptly at either end. Chrysalis. —Covered with delicate hair; the tongue-case free. (i) Atrytone vitellius, Smith and Abbot, Plate XLVI, Fig. 6, $ (The Iowa Skipper). Butterfly. —The male on the upper side is as shown in the plate. The female on the upper side has the hind wings almost entirely fuscous, very slightly yellowish about the middle of the disk. The fore wings have the inner and outer margins more broadly bordered with fus¬ cous than the male, and through the middle of the cell there runs a dark ray. On the under side the wings are bright pale yellow, with the inner margin of the primaries clouded with brown. Ex¬ panse, $, 1.25 inch; $, 1.45 inch. Early Stages. —Very little is known of these. The species ranges through the Gulf States, and northward in the valley of the Mississippi as far as Nebraska and Iowa. It seems to be quite common in Nebraska, and probably has a wider distribution than is reported. (2) Atrytone zabulon, Boisduval and Leconte, Plate XLVII, Fig- 37 > & i Fig- 38, $ (The Hobomok Skipper). Butterfly. — The upper side of both sexes is shown in the plate. The color on the disk of the wings is, however, a little too red. On the under side the wings are bright yellow, with the bases and the outer margin bordered with dark brown. Expanse, $, 1.25 inch; $ , 1,50 inch. Early Stages. —The caterpillar feeds upon grasses. The life- history has been described with minute accuracy by Dr. Scudder. The species ranges from New England to Georgia, and west¬ ward to the Great Plains. It is very common in Pennsylvania, Virginia, and the valley of the Ohio. Dimorphic var. pocahontas, Scudder, Plate XLVII, Fig. 39, 9 . This is a melanic, or black, female variety of %abulon , which is 364 Genus Atrytone not uncommon. It is remarkable because of the white spots on the primaries and the dark color of the under side of the wings. (3) Atrytone taxiles, Edwards, Plate XLVII, Fig. 31, $ ; Fig. 32, ? (Taxiles). Butterfly .—The fore wings on the under side of the male are bright yellow, black at the base, slightly clouded on the outer margin with pale brown. The hind wings on the under side in this sex are still paler yellow, margined externally with pale brown, and crossed near the base and on the disk by irregular bands of pale brown. In the female sex the fore wings on the un¬ der side are fulvous, marked much as in the male, but darker, espe¬ cially toward the apex, where the subapical spots and two small pale spots beyond the end of the cell near the outer margin in¬ terrupt the brown color. The hind wings on the under side are pale ferruginous, crossed by bands of lighter spots, and mot¬ tled with darker brown. Expanse, $, 1.45 inch; ?, 1.50 inch. Early Stages. —Unknown. The range of this species is from Colorado and Nevada to Arizona. (4) Atrytone delaware, Edwards, Plate XLVI, Fig. 24, $ ; Fig. 25, ? (The Delaware Skipper). Butterfly. —No description of the upper side of the wings is necessary. On the under side the wings are bright orange-red, clouded with black at *he base and on the outer angle of the fore wings. Expanse, S, 1.25-1.35 inch; 9, 1.35-1.50 inch. Early Stages. —Very little is known of these. the butterfly is found ffom southern New England and north¬ ern New York as far south as Florida and Texas, ranging west to the Yellowstone and southern Colorado. (5) Atrytone melane, Edwards, Plate XLVI, Fig. 7, 6 ; Fig. 8 , $ (The Umber Skipper). Butterfly.— The male on the upper side somewhat resembles A. 1abulon , var. pocahontas; the female likewise closely resem¬ bles specimens of this variety. The wings on the under side are ferruginous, clouded with blackish toward the base of the inner angle, the light spots of the upper side being repeated. The hind wings on the under side are reddish, with a broad irregular curved median band of pale-yellow spots. In the female the band of spots is far more obscure. Expanse, $, 1.30 inch; 9, 1.50 inch. 365 Genus Lerema Early Stages. —Unknown. The insect is found in southern California. Fig. 180. —Neu- ration of the genus Lerema, enlarged. Genus LEREMA, Scudder Butterfly. —The antennae are as in the preceding genus; the palpi have the third joint erect, short, conical. The neuration is represented in the cut. The male has a linear glandular streak on the upper side of the fore wing. Egg. —Hemispherical, covered with more or less regularly pentagonal cells. Caterpillar. — The caterpillar feeds upon grasses. The body is slender, tapering forward and backward; the head is small. Chrysalis. —The chrysalis is slender, smooth, with a tapering conical projection at the head, and the tongue-case long and free, reaching al¬ most to the end of the abdomen. (i) Lerema accius, Smith and Abbot, Plate XLVIII, Fig. 8, 6 ; Plate VI, Fig. 46, chrysalis (Accius). Butterfly. —The male on the upper side is dark blackish-brown, with three small subapical spots, and one small spot below these, near the origin of the third median nervule. The female is ex¬ actly like the male, except that it has two spots, the larger one being placed below the small spot corresponding to the one on the fore wing of the male. The wings on the under side are dark fuscous, somewhat clouded with darker brown, the spots of the upper side reappearing on the under side. Expanse, $, 1.40 inch; $ , 1.50 inch. Early Stages. —Very little has been written upon the early stages. The butterfly ranges from southern Connecticut to Florida, thence westward to Texas, and along the Gulf coast in Mexico. (2) Lerema hianna, Scudder, Plate XLVI, Fig. 9, $ ; Fig. 10, $ (The Dusted Skipper). Butterfly.-— The upper side is accurately represented in the plate. The wings on the lower side are as on the upper side, a trifle paler and somewhat grayer on the outer margin. Expanse, 6 , 1.15 inch; $, 1.25 inch. 366 Genus Megathymus Early Stages. —Unknown. It ranges through southern New England, westward to Wiscon¬ sin, Iowa, and Nebraska, in a comparatively narrow strip of country. (3) Lerema Carolina, Skinner, Plate XLVI, Fig. 36, $ (The Carolina Skipper). Butterfly.—On the upper side the butterfly is as represented in the plate. The spots are repeated on the under side of the fore wing, but less distinctly defined. The costa is edged with brownish-yellow. The hind wings on the under side are yellow, spotted with small dark-brown dots. Expanse, <3, 1.00 inch. The female is unknown. Early Stages .—Wholly unknown. This species has thus far been found only in North Carolina, and is still extremely rare in collections. The figure in the plate represents the type. I have seen other specimens. I place it provisionally in the genus Lerema , though it undoubtedly does not belong here, and probably may represent a new genus. Lacking material for dissection, I content myself with this reference. Genus MEGATHYMUS, Riley This genus comprises butterflies having very stout bodies, broad wings, strongly clubbed antennae, very minute palpi. The caterpillars are wood-boring in their habits, living in the pith and Fig. 181. —Megathymus yucca?, 9- underground roots of different species of Yucca. The life-his¬ tory of the species represented in the cuts has been well described 3 6 7 Genus Megathymus by the late Professor C. V. Riley, and the student who is curious to know more about this remarkable insect will do well to con¬ sult the “Eighth Annual Report of the State Entomologist of Fig. 182 .—Megathymus yuccce: a , egg, magnified; b, egg from which larva has escaped; bb, bbb, unhatched eggs, natural size; c, newly hatched larva, magnified; cc, larva, natural size; d, head, enlarged to show the mouth-parts; e } maxillary palpi; /, antenna; g , labial palpi; h, spinneret. Missouri” (p. 169), or the “Transactions of the St. Louis Acad¬ emy of Science” (vol. iii, p. 323), in which, with great learning, the author has patiently set forth what is known in reference to the insect. The genus Megathymus is referred by some writers to the Castniidce , a genus of day-flying moths, which seem to connect the moths with the butterflies; but the consideration of the ana¬ tomical structure of this insect makes such a reference impos¬ sible. The genus properly represents a subfamily of the Hesperiidae, which might be named the Megathymince. The species represented in our cuts is Megathymus yuccce, Boisdu- Fig. 183.—Chrysalis of Megdthymus va l and Leconte. There are a number of other species of Megathymus that are found in our Southern States, principally in Texas and Arizona. They are interesting insects, the life-history of which is, however, in many cases obscure, as yet. 368 Conclusion We here bring to a conclusion our survey of the butterflies of North America. There are, in addition to the species that have been described and figured in the plates, about one hundred and twenty-five other species, principally Hesperiidce, which have not been mentioned. The field of exploration has not by any means been exhausted, and there is no doubt that in the lapse of time a number of other species will be discovered to inhabit our faunal limits. The writer of these pages would deem it a great privilege to aid those who are interested in the subject in naming and iden¬ tifying any material which they may not be able to name and identify by the help of this book. In laying down his pen, at the end of what has been to him a pleasurable task, he again re¬ news the hope that what he has written may tend to stimulate a deeper and more intelligent interest in the wonders of creative wisdom, and takes occasion to remind the reader that it is true, as was .said by Fabricius, that nature is most to be admired in those works which are least —“Natura maxime miranda in minimis. ” 369 SUPPLEMENTARY NOTE TO THE SECOND EDITION The first edition of this book having been nearly exhausted in less than a month after publication, the author has not yet had opportunity to avail himself of the criticisms of scientific friends who are presumably looking for sins of omission and commis¬ sion, of which it is sincerely hoped they will acquaint him when discovered. Thus far all criticisms have been of an approbatory character, and have only expressed pleasure. The writer is indebted to Mr. Harrison G. Dyar, the Honorary Curator of the Department of Entomology in the United States National Museum, for reminding him of the fact, which he had carelessly overlooked, that the larva and chrysalis of Eumceus atala (see p. 237) have been fully described by Scudder, “ Memoirs of the Boston Society of,Natural History,” vol. ii., p. 413, and by Schwartz, “Insect Life,” vol. i., p. 39. The caterpillar is found abundantly upon the “coontie” (Zamici integrifolia, Willdenow), and the insect, according to Schwartz, fairly swarms in the pine- woods between the shores of Biscayne Bay and the Everglades, 370 INDEX aaroni, Phycanassa, 363 Abbot, John, 70 abbotti, Papilio, 307 abdomen, 7, 17 aberrations, 24 acadica, Thecla, 242 ; Pieris, 280 acastus, Melitaea, 143 accius, Lerema, 366 Achalarus, genus, 325 ; cellus, 326; lycidas, 325 acis, Thecla, 240, 246 acmon, Lycaena, 266 Acraea, genus, 162 Acraeinae, subfamily, 162 Actinomeris, 157 Adelpha, genus, 187 ; californica, 187 adenostomatis, Thecla, 245 adiante, Argynnis, 123 Admiral, The Red, 170 Admirals, The White, 182; Hulst’s, 185 ; Lorquin’s, 185 aemilia, Thorybes, 325 aenus, Amblyscirtes, 341 aetna, Thymelicus, 351 affinis, Thecla, 249 afranius, Thanaos, 334 agarithe, Catopsilia, 2.87 Ageronia, genus, 193; feronia, 194; fornax, 194 Agraulis, genus, 96 Agrion, genus of dragon-flies, 86 ajax, Papilio, 307 alberta, Brenthis, 135 albinism, 24 albinos, 64 alcestis, Argynnis, 107; Thecla, 241 alexandra, Colias, 292 aliaska, Papilio, 312 alicia, Chlorippe, 190 alma, Melitaea, 147 alope, Satyrus, 215 alpheus, Pholisora, 331 Alpines, The, 208; Alaskan, 209; Colo¬ rado, 209; Common, 210; Red-streaked, 209 Althaea, 170 Amarantaceae, 330 Amarantus, 335 Amblyscirtes, genus, 339 ; aenus, 341; samo- set, 340; simius, 341; textor, 341; vialis, 340 American Entomological Society, 73 ammon, Lycaena, 270 Amorpha californica, 289 ampelos, Coenonympha, 207 amymone, Cystineura, 177 amyntula, Lycaena, 268 anal angle of wing, 19 Anartia, genus, 174; jatrophae, 174 Anatomy of Butterflies, 14-25 Ancyloxypha, genus, 344; numitor, 345 andria, Pyrrhanaea, 9, 192 androconia, 18, 19 Angle-wings, The, 163; Colorado, 165; Graceful, 166 anicia, Melitaea, 140 Animal Kingdom, The Place of Butterflies in the, 58 annetta, Lycaena, 266 Anosia, genus, 81; berenice, 82, 84 ; plex- ippus, 4, 6, 7, 11, 12, 14, 15, 63, 82, 171; strigosa, 84 antennae of caterpillar, 6; of butterfly, 14, 16, 23, 61 Antennaria, 170 Anthocharis, genus, 282 Anthrenus, a museum pest, 53 antiacis, Lycaena, 261 antiopa, Vanessa, 5, 7, 94, 169 Antirrhinum, 173 antonia, Chlorippe, 189 aortal chamber, 23 aphrodite, Argynnis, 107 apparatus, collecting, 26; for breeding butterflies, 34; for mounting butterflies, 39; for inflating caterpillars, 45 ; for pre¬ serving specimens, 48 ; pins, 56 ; forceps, 56 Aquilegia canadensis, 334 aquilo, Lycaena, 263 Arabis, 284 arachne, Melitaea, 148 Arachnida, 59 arctic butterflies, 171 Arctics, The, 218 ; Bruce’s, 223 ; Greater, 220; Labrador, 223; Macoun’s, 221; Mead's, 222 ; Uhler’s, 222 Argynnis, genus, 96, 99, 101, 161, 172; adiante, 123; alcestis, 107; aphrodite, 18, 107 ; artonis, 123 ; atlantis, 108; atossa, 122; behrensi, 115; bischoffi, 124; brem- neri, 113; callippe, 118 ; carpenteri, 106; chitone, 116; cipris, 107; clio, 124; Co¬ lumbia, hi; cornelia, no; coronis, 117; Index cybele, 106 ; diana, 103 ; edwardsi, 119 ; egleis, 126; electa, 111 ; eurynome, 125 ; halcyone, 116; hesperis, 112; hippolyta, 112 ; idalia, 103 ; inornata, 122; lais, 109 ; laura, 120; leto, 105; liliana, 119 ; maca- ria, 121; meadi, 119; monticola, 114; montivaga, 126; nausicaa, 108; neva- densis, 118 ; nitocris, 105 ; nokomis, 104 ; opis, 124 ; oweni, 109 ; platina, 117 ; pur- purescens, 114; rhodope, 115 ; rupestris, 120; semiramis, 121; snyderi, 118 ; ze- rene, 113 ariadne, Colias, 29 ariane, Satyrus, 216 Aristolochia, 315, 316 army-worm, 257 Arnold, Sir Edwin, quotations from, 214, 258 arota, Chrysophanus, 252 arrangement, of specimens, 52 ; of species, 62 arsace, Thecla, 248 arthemis, Basilarchia, 184 Arthropoda, definition of, 59; subdivisions of. 59 artonis, Argynnis, 123 Asama-yama, volcano, 150 Asclepias, 81 Asimina triloba, 308 astarte, Brenthis, 135 aster, Lycsena, 266 asterias, Papilio, 314 Astragalus, 240 astyanax, Basilarchia, 184 atala, Eumseus, 237, 370 atalanta, Pyrameis, 170 Atalopedes, genus, 352 ; huron, 352 atlantis, Argynnis, 108 atossa, Argynnis, 122 Atrytone, genus, 363; delaware, 365 ; me- lane, 365; pocahontas, 364; taxiles, 365 ; vitellius, 364; zabulon, 364 attalus, Erynnis, 349 augusta, Melitaea, 141 augustus, Thecla, 247 ausonides, Euchloe, 283 australis, Calephelis, 233 autolycUs, Thecla, 241 Azalea occidentalis, 166 bachmanni, Libythea, 227 bairdi, Papilio, 313 baits for butterflies, 32 Banded Reds, The, 175 Baptisia, 333 Barbauld, Mrs., quotation from, 76 barnesi, Phyciodes, 155 baroni, Melitsea, 141; Satyrus, 216 base of wing, 19 Basilarchia, genus, 182; arthemis, 184; astyanax, 183; disippus, 3, 8, 84, 185 ; eros, 186; floridensis, 186; hulsti, 84, 185; lorquini, 185; proserpina, 184; pseudodorippus, 185; weidemeyeri, 185 Bates, H. W., on study of butterflies, 3; as a collector, 338 batesi, Phyciodes, 154 bathyllus, Thorybes, 325 battoides, Lycaena, 264 beani, Melitsea, 14b beating for lepidoptera, 33 beckeri, Pieris, 277 Beelzebub, the “ god of flies,” 334 behrensi, Argynnis, 115 behri, Colias, 294; Parnassius, 306; Thecla, 247 bellona, Brenthis, 134 Belt, “ Naturalist in Nicaragua,” 91 berenice, Anosia, 84 bischoffi, Argynnis, 124 Blake & Co., forceps, 56 bleaching wings of butterflies, 20 blenina, Thecla, 245 blow-fly, holding middle place in scale of animal existence, 271 Blues, The, 236, 258; Arrow-head, 262; Aster, 266 ; Behr’s, 260, 264; Boisduval's, 260 ; Bright, 259 ; Colorado, 264; Com¬ mon, 267; Couper’s, 261 ; Dotted, 264; Dwarf, 269; Eastern tailed, 268; Eyed, 261; Florida, 269; Gray, 263; Greenish, 260 ; Indian River, 270; Labrador, 263; Marine, 270; Orange-margined, 265; Pygmy, 269, 271 ; Reakirt’s, 268 ; Rustic, 263 ; Scudder’s, 265 ; Shasta, 265 ; Silvery, 262; Small, 262; Sonora, 263; Varied, 259; Westerp tailed, 268; West Indian, 270 Boehmeria, 170 Boisduval, Dr. J. A., 70 Boisduval and Leconte, “ Histoire Gdnd- rale et Monographic des Lepidopteres et des Chenilles de l’Amdrique Septentrio- nale,” 70 boisduvali, Brenthis, 132 Boisduval’s Marble, 285 bolli, Melitsea, 147 Books about North American Butterflies, 69 boopis, Satyrus, 216 borealis, Calephelis, 232 boxes for preserving collections, 48 brain, 22, 23 breeding butterflies, 34-37 breeding-cages, 35, .36 bremneri, Argynnis, 113 Brenthis, genus, 128, 224; alberta, 135; astarte, 135; bellona, 134; boisduvali, 132 ; chariclea, 132; epithore, 135 ; freija, 132 ; frigga, 133 ; helena, 131; montinus, 131; myrina, 129 ; polaris, 133; triclaris, 130 brettus, Thymelicus, 351 brevicauda, Papilio, 313 British Museum, 338 brizo, Thanaos, 332 bronchial tubes, 22 Brongniart, M. Charles, 196 Brooklyn Entomological Society, 73 Brown, The Gemmed, 202; Henshaw’s, 202 brucei, CEneis, 223; Papilio, 313 Brush-footed Butterflies. See Nymphalidae bryoniae, Pieris, 279 Buckeye, The, 173 Buckland, Frank, story of, 68 “Bulletin Brooklyn Entomological Society," 73 bumblebees in Australia, 256 Butterflies’ Fad, The, 186 Index “ Butterflies and Moths of North America,” Strecker, 72 “ Butterflies of New England, The,” by S. H. Scudder, 72 ; by C. J. Maynard, 72 “ Butterflies of North America,” by W. H. Edwards, 71 Butterflies, Widely Distributed, 171 Butterfly, Baird’s, 313; Bruce's, 313; Chryxus, 221; Holland’s, 314; Iduna, 220; Varuna, 222 ; White Mountain, 222 Butts, Mary, quotation from, 251 byssus, Limochores, 358 cabinets, 50 caenius, Calephelis, 232 caesonia, Meganostoma, 289 caespitalis, Hesperia, 328 Calais, CEneis, 221 calanus, Theda, 243 Calephelis, genus, 232 ; australis, 233 ; bo¬ realis, 232; caenius, 232 ; nemesis, 233 Calicoes, The, 193; Orange-skirted, 194; White-skirted, 194 California, Ccenonympha, 205 californica, Adelpha, 187 ; Mechanitis, 87 ; Vanessa, 168 callias, Erebia, 209 Callicore, genus, 178; clymena, 178 callippe, Argynnis, 118 Callosune, genus, 162 Calpodes, genus, 355 ; ethlius, 356 calverleyi, Papilio, 314 Camberwell Beauty, The, 169 camillus, Phyciodes, 155 canthus, Satyrodes, 200 Cardamine, 284 cardui, Pyrameis, 170, 171 Carduus, 170 carinenta, Libythea, 227 Carnegie Museum, The, 49, 50, 338 Carolina, Lerema, 367 carpenteri, Argynnis, 106 Carryl, Charles Edward, quotation from, 208 caryae, Pyrameis, 170 Cassia, 286 Castniidae, family, 368 Caterpillar and the Ant, The, 316 caterpillars, structure, form, color, etc., 5- 11; social habits, 8; nests, 8; wood¬ boring, 8; moulting, 9; manner of de¬ fense, 9; protected by color, 8 ; duration of life of, 10; preservation of, 44-48; carnivorous, 9. See Feniseca Catopsilia, genus, 285; agarithe, 287; eubule, 286 ; philea, 286 catullus, Pholisora, 330 Ceanothus thyrsiflorus, 168 cecrops, Thecla, 246 cellus, Achalarus, 326 celtis, Chlorippe, 189 Celtis, genus of plants, 188 centaureae, Hesperia, 327 Cerasus (Wild Cherry), 310 Ceratinia, genus, 88; lycaste, 88; var. negreta, 88 cethura, Euchloe, 284 chalcedon, Melitaea, 139 chalcis, Thecla, 244 chara, Melitaea, 146 chariclea, Bren this, 132 charitonius, Heliconius, 92 charon, Satyrus, 217 Chenopodium album, 330 Chicken-thief, a supposed, 33 Chionobas, genus, 218 chiron, Timetes, 180 chitone, Argynnis, 116 Chlorippe, genus, 188 ; alicia, 190; antonia, 189 ; celtis, 189; clyton, 190; flora, 191; leilia, 190; montis, 190 chrysalis, form of, 11 ; color, 12; duration of life of, 13 ; preservation of, 43 chrysippus, Danais, 182 chrysomelas, Colias, 291 Chrysophanus, genus, 251; arota, 252; editha, 253; epixanthe, 254; gorgon, 253 ; helloides, 254 ; hypophlaeas, 254; mariposa, 254; rubidus, 255; sirius, 255 ; snowi, 255 ; thoe, 253 ; virginiensis, 252 ; xanthoides, 253 cipris, Argynnis, 107 citima, Thecla, 239 Citrus, 311 clara, Lycaena, 259 Clark, Willis G., quotation from, 250 Classification of Butterflies, 58 claudia, Euptoieta, 99 cleis, Lemonias, 232 Clerck, Charles, 69 ; “ leones,” 69 clio, Argynnis, 124 Clitoria, 322 clitus, Thanaos, 336 clodius, Parnassius, 305 club-men, 176 clymena, Callicore, 178 clvpeus, 14, 15 clytie, Thecla, 247 clyton, Chlorippe, 190 Cnicus, 170 Codling-moth, 257 coenia, Junonia, 173 Ccenonympha, genus, 205; ampelos, 207; California, 205 ; elko, 206 ; eryngii, 250; galactinus, 205; haydeni, 207; inornata, 206; kodiak, 207; ochracea, 206; pam- philoides, 207 ; pamphilus, 207 ; typhon, 206 Colasnis, genus, 94; delila, 95; julia, 95 Cold, In the Face of the, 224; effects of, on butterflies, 225 Coleridge, S. T., quotation from, 306 Colias, genus, 161, 163, 289; alexandra, 292 ; ariadne, 291 ; behri, 294; chrysome¬ las, 291 ; elis, 290; eriphyle, 291; eury- theme, 290; interior, 292; keewaydin, 291; meadi, 290; nastes, 293; pelidne, 293 ; philodice, 17, 291; scudderi, 293 collecting apparatus, 26-34 collecting-jars, 28-30 Collections and Collectors, 337 colon, Melitaea, 140 colon, The, 22 color, of eggs of butterflies, 4; of caterpil¬ lars, 8 Columbia, Argynnis, 111 comma, Grapta, 165 Comstock, John Henry, “A Manual foy the Study of Insects,” 74 comyntas, Lycaena, 268 373 Index Cook, Eliza, quotation from, 198 Copaeodes, genus, 345; myrtis, 346; pro- cris, 345 ; wrighti, 346 Coppers, The, 236, 251; American, 254; Bronze, 253 ; Great, 253 ; Least, 254; Ne¬ vada, 252; Purplish, 254; Reakirt’s, 254; Ruddy, 255 ; Snow’s, 255 coresia, Timetes, 180 Cornelia, Argynnis, no coronis, Argynnis, 117 costal margin of wing, 19 costal vein, 20, 21 couperi, Lycaena, 261 Cowan, Frank, quotations from, 90, 299 Cowper, quotation from, 275 coxa, 17, 18 Cramer, Peter, 69 ; “ Papillons Exotiques,” 69 cremaster, 11 creola, Debis, 199 Creole, The, 199 Crescent-spots, The, 150; Pearl, 153 cresphontes, Papilio, 311 creusa, Euchloe, 283 Crimson-patch, The, 159 crocale, Synchloe, 160 Crustacea, 59 crysalus, Thecla, 239 cybele, Argynnis, 106 Cystineura, genus, 177; amymone, 177 cythera, Lemonias, 230 daedalus, Lycaena, 260 Dagger-wings, The, 179; Many-banded, 180; Ruddy, 180 damaris, Terias, 296 damon, Thecla, 246 Danais chrysippus, 182 “darning-needles,” 86 daunus, Papilio, 310 Debis, genus, 198; creola, 199 ; portlandia, 199 delaware, Atrytone, 365 delia, Terias, 298 delila, Colaenis, 95 Dermestes, a museum pest, 53 diana, Argynnis, 103, 127 Dichora, genus, 195 Diclippa, 157 dimorphism, 23 Dione, genus, 96; vanillae, 97 dionysius, Neominois, 213 Dircenna, genus, 89; klugi, 89 disa, Erebia, 209 discal area of wing, 19 discocellular veins, 21 discoidalis, Erebia, 209; Thecla, 246 disippus, Basilarchia, 3, 8, 84, 185 Dismorphia, genus, 273; melite, 274 Distribution of Butterflies, 25 Dog-face Butterflies, 288 ; Californian, 288 ; Southern, 289 Doherty, William, 338 domicella, Hesperia, 327 dorsal vessel, 22 dorus, Plestia, 322 Drake, Joseph Rodman, quotation from, 320 Druce, Herbert, 338 dryas, Grapta, 165 drying-boxes, 42 drying-ovens, 46, 47 dumetorum, Theda, 249 duryi, Lemonias, 230 Dusky-wings, The, 324, 332; Afranius’, 334; Butler’s, 325 ; Dark, 333 ; Dreamy, 333 ; Funereal, 336 ; Horace s, 336 ; Juvenal’s, 335 ; Lucilius’, 333 ; Martial’s, 335 ; Nae- vius’, 336 ; Northern, 324; Mrs. Owen’s, 325; Pacuvius', 336; Persius’, 334; Pe- tronius’, 335 ; Sleepy, 332; Southern, 325 Dyar, Harrison G., 186 dymas, Melitaea, 145 eagle, white-headed, 63 editha, Chrysophanus, 253 ; Melitaea, 142 Edwards, W. H., Author of “ Butterflies of North America,” vi, 71; types of butter¬ flies named by, vi edwardsi, Argynnis, 119; Thecla, 243 eggs of butterflies, 3-5 ; how to secure, 34; preparation and preservation of, 43 egleis, Argynnis, 126 elada, Melitaea, 145 elathea, Terias, 298 electa, Argynnis, hi Elfin, Banded, 249; Brown, 247; Hoary, 248 elis, Colias, 290 elko, Coenonympha, 206 Elwes, Henry J., 338 Emerson, Ralph Waldo, quotations from, 197 . 319 Emperor, The Mountain, 190; The Tawny, 190 enoptes, Lycaena, 264 “ Entomologica Americana,” 73 “ Entomologist, The Canadian,” 73 entomology, definition of, 59; in high schools, 257 envelopes for butterflies, 37 Epargyreus, genus, 322 ; tityrus, 323 epigena, Thorybes, 325 epipsodea, Erebia, 210 epithore, Brenthis, 135 epixanthe, Chrysophanus, 254 Erebia, genus, 208, 224; callias, 209; disa, 209 ; discoidalis, 209 ; epipsodea, 210; ethela, 210; magdalena, 211; mancinus, 209 ; Sofia, 210 ; tyndarus, 210 Eresia, genus, 157 ; frisia, 157; ianthe, 158 ; punctata, 158 ; texana, 158; tulcis, 158 Ericaceae, 244 eriphyle, Colias, 291 eros, Basilarchia, 186 Erycininae, subfamily, 228 eryngii, Coenonympha, 205 Erynnis, genus, 346; attalus, 349; leonar- dus, 349; manitoba, 347; metea, 348 ; morrisoni, 347 ; ottoe, 348; sassacus, 348; snowi, 350; sylvanoides, 349; uncas, 349 eryphon, Thecla, 248 ethela, Erebia, 210 Ethiopian Faunal Region, 161 ethlius, Calpodes, 356 eubule, Catopsilia, 286 Euchloe, genus, 282; ausonides, 283 ; ce- thura, 284; creusa, 283 ; flora, 282; genu- tia, 4, 284; julia, 283 ; lanceolata, 285; 574 Index morrisoni. 284; pima, 284; reakirti, 282 ; rosa, 284; sara, 282; stella, 283 Eudamus, genus, 320; proteus, 321 eufala, Lerodea, 356 Eumaeus, genus, 237 ; atala, 237, 370 ; min- yas, 237 Eunica, genus, 175; monima,i76; tatila, 176 Euphorbiaceae, 192 Euphyes, genus, 359; metacomet, 360; verna, 360 Euploeinae, subfamily, 78, 80 ; protected in¬ sects, 84; Indo-Malayan, 161 Euptoieta, genus, 98; claudia, 99; hegesia, 100 eurydice, Meganostoma, 288 eurymedon, Papilio, 308 eurynome, Argynnis, 125 eurytheme, Colias, 290 eurytus, Neonympha, 203 Exchanges, 344 exilis, Lycaena, 269 external angle of wing, 19 external margin of wing, 19 eyes, of caterpillars, 6 ; of butterflies, 14,16 fabricii, Grapta, 164 Fabricius, Johann Christian, 69 Fad, The Butterflies’, 186 Families of Butterflies, 64 Family names, 63 Faun, The, 165 Faunal Regions, 161 faunus, Grapta, 165 favonius, Thecla, 240 Fawcett, Edgar, quotation from, 228 felicia, Nathalis, 281 femur, 17, 18 Feniseca, genus, 250; tarquinius, 9, 251 feronia, Ageronia, 194 Field, Eugene, quotation from, 74 field-boxes, 30 flava, Terias, 296 Flint, Charles L., edition of Harris’ Re¬ port, 71 flora, Chlorippe, 191; Euchloe, 282 floridensis, Basilarchia, 186; Papilio, 307 food of caterpillars, 10 food-plants, Selection of, by female butter¬ fly. 5 Food-reservoir, 22 forceps, 56 fornax, Ageronia, 194 Fossil Insects, 195 freija, Brenthis, 132 French, Professor G. H., 72 frigga, Brenthis, 133 frisia, Eresia, 157 Fritillary, The Variegated, 99; Mexican, 100 ; Regal, 103 ; Great Spangled, 106 ; Miss Owen’s, no; Behr’s, 114; Behrens’, 115; Skinner’s, 117; Snyder’s, 118; Ed¬ wards’, 119; Cliff-dwelling, 120; Plain, 122; Bischoff’s, 124; Silver-bordered, 129; Hiibner’s, 130; White Mountain, 131; Boisduval’s, 132; Lapland, 132; Polar, 133; Meadow, 134 front, definition of, 14 fuliginosa, Lycsena, 258 fulla, Lycaena, 259 funeralis, Thanaos, 336 gabbi, Melitaea, 144; Satyrus, 216 Galactia, 333 galactinus, Coenonympha, 205 ganglia, 22, 23 garita, Oarisma, 343 Geirocheilus, genus, 211; tritonia, 211 gemma, Neonympha, 202 genoveva, Junonia, 174 genus, definition of, 63 genutia, Euchloe, 284 Gerardia, 173 Geyer, Karl, 70 Gibson, William Hamilton, quotation from, 93 _ . gigas, CEneis, 220 Glass-wing, The Little, 360 glaucon, Lycaena, 264 glaucus, Papilio, 309 Gnaphalium, 170 Goatweed Butterfly, The, 192; Morrison’s, 193 Godman, F. D., 338 gorgon, Chrysophanus, 253 Gossamer-wing, The Sooty, 258 gracilis, Grapta, 166 Grapta, genus, 163; comma, 5,165 ; dryas, 165; fabricii, 164; faunus, 165; gracilis, 166; harrisi, 165 ; hylas, 165 ; interroga- tionis, 164; marsyas, 165 ; progne, 166; satyrus, 165 ; silenus, 166; umbrosa, 164; zephyrus, 166 greasy specimens, 54 Grossulaceae, 167 grunus, Thecla, 238 gundlachia, Terias, 295 Hackberry Butterflies, 188, 189 Hair-streaks, The, 236, 237 ; Acadian, 242; Banded, 243; Behr’s, 247; Boisduval’s, 238; Bronzed, 244; Colorado, 239; Com¬ mon, 242 ; Coral, 250; Drury’s, 246 ; Early, 249; Edwards’, 243; Gray, 245; Great Purple, 239; Green-winged, 249; Green White-spotted, 249; Hedge-row, 244; Henry’s, 248; Hewitson’s, 245; Martial, 240; Nelson’s, 245; Olive, 246; Southern, 240; Striped, 244; Texas, 241; Thicket, 245 ; White-M, 240; Wittfeld's, 241 halcyone, Argynnis, 116 halesus, Thecla, 239 Hamadryas, gemis, 85 Hannington, Bishop, 172 hanno, Lycaena, 269 Harris, Dr. T. W., 70; “ Report on the Insects of Massachusetts which are Inju¬ rious to Vegetation,” 71 harrisi, Grapta, 165 ; Melitaea, 144 Harvester, The, 251 Haworth, quotation from, 236 haydeni, Coenonympha, 207 hayhursti, Pholisora, 331 head, of butterfly, 14 ; of caterpillar, 6 heart, 22, 23 hegesia, Euptoieta, 100 Heine, quotation from, 281 helena, Brenthis, 131 Heliconiinae, subfamily, 78, 91, 162 Heliconius, genus, 92, 162; charitonius, 92 helloides, Chrysophanus, 234 Index Remans, Mrs. Felicia, quotation from, 303 henrici, Thecla, 248 henshawi, Neonympha, 202 hermodur, Parnassius, 306 Hesperia, genus, 326 ; caespitalis, 328; cen- taureae, 327; domicella, 327; montivaga, 327; nessus, 329; scriptura, 328 ; xanthus, 328 Hesperiidae, family, 21, 66, 318; fossil, 196 Hesperiinae, subfamily, 320 hesperis, Argynnis, 112 Heterocera, 62 Heterometabola, 59 heteronea, Lycaena, 259 hianna, Lerema, 366 hibernaculum of Basilarchia, 183 hibernation of caterpillars, 10, 37 hippolyta, Argynnis, 112 Hoary-edge, The, 326 hoffmanni, Melitaea, 143 Holland, Philemon, quotation from trans¬ lation of Livy, 85 hollandi, Papilio, 314 Hood, Thomas, quotation from, 237 horatius, Thanaos, 336 Hornaday, W. T., vii Hosackia argophylla, 249 howardi, Phycanassa, 363 Hiibner, Jacob, 69 ; works of, 70 Hugo’s “ Flower to Butterfly,” 74 hulsti, Basilarchia, 84, 185 humuli, Thecla, 242 Humulus, 170 huntera, Pyrameis, 170 Hunter’s Butterfly, 170 huron, Atalopedes, 352 hylas, Grapta, 165 Hylephila, genus, 354; phylaeus, 354 Hypanartia, genus, 175 ; lethe, 175 Hypolimnas, genus, 180; misippus, 171, 181 hypophlaeas, Chrysophanus, 254 ianthe, Eresia, 158 icarioides, Lycaena, 260 icelus, Thanaos, 333 idalia, Argynnis, 103 iduna, CEneis, 220 ilaire, Tachyris, 276 imago, the, 13 Immortality, 57 Indigofera, 335 Indo-Malayan Faunal Region, 161 indra, Papilio, 312 ines, Thecla, 247 inflating larvae, 44 Ingelow, Jean, quotation from, 150, 188 inner margin of wing, 19 inornata, Argynnis, 122; Coenonympha, 206 Insect pests, 53 Insecta, 59 Insects, Fossil, 194 Instinct, 280 interior, Colias, 292 interrogationis, Grapta, 164 intestine, 22, 23 iole, Nathalis, 281 irus, Thecla, 248 ismeria, Phyciodes, 152 isola, Lycaeha, 268 isophthalma, Lycaena, 269 isthmia, Mechanitis, 87 Ithomiinae, subfamily, 78, 85, 162 itys, Thecla, 243 ivallda, CEneis, 222 Jackson, Helen Hunt (H. H.), quotation from, 318 j-album, Vanessa, 168 janais, Synchloe, 159 Japan, Collecting in, 149 jatrophae, Anartia, 174 jucunda, Terias, 298 julia, Colaenis, 95 ; Euchloe, 283 Juniperus virginiana, 246 Junonia, genus, 172; coenia, 173; geno- veva, 174; lavinia, 173 jutta, CEneis, 222 juvenalis, Thanaos, 335 Kansas grasshopper, 257 Karlsbader pins, 56 keewaydin, Colias, 291 Kenia, Mount, 172 Key to Subfamilies of Nymphalidae, 79 Kilima-njaro, 172 Kirby, Beard, & Co.’s pins, 56 klugi, Dircenna, 89 kodiak, Coenonympha, 207 Kricogonia, genus, 287; lyside, 287; te- rissa, 287 labels, 52 labial palpi. See Palpi labium, of caterpillar, 6; of butterfly, 16 labrum, of caterpillar, 6 ; of butterfly, 14 lacinia, Synchloe, 159 Lady, The Painted, 170, 171; The West Coast, 170 laeta, Thecla, 249 lais, Argynnis, 109 Lamb’s-quarter, 330 lanceolata, Euchloe, 285 lappets, 17 Laria, genus of moths, 224; rossi, 224 larva. See Caterpillar laura, Argynnis, 120 Lauraceae, 192 Lavatera assurgentiflora, 171 lavinia, Junonia, 173 Leaf-wings, The, 191 leanira, Melitaea, 146 Leconte, Major John E., 70 legs, of caterpillars, 7; of butterflies, 17 leilia, Chlorippe, 190 Lemonias, genus, 229 ; cleis, 232 ; cythera, 230; duryi, 230; mormo, 229; nais, 230 ; palmeri, 231 ; virgulti, 230 ; zela, 231 Lemoniidae, 65, 228 leonardus, Erynnis, 349 Leopard-spots, The, 178 Lepidoptera, 60 ; diurnal, 61 Lerema, genus, 366; accius, 366; Carolina, 367; hianna, 366 Lerodea, genus, 356; eufala, 356 Lespedeza, 324 lethe, Hypanartia, 175 leto, 105 libya, Pholisora, 331 376 Index Libythea, genus, 226; oachmanni, 227; carinenta, 227; labdaca, 195 Libytheinae, subfamily, 78, 226; fossil, 196 liliana, Argynnis, 119 limbal area of wing, 19 Limochores, genus, 357; byssus, 358; ma- nataaqua, 357; palatka, 358; pontiac, 358; taumas, 337; yehl, 359 Linnaeus, 58, 69 liparops, Thecla, 244 lisa, Terias, 297 Literature relating to North American butterflies, 69 Long-dash, The, 351 lorquini, Basilarchia, 185 lower discocellular vein, 21 lower radial vein, 20, 21 lucia, Lycaena, 267 lucilius, Thanaos, 333 Luther’s Saddest Experience, 100 Lycaena, genus, 258 ; acmon, 266; ammon, 270; amyntula, 268; annetta, 266 ; an- tiacis, 261 ; aquilo, 263 ; aster, 266 ; bat- toides, 264; clara, 259; comyntas, 268 ; couperi, 261; daedalus, 260; enoptes, 264; exilis, 269 ; fuliginosa, 258 ; fulla, 259; glaucon, 264; hanno, 269; hetero- nea, 259; icarioides, 260; isola, 268; isophthalma, 269; lucia, 267; lycea, 259; lygdamas, 262; marginata, 267; marina, 270; melissa, 265; mintha, 260; neg- lecta, 267; nigra, 267; pheres, 261; piasus, 268; podarce, 263; pseudargio- lus, 4, 267 ; rustica, 263 ; saepiolus, 260; sagittigera, 262; scudderi, 265 ; shasta, 265 ; sonorensis, 263 ; speciosa, 262 ; theonus, 270; violacea, 267; xerxes, 261 Lycaenidae, 66, 161, 236 lycaste, Ceratinia, 88 lycea, Lycaena, 259 lycidas, Achalarus, 325 lygdamas, Lycaena, 262 lyside, Kricogonia, 287 macaria, Argynnis, 121 MacDonald, George, quotation from, 201 macglashani, Melitaea, 140 machaon, Papilio, 312 macouni, CEneis, 221 maculata, Oligoria, 361 magdalena, Erebia, 211 Malachites, The, 194; The Pearly, 195 Malacopoda, 59 m-album, Thecla, 240 Malpighian vessel, 22, 23 manataaqua, Limochores, 357 mancinus, Erebia, 209 mandan, Pamphila, 342 mandibles of caterpillar, 6 manitoba, Erynnis, 347 Many-banded Dagger-wing, The, 180 marcellus, Papilio, 308 marcia, Phyciodes, 153 rnardon, Polites, 354 marginata, Lycaena, 267 marina, Lycaena, 270 mariposa, Chrysophanus, 254 maritima, Satyrus, 213 marsyas, Qrapta, *65 martialis, Thecla, 240; Thanaos, 335 massasoit, Poanes, 361 Maxillae, of caterpillars, 6; of butterflies, 14 Maynard, C. J., 72, 73 McDonald, quotation from, 177 meadi, Argynnis, 119; Satyrus, 216 ; Colias, 290 Mechanitis, genus, 86; californica, 87; isthmia, 87; polymnia, 88 median area of wing, 19 median nervules, 21 median vein, 20, 21 Meganostoma, genus, 288; caesonia, 289; eurydice, 288 Megathyminae, subfamily, 368 Megathymus, genus, 367; yuccae, 368 melane, Atrytone, 365 melanism, 24 melinus, Thecla, 242 melissa, Lycaena, 265 Melitaea, genus, 137, 161, 163 ; acastus, 143; alma, 147; anicia, 140; arachne, 148 ; augusta, 141; baroni, 141; beani, 140; bolli, 147; chalcedon, 139 ; chara, 146; colon, 140; dymas, 145; editha, 142; elada, 145; gabbi, 144 ; harrisi, 144 ; hoff- manni, 143 ; leanira, 146 ; macglashani, 140; minuta, 148; nubigena, 141; nym- pha, 148 ; palla, 143 ; perse, 146; phaeton, 4, 138; rubicunda, 142; taylori, 142; thekla, 147; wheeleri, 141; whitneyi, 143; wrighti, 147 melite, Dismorphia, 274 menapia, Neophasia, 275 mesothorax, 17, 23 Metabola, 60 metacomet, Euphyes, 360 Metal-marks, The, 228 Metal-marks, The, 230; Behr’s, 230; Dury’s, 230; Dusky, 233; Little, 232; Northern, 232 ; Palmer’s, 231; Southern, 233 metathorax, 17, 23 metea, Erynnis, 348 mexicana, Terias, 296 micropyle, 4 middle discocellular vein, 21 milberti, Vanessa, 169 mildew, 54 Milkweed Butterfly. See Anosia Mime, The, 274 Mimic The, 181 Mimicry, 24, 235 mintha, Lycaena, 260 minuta, Melitaea, 148 minyas, Eumaeus, 237 misippus, Hypolimnas, 171, 181 “ Missouri Reports,” The,by C. V. Riley,73 Monarch, The, 82 monima, Eunica, 176 Monkey, story about, 68 ; butterflies dis¬ tasteful to, 92 monstrosities, 24 montana, Phyciodes, 156 monticola, Argynnis, 114 montinus, Brenthis, 131 montis, Chlorippe, 190 montivaga, Argynnis, 126; Hesperia, 327 monuste, Pieris, 277 Moore, Thomas, quotation from, 58 Index Moravian Brethren, 127 mormo, Lemonias, 229 Mormon, The, 229 morpheus, Phyciodes, 154 Morris, Rev. John G., “ Catalogue of the Described Lepidoptera of North Amer¬ ica,” 71 morrisoni, Erynnis, 347; Euchloe, 284; Pyrrhanaea, 193 moths, how to distinguish, from butterflies, 62 mould on specimens, 54 moulting of caterpillars, 9 mounting butterflies, 38 ; English method, 39 ; continental method, 39; on setting- boards, 40; on setting-blocks, 42 Mount Washington, N. H., 220 Mourning-cloak, The, 169 Mulberry-wing, The, 361 Munkittrick, quotation from, 128 muscles of head of butterfly, 15, 16 mylitta, Phyciodes, 155 Myriapoda, 59 myrina, Brenthis, 129 myrtis, Copseodes, 346 mystic, Thymelicus, 351 naevius, Thanaos, 336 nais, Lemonias, 230 names, family, 63; generic, 63; specific, 63 ; scientific, 66; popular, 68 ; use of, 6 7 Naphthaline as a preventative of infection, 53 Naphthaline cones, 53 napi, Pieris, 279 nastes, Colias, 293 Nathalis, genus, 281; iole, 281; felicia, 281 nausicaa, Argynnis, 108 Nearctic Faunal Region, 161, 163 neglecta, Lycaena, 267 negreta, Ceratinia, 88 nelsoni, Thecla, 245 nemesis, Calephelis, 233 Neominois, genus, 212; dionysius, 213; ridingsi, 213 Neonympha, genus, 201; eurytus, 18, 203; gemma, 202 ; henshawi, 202; mitchelli, 20Q; phocion, 202: rubricata, 204; sosy- bius, 204 Neophasia, genus, 274 Neotropical Faunal Region, 161, 162 nephele, Satyrus, 215 nervous system of lepidoptera, 22, 23 nervules, 21 nessus, Hesperia, 329 nets, 26-28; the use of, 31 nevadensis, Argynnis, 118 “ News, The Entomological,” 73 “ New York Entomological Society, Jour¬ nal of the,” 73 Nicholas, Grand Duke, 338 nicippe, Terias, 296 nigra, Lycaena, 267 niphon, Thecla, 249 nitocris, Argynnis, 105 nitra, Papilio, 312 nokomis, Argynnis, 104 Nova Scotian, The, 222 nubigena, Melitaea, 141 378 number of species of butterflies in the United States, 25 numitor, Ancyloxypha, 345 nycteis, Phyciodes, 151 nymph a, Melitaea, 148 Nymphalidae, 65,77; subfamilies of, 78; fossil, 196 Nymphalinae, subfamily, 78, 93; eggs of, 94; Indo-Malayan, 161 Nymphs, The (see Nymphalinae); Eyed, "198 ; Common Grass, 200 ; Spangled, 201 Oarisma, genus, 343 ; garita, 343 ; powe- sheik, 343 Oberland, Bernese, 172 Oberthiir, M. Charles, 338 occidentalis, Pieris, 278 ochracea, Coenonympha, 206 ocola, Prenes, 355 CEneis, genus, 218, 224; brucei, 223; Ca¬ lais, 221; chryxus, 221; gigas, 220; iduna, 220; ivallda, 222 ; jutta, 222 ; macouni, 221; semidea, 222; taygete, 223; uhleri, 222; varuna, 222 oesophagus, of butterfly, 15, 16, 23; of caterpillar, 22 oetus, Satyrus, 218 oleracea-hiemalis, Pieris, 279 Oligoria, genus, 361; maculata, 361 Olympus, Satyrus, 215 opis, Argynnis, 124 Orange-tips, The, 282 ; Falcate, 284 ; Pima, 284; Reakirt’s, 282 oregonia, Papilio, 314 Ornithoptera, genus, 162, 272 ; paradisea, 162; victoria, 162 orseis, Phyciodes, 154 osmateria, 9 ottoe, Erynnis, 348 outer angle of wing, 19 oviduct, 23 oweni, Argynnis, 109 Packard, A. S., “ Guide to the Study of Insects,” 74; “A Text-book of Ento¬ mology,” 74 packing specimens, 55 pacuvius, Thanaos, 336 Palaearctic Faunal Region, 161 palamedes, Papilio, 315 palatka, Limochores, 358 palla, Melitaea, 143 pallida, Pieris, 297 palmeri, Lemonias, 231 palpi, of caterpillars, 6 ; of butterflies, 16, 23 Pamphila, genus, 342 ; mandan, 342 Pamphilinae, subfamily, 339 pamphiloides, Coenonympha, 207 pamphilus, Coenonympha, 207 papering specimens, 37 Papilio, genus, 161, 162, 272, 306; abbotti, 307 ; ajax, 307; aliaska, 312 ; antimachus, 162; asterias, 6, 13, 314; bairdi, 313; brevicauda, 313 ; brucei, 313; calverleyi, 314; cresphontes, 311 ; daunus, 310; eurymedon, 308; floridensis, 307; glau- cus, 309; hollandi, 314; indra, 312 ; ma- chaon, 312 ; marcellus, 308 ; nitra, 312; oregonia, 314 ; palamedes, 315 ; philenor, Index 6, 12, 315; pilumnus, 310; polydamas, 316; rutulus, 309 ; telamonides, 308 ; thoas, 311; troilus, 9, 315 ; turnus, 3, 23, 309; walshi, 307; zolicaon, 312 " Papilio,” journal devoted to entomology, 73 Papilionidae, 66, 272 Papilioninae, subfamily, 304; fossil, 196 paradisea, Ornithoptera, 162 Parnassians, The, 304 Parnassius, genus, 304; behri, 306; clo- dius, 305 ; hermodur, 306; smintheus, 306 Passiflora, 96 passion-flower, 92, 97, 98, 99 Patched Butterflies, The, 159 paulus, Satyrus, 217 Peacock Butterflies, 172 Peacock, The White, 174 Pearly-eye, The, 199 peckius, Polites, 353 pectus, 17 pegala, Satyrus, 215 pelidne, Colias, 293 Periodical literature of entomology, 73 perse, Melitaea, 146 persius, Thanaos, 334 petronius, Thanaos, 335 phaeton, Melitaea, 138 phaon, Phyciodes, 153 pheres, Lycaena, 261 philea, Catopsilia, 286 philenor, Papilio, 315 philodice, Colias, 291 phocion, Neonympha, 202 Pholisora, genus, 330 ; alpheus, 331; Catul¬ lus, 330; hayhursti, 331; libya, 331 Phycanassa, genus, 362 ; aaroni,363 ; how- ardi, 363 ; viator, 362 Phyciodes, genus, 150; barnesi, 155; batesi, 154; camillus, 155 ; ismeria, 152; marcia, 153 ; montana, 156 ; morpheus, 154 ; my- litta, 155; nycteis, 151; orseis, 154; phaon, 153; picta, 156; pratensis, 154; tharos, 153 ; vesta, 152 phylaeus, Hylephila, 354 piasus, Lycaena, 268 picta, Phyciodes, 156 Pierinae, subfamily, 272 ; fossil, 196 Pieris, genus, 276; acadica, 280; beckeri, 277; bryoniae, 279; monuste, 277; napi, 279; occidentalis, 278 ; oleracea, 5, 13, 18 ; oleracea-hiemalis, 279 ; pallida, 279 ; protodice, 12, 278 ; rapae, 280; sisymbri, 278 ; vernalis, 278; virginiensis, 279 pilumnus, Papilio, 310 pima, Euchloe, 284 pins, 56 Piperaceae, 192 Plantago, 173 platina, Argynnis, 117 Plestia, genus, 322 ; dorus, 322 plexippus, Anosia, 82 Pliny, quotation from, 85 Poanes, genus, 361; massasoit, 361 pocahontas, Atrytone, 364 podarce, Lycaena, 263 Podostomata, 59 polaris, Brenthis, 133 Polites, genus, 353; mardon, 354; peckius, 353; sabuleti, 354 polydamas, Papilio, 316 polymnia, Mechanics, 88 polymorphism, 23 pontiac, Limochores, 358 Pope, Alexander, quotation from, 304 Populus, 169 portia, Pyrrhanaea, 193 portlandia, Debis, 199 potato-bug, 257 powesheik, Oarisma, 343 pratensis, Phyciodes, 154 precostal veins of Erycininae, 228 Prenes, genus, 355 ; ocola, 355 proboscis of butterflies, 14-16, 23 procris, Copaeodes, 345 progne, Grapta, 166 prolegs, of caterpillars, 7 ; anal, 8 proserpina, Basilarchia, 184 protective mimicry, 25 proterpia, Terias, 295 proteus, Eudamus, 321 prothorax, 17, 23 protodice, Pieris, 278 pseudargiolus, Lycaena, 267 pseudodorippus, Basilarchia, 185 “ Psyche,” journal devoted to entomology, Ptelea, 311 punctata, Eresia, 158 pupa. See Chrysalis Purple,The Banded, 184 ; The Red-spotted, 183 purpurescens, Argynnis, 114 pylades, Thorybes, 324 Pyrameis, genus, 169; atalanta, 170; car- dui, 170, 171; caryae, 170 ; huntera, 170 ; indica, 172 Pyrrhanaea, genus, 191 ; andria, 9, 192 morrisoni, 193; portia, 193 Pyrrhopyge, genus, 319; araxes, 319 Pyrrhopyginae, subfamily, 319 Queen, The, 84 Queens, The Tropic, 180 Quercus, chrysolepis, 239 Question-sign, The, 164 Race after a Butterfly, 127 Ramsay, Allan, quotation from, 316 rapae, Pieris, 280 Reakirt, 87-90 reakirti, Euchloe, 282 rectum, 22, 23 Red Rain, 299 Reds, The Banded, 175 Regions, Faunal, 161 relaxing specimens, 41 Repairing broken specimens, 55 Rhamnus californicus, 309 rhodope, Argynnis, 115 Rhopalocera, origin of term. 16; suborder of lepidoptera, 60, 62 Ribes, 252 ridingsi, Neominois, 213 Riley, James Whitcomb, quotation from, 276 Riley, Professor C. V., vii, 73, 80, 256 Ringlets, The, 205; Alaskan, 207; Cali¬ fornian, 205; Elko, 206; Hayden’s, 207; 379 Index Ochre, 206; Plain, 206; Ringless, 207; Utah, 207 Robinia pseudacacia, 323 Rogers, quotation from, 294 rosa, Euchloe, 284 Ross, Commander James, 224 Rossetti, Christina, quotation from, 294 rossi, Laria, 224 Rothschild, Hon. Walter, 338 rubicunda, Melitaea, 142 rubidus, Chrysophanus, 255 rubricata, Neonympha, 204 Ruddy Dagger-wing, The, 180 Rumex, 253 rupestris, Argynnis, 120 Russell, quotation from, 339 rustica, Lycaena, 263 rutulus, Papilio, 309 sabuleti, Polites, 354 Sachem, .The, 352 saepiolus, Lycaena, 260 saepium, Thecla, 244 sagittigera, Lycsena, 262 samoset, Amblyscirtes, 340 sara, Euchloe, 282 sassacus, Erynnis, 348 sassafras, 315 Satyr, The, 165 Satyrinae, subfamily, 78, 197; fossil, 196 Satyrs, The: Baron's, 216; Boisduval’s, 218; Carolinian, 204; Gabb’s, 216 ; Geor¬ gian, 202; Little Wood-, 203; Mead’s, 216; Mitchell's, 203; Red, 204; Ridings', 213; Scudder’s, 213 Satyrodes, genus, 200 ; canthus, 200 Satyrus, genus, 214; alope, 215 ; ariane, 216; baroni, 216 ; boopis, 216 ; charon, 217; gabbi, 216; maritima, 215; meadi, 216 ; nephele, 215 ; cetus, 218 ; olympus, 215 ; paulus, 217; pegala, 215 ; sthenele, 218; texana, 215 satyrus, Grapta, 165 sauer-kraut, 257 Saxifraga, 306 scales of wings, 18; how to remove, 19; arrangement on wing, 20 scale-insects, injurious to orange-trees, 256 Schaus, William, 160 scriptura, Hesperia, 328 Scudder, Dr. S. H., author of “ The But¬ terflies of New England,” vi, vii, 72, 73 Scudderi, Lycaena, 265 ; Colias, 293 Sedum, 306 segments constituting external skeleton of caterpillar, 6 semidea, CEneis, 222 semiramis, Argynnis, 12I setting-blocks, 39 setting-boards, 39 setting-needles, 40 sex, 64 sex-signs, 64 Shakespeare, quotations from, 91, 205, 218, 273 shasta, Lycaena, 265 shellac, 55 Shelley, quotation from, 26 " Shingling *' butterflies when packing for shipment, 55 Sigourney, Mrs., quotation from, 57 silenus, Grapta, 166 Silver-spot, Arizona, 108 ; Bremner’s, 113 ; Columbian, 111 ; Mead's, 119; Moun¬ tain, 108 ; New Mexican, 107 ; Nevada, 118; Northwestern, 109; Owen’s, nq simaethis, Thecla, 246 simius, Amblyscirtes, 341 sirius, Chrysophanus, 255 Sisters, The, 187; Californian, 187 sisymbri, Pieris, 278 Sisymbrium, 284 siva, Thecla, 246 size, 271 Skinner, Dr. Henry, 325, 363 Skippers, The, 318 ; Aaron’s, 363; Arctic, 342 ; Brazilian, 356 ; Broad-winged, 362 ; Bronze, 341; Canadian, 347; Carolina, 367; Checkered, 327; Cobweb, 348; Cross-line, 357; Delaware, 365; Dun, 360; Dusted, 366; Erichson s, 327; Fiery, 354; Golden-banded, 326; Griz¬ zled, 327; Hayhurst’s, 331; Hobomok, 364; Howard’s, 363; Indian, 348 ; Iowa, 364 ; Leonard’s, 349; Long-tailed, 321; Morrison’s, 347; Ocola, 355; Oregon, 354; Palatka, 358; Peck’s, 353; Pepper- and-salt, 340 ; Roadside, 340; Sand-hill, 354; Short-tailed, 322; Silver-spotted, 323; Skinner's, 359; Small-checkered, 328; Snow’s, 350; Tawny-edged, 357; Two-banded, 328; Umber, 365 ; Vol¬ canic, 351 ; Woodland, 340 ; Woven- winged, 341; Wright’s, 346; Xanthus, 328 Slosson, Mrs. Annie Trumbull, quotation from, 233 Small Sulphurs, 294 ; Gundlach’s, 295 smintheus, Parnassius, 306 Smith, Herbert H., 338 Smith, Sir James Edward, 70 Smith and Abbot, “The Natural History of the Rarer Lepidopterous Insects of Georgia,” 70 Snout-butterflies, 226, 227; Southern, 227 Snow, Chancellor F. H., 255 snowi, Chrysophanus, 255 ; Erynnis, 350 snyderi, Argynnis, 118 Sofia, Erebia, 210 somrius, Thanaos, 333 sonorensis, Lycaena, 263 Sooty-wing, The, 330; Mohave, 331 sosybius, Neonympha, 204 species, definition of, 62 speciosa, Lycaena, 262 Spenser, Edmund, Quotation from, 226 spermatheca, 23 spicewood, 315 spinetorum, Thecla, 2^5 spinneret, 6, 22 spinning-vessel, 22 Staudinger, Dr. Otto, 338 Stella, Euchloe, 283 steneles, Victorina, 195 sthenele, Satyrus, 218 stomach, 22, 23 Strecker, Herman, 72 strigosa, Anosia, 84 subcostal nervules, 21 subcostal vein, 20, 21 Index subfamily names, 63 submedian vein, 20, 2r suboesophageal ganglion, 22, 23 “sugaring,” 32 Sulphurs, The, 272, 289; Alexandra, 292; Arctic, 293 ; Behr’s, 294; Cloudless, 286 ; Common, 291; Gold-and-black, 291; Great, 285; Labrador, 293; Large Orange, 287; Little, 297; Mead’s, 290; Pink- edged, 292 ; Red-barred, 286 ; Scudder’s, 293 ; Strecker’s, 290 Superstitions, 90 Suspicious Conduct, 136 Swallowtails, The, 272, 306; Alaskan, 312; Common Eastern, 314; Giant, 311; Newfoundland, 313; Pipe-vine, 315; Spice-bush, 315 ; Tiger, 309 Swinburne, quotation from, 272 sylvanoides, Erynnis, 349 Synchloe, genus, 159; crocale, 160; janais, 159; lacinia, 159 Systasea, genus, 329; zampa, 329 Tachyris, genus, 275; ilaire, 276 tacita, Thecla, Plate XXIX, Fig. 30 tarquinius, Feniseca, 251 tarsi, 17, 18 tatila, Eunica, 176 taumas, Limochores, 357 taxiles, Atrytone, 365 taygete, CEneis, 223 taylori, Melitaea, 142 tegulae, 17 telamonides, Papilio, 308 Tennyson, quotation from, 213 Terias, genus, 294; damaris, 296; delia, 298 ; elathea, 298; flava, 296 ; gundlachia, 295 ; jucunda, 298 ; lisa, 297; mexicana, 296; nicippe, 296; proterpia, 295; west- woodi, 297 terissa, Kricogonia, 287 testis, 22 texana, Eresia, 158; Satyrus, 215 textor, Amblyscirtes, 341 Thanaos, genus, 332; afranius, 334; brizo, 332 ; clitus, 336 ; funeralis, 336 ; horatius, 336; icelus, 333 ; juvenalis, 335 ; lucilius, 333 ; martialis, 335 ; naevius, 336; pacu- vius, 336; persius, 334; petronius, 335 ; somnus, 333 tharos, Phyciodes, 153 Thecla, genus, 237; acadica, 242; acis, 240, 246; adenostomatis, 245; affinis, 249; alcestis, 241; arsace, 248 ; augustus, 247; autolycus, 241 ; behri, 247; blenina, 245; calanus, 243 ; cecrops, 246; chalcis, 244; citima, 239; clytie, 247 ; crysalus, 239; damon, 246; discoidalis, 246; dume- torum, 249; edwardsi, 243 ; eryphon,248; favonius, 240; grunus, 238 ; halesus, 239; henrici, 248; humuli, 242; ines, 247; irus, 248; itys, 243; beta, 249; liparops, 244; m-album, 240; martialis, 240; meli- nus, 242 ; nelsoni, 245 ; niphon, 249; saepium, 244; simaetnis, 246; siva, 246; spinetorum, 243; tacita, Plate XXIX, Fig. 30; titus, 250; wittfeldi, 241 thekla, Melitaea, 147 theonus, Lycaena, 270 Thibet, 172 thoas, Papilio, 311 thoe, Chrysophanus, 253 thorax, 7, 14, 17, 22, 23 Thoreau, Quotation from, 93 Thorybes, genus, 324; aemilia,325; bathyl- lus, 325 ; epigena, 325 ; pylades, 324 Thymelicus, genus, 350 ; aetna, 351; bret- tus, 351; mystic, 351 tibia, 17, 18 tiger, 63 Timetes, genus, 179; chiron, 180; coresia 180; petreus, 180 tip for inflating tube, 46 titus, Thecla, 250 tityrus, Epargyreus, 323 Tokyo, 149 Tongue. See Proboscis Tortoise, The Compton, 168 Tortoise-shells, The, 167; the California, 168; Milbert’s, 169 tracheae, 15, 22 “ Transactions of the American Entomo¬ logical Society,” 73 transformations, egg to caterpillar, 5; caterpillar to chrysalis, 11; chrysalis to butterfly, 13 triclaris, Brenthis, 130 tritonia, Geirocheilus, 211 trochanter, 17, 18 troilus, Papilio, 315 tulcis, Eresia, 158 turnus, Papilio, 309 Turritis, 285 Twin-spot, The, 361 tyndarus, Erebia, 210 types of butterflies named by W. H. Ed¬ wards, vi ; used in preparation of this book, vii typhon, Coenonympha, 206 uhleri, CEneis, 222 Umbelliferae, 312, 313, 314 umbrosa, Grapta, 164 uncas, Erynnis, 349 Uncle Jotham’s Boarder, 233 United States Department of Agriculture, 49 - 73 United States National Museum, 73 upper discocellular vein, 21 upper radial vein, 20, 21 Urtica, 164, 169 urtica, Vanessa, 169 Urticaceae, 164, 165 Utility of Entomology, The, 256 Vanessa, genus, 167; antiopa, 5, 7, 94, 169; californica, 168; j-album, 168; milberti, 169; urticse, 169; vau-album, 168; xan thomelas, 168 vanillae, Dione, 97 varieties, 64; insular, 64 varuna, CEneis, 222 vau-album, Vanessa, 168 veins of wings, 20, 21 verna, Euphyes, 360 vernalis, Pieris, 278 Vertex, definition of, 14 vesta, Phyciodes, 152 vialis, Amblyscirtes, 340 viator, Phycanassa, 362 381 Index Viceroy, The, 185 victoria, Ornithoptera, 162 Victorina, genus, 194; steneles, 19.5 violacea, Lycasna, 267 violets, 98, 102 Violet-wings, The, 175 *, The Dingy, 176 virginiensis, Chrysophanus, 252; Pieris, , 2 79 • T virgulti, Lemonias, 230 vitellius, Atrytone, 364 Wallace, Alfred Russel, 92, 338 walshi, Papilio, 307 Walsingham, Lord, 338 weidemeyeri, Basilarchia, 185 westwoodi, Terias, 297 wheeleri, Melitaea, 141 Whirlabout, The, 351 White Admirals, The, 182 White Peacock, The, 174 Whites, The, 272; Becker’s, 277; Cabbage, 280; California, 278; Common, 278; Florida, 276; Great Southern, 277 ; Mus¬ tard, 279; Pine, 275 ; Western, 278 whitneyi, Melitaea, 143 Wilcox, Ella Wheeler, quotation from, 186 wings of butterflies, 18, 21 winter quarters of Basilarchia, 183 Wistaria, 322 wittfeldi, Thecla, 241 Wood-nymphs, The, 214; Clouded, 215; Common, 215; Dark, 217; Least, 218; Small, 217; Southern, 215 wrighti, Melitaea, 147; Copaeodes, 346 writers, early, upon butterflies of North America, 69; later, 71 xanthoides, Chrysophanus, 253 xanthomelas, Vanessa, 168 xanthus, Hesperia, 328 xerxes, Lycaena, 261 “Yale Literary Magazine,” 100 yehl, Limochores, 359 Yellow, The Dwarf, 281; The Fairy, 298 The Mexican, 296 ; Westwood’s, 297 yuccae, Megathymus, 368 zabulon, Atrytone, 364 ' zampa, Systasea, 329 Zebra, The. See Charitonius zela, Lemonias, 231 zephvrus, Grapta, 166 zereiie, Argynnjs, 113 zolicaon. Papilio, 313 VOLUME TWO-PART TWO THE MOTH BOOK •• ■ >IOOH ! I TOM '{ill The Moth Book. Plate 1 (Frontispiece) 1 AMER'CAN COLORTYPE COPYRIGHTED BY W. J. HOLLAND. Explanation of Plate I (Frontispiece) LARVvE OF MOTHS 1. Hyloicus chersis Hubner. 2. Callosamia promethea Drury. 3. Cucuilia convexipennis Grote & Robinson. 4. Citheronia- regalis Fabricius. 5. Euchcetias egle Drury. 6. Sibine stimulea Clemens. 7. Catocala innubens Guenee. 8. Samia cecropia Linnaeus. 9. Prolimacodes scapha Harris. 10. Seirarctia echo Abbot & Smith. 11. Mamestra picta Harris. 12. Achatodes zece Harris. 13. Datana ministra Drury. 14. Phobetron pithecium Abbot & Smith. 15. Nerice bidentata Walker. 16. Eurycyltarus'confederata Grote & Robinson. 17. Lycia cognataria Guenee. 18. Centra multiscripta Riley. 19. Tortricidia testacea Packard. THE NEW NATURE LIBRARY VOLUME TWO-PART TWO THE MOTH BOOK A POPULAR GUIDE TO A KNOWL¬ EDGE OF THE MOTHS OF NORTH AMERICA BY W. J. HOLLAND, D. D., Ph. D., Sc. D., LL. D. DIRECTOR OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM, PITTSBURG, PA.; LATE CHANCELLOR OF THE WESTERN UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA; PRESIDENT OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WESTERN PENNSYLVANIA; FELLOW OF THE ZOOLOGICAL AND ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETIES OF LONDON; MEMBER OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF FRANCE; ETC., ETC. WITH FORTY-EIGHT PLATES IN COLOR PHOTOGRAPHY, AND NUMEROUS ILLUSTRATIONS IN THE TEXT, REPRO¬ DUCING SPECIMENS IN THE COLLECTION OF THE AUTHOR, AND IN VARIOUS PUBLIC AND PRIVATE COLLECTIONS Garden City New York DOUBLEDAY, PAGE & COMPANY 1914 COPYRIGHT, 1905, BY W. J. HOLLAND TO MY HONORED FRIEND, ANDREW CARNEGIE, WHOSE NAME IS A SYNONYM FOR FINANCIAL SAGACITY AND PRACTICAL BENEVOLENCE, DEDICATE THIS BOOK * - , ■ : '/ I >i i '! ! J! I > ■ ; M > T ' . j ' PREFACE 'Vl/’HEN a few years ago I published “The Butterfly Book," I ^ stated in the preface to that volume that I would follow it by the preparation of a similar work upon the moths of the United States and Canada, provided the reception given that venture should seem to justify me in so doing. “The Butterfly Book” was very favorably received, and not only I, but my publishers, have been besieged with letters from all parts of the continent, urging the fulfillment of the provisional promise made by me in 1898. A prompt compliance with these requests has, however, unfortunately been impossible, owing to the fact that my official duties, which are numerous and exacting, prevent me from devot¬ ing any but the evening hours to the work of literary composition. In addition to the difficulties arising from this source, there were other and even greater difficulties which presented themselves. The species of moths known to occur in the United States and Canada vastly exceed in number the species of butterflies found within the same limits. While it was possible to bring together brief descriptions and numerous illustrations of the majority of the species of butterflies found in the region, it became evident at the outset that in dealing with the moths it would be necessary to resort to a different method. It became plain that a process of selection would have to be followed, if the volume were to be kept within proper limits as to size and cost. It would have been comparatively easy to have selected from the abundant material at my command a series of the more showy insects, and to have illustrated these, but as it is the purpose of the series of the books of which “The Moth Book” is one to provide in reasonably compact form manuals which will with tolerable completeness cover the whole field, the plan had to be materially altered. In¬ stead, therefore, of attempting to briefly describe and figure all the thousands of species of moths which have been ascertained to Vll Preface occur in North America north of Mexico, the effort was made to select those species which would adequately represent the various families and the commoner and more important genera, thus pro¬ viding a work which might serve as an introduction to the study. This process of selection had to be made with much patience and care. Another cause of delay arose from the fact that it is some¬ times difficult to obtain perfect specimens for purposes of photo¬ graphic reproduction. Even where species are well known and common, and are abundantly represented in the collections to which I have access, it has not infrequently happened that it was almost impossible to discover specimens so perfect as to allow of their being reproduced by color-photography in a satisfactory manner. Minor defects, which signify little to a working natural¬ ist, and which can easily be eliminated from sight by a draughts¬ man, become very serious blemishes when resort is had to methods of photographic illustration. Much time had, therefore, to be spent in searching through various collections for the kind of material which was required, and often in remounting specimens which, while good enough for the cabinet, were not so set as to permit them to be employed in the photographic laboratory. Patience and perseverance, however, always bring in due time their re¬ ward, and I have been able to assemble enough properly prepared material to enable me in the main to accomplish my purpose. “Brevity is the soul of wit,” and this fact has not been forgotten by the writer in preparing the pages of this book. The limitations necessarily imposed by the space available precluded the preparation of lengthy descriptions. This brevity in descrip¬ tion is, however, as the writer believes, abundantly compensated for by the illustrations in the Plates. One good recognizable figure of a species is worth reams of mere verbal description. Those who desire to go deeply into the subject, and who wish to famiMarize themselves with all its technicalities, will find in the list of works named in that part of the introduction devoted to the bibliography of the subject much that they desire. I am indebted to many scientific friends for assistance, but to no one am I more indebted than to Dr. L, O. Howard, the Ento¬ mologist of the United States Department of Agriculture and the Honorary Curator of Entomology in the United States National Museum, and to his amiable associates, Dr. William H. Ashmead viii Preface and Dr. Harrison G. Dyar. With unfailing courtesy these gentle? men most generously aided me by allowing me to use the material in the National Collection, when it became necessary to do so, and in many other ways gave me invaluable help. 1 gratefully acknowledge the kindness of Professor J. B. Smith, of Rutgers College, who very graciously went over the Plates con¬ taining the Noctuidce, thereby saving me in several instances from errors in determination. My best thanks are due to Mr. William BeutenmOller, the Curator of Entomology in the American Museum of Natural History, New York, for his most obliging courtesy and for much valued assistance. To Mrs. Beutenmuller’s facile fingers I owe the frontispiece and many illustrations in the text. To Sir George F. Hampson, of the British Museum, and to the Trustees of that great institution, a debt of gratitude is due for many favors, and especially for permission to use some of the illustrations employed in their publications. From Dr. Henry Skinner, of the Academy of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia, and Mr. Jacob Doll, of the Brooklyn Institute, I received great assistance. To the Messrs. F. A. and H. S. Merrick, of New Brighton, Pa., to Dr. William Barnes, of Decatur, III., and to Mr. O. C. Poling, of Peoria, Ill., I return thanks for the loan of specimens used for illustration. The Honorable Walter Rothschild and Dr. Carl Jordan, of Tring, England, placed me under special obligations by permitting me to see advance proofs of the pages of their great work upon the Sphingidce. To all of these gentlemen, as well as to scores of others, who have lent their aid in the preparation of the book, I extend my heartfelt thanks. While recognizing its imperfections, I trust that the volume will accomplish much to quicken an interest, especially among the young people in our schools and colleges, in that beautiful department of scientific inquiry, which it is designed to some extent to illustrate. Director’s Office, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. September 8, 1903. ix W. J. H. ■ ' • ' '• ■ ^ •!.: ';•!!. 0 ; r»i ki . I 04 ' !' *j c T l<, \,ff) ••'gf' k ’■ ’! VlUiklkiy k o! ;■:> O'M -->!>}i,r!l yh\. i •• M ’ . '•' •• :u yumy ,'fflOlS n . m' . 'OinH iok piij ,iifir - ^ mi.liljW . ,i! ’■ ' i ■ 7 ! M;' i n? ;• ".IlM fiU'MTjn'A . S' -ilk /!; * •. : , 1 r " : \ k k: /. : ; i'; : ">!l i:.>H ' ; -!i: ■' fr --; 1: ;.-.\-i.''hT :.dj • !mm. ^rsi j >>!JM- ri<:iti ; ; ■ . t /' ';>V JH;;. 'i J'! >U »: . - ' 1 ' ■: :! ' 1 . 1 ■ : f: . '"'Ml I ; ) '! , : ;: . ; u ■ : vi'j...! V; iMMa , nv I >\ p< viH wi ; 1 1■ ri 1 »! , >Y i i'i -• -V i,!j . ■. ' v n «H . ; i ' •••! •. 11 i)'.i• f[f’i'. ; ;! ; ).; yj‘ \J kj'Milq hrifil^flk . at: ' ■ • ■ ■ 11 ... r Vi 1 ; f ; .! ; ’ 'i IqMtO'v HlV-* ij : . • ■j ssbitUAmunoqY adl- .. ••/XXX vIlmcH . , Aj:;:M- i A f 'A'" MV/.Xa f - . . •aaA' .... 1 A viiniftH J.i . ■ v A;.;:.,; • ■ d ; .... .1 . ■ J • >1o: i iX : ; dXOd-y'HdKX'U L I I. • d|: i . ■ ort OOL . lof • A " . • • i ■ A A ■ AAA Alqd ...: IX -jor qnriApAd . • A a X. .- , A , A n f >U ja W i (;. ■ •r/ofcn/} i jdz nI nn <.»> jfeO . • V A AH':. } ■ A • ' ■ ' d Ol : ; lO AL ' - ■ A A „• :A ;-;iH flOltf; rStcftzflAiT . • . V '•' d : ■ U ‘ A'W-'dJ ■ A A A ^ A> A A, . . ■: rtynrzfj aaa" : 1 ) sfb'nrX) Xdi'UA) • .dion;->Ad-oD . a-a f ;n;i2>T ) ’Id. '!<:> hf jXdT dir' ;• A'A . VAf k a • ■ • LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS IN THE TEXT FIG. PAGE 1. Dahlia hesperioides Pagenstecher.3 2. Egg of Peridroma saucia .5 3. Egg of Sarnia cecropia. 5 4. Larva of Hyloicus kalmiae. 7 5. Pupa of Telea polyphemus.10 6. Pupa of cut-worm in underground cell.10 7. Front view of the head of a moth.12 8. Lateral view of the head of a moth.12 9. Antennae of moths.13 10. Antenna of Telea polyphemus.13 11. Legs of a moth.15 12. Diagram showing the structure of the wings of a moth 16 13. Neuration of the wings of Hepialus gracilis.17 14. Figures showing the frenulum and the retinaculum . . 17 15. Figure showing the maculation of the wings of a Noctuid 18 16. Setting-needle used in mounting microlepidoptera . . 19 17. Setting-board used in mounting microlepidoptera . . 20 18. Double mount.21 19. “As it is not done”.26 20. Three joints of the antenna of Protoparce quinquemacu- latus.4 1 21. Neuration of the wings of Sesia tantalus.42 22. Pupa of Protoparce quinquemaculatus.43 23. Isoparce cupressi.48 24. Hyloicus eremitoides.50 25. Hyloicus canadensis. 5 1 26. Protambulyx strigilis.. 54 27. Larva of Pholus satellitia. ..65 28. Larva of Pholus achemon.66 29. Larva of Darapsa myron.68 30. Parasitized larva of Darapsa myron.69 XV List of Illustrations in the Text FIG. PAGE 31. Microgaster which preys upon the larva of Darapsa myron 69 32. Pupa of Darapsa myron.69 33. Larva and moth of Sphecodina abbotti.70 34. Light form of larva of Celerio lineata ....... 76 35. Dark form of larva of Celerio lineata.76 36. Philosamia cynthia.81 37. Cocoon of Sarnia cecropia. 83 38. Larva of Callosamia promethea ......... 85 39. Cocoon of Callosamia promethea ........ 85 40. Larva of Actias luna. 87 41. Larva of Telea polyphemus. 88 42. Cocoon of Telea polyphemus.88 43. Larva of Automeris io. 90 44. Eggs of Buck-moth. 92 45. Larva of Buck-moth. 92 46. Anisota rubicunda, larva and pupa.95 47. Crambidia pallida.104 48. Crambidia casta.104 49. Palpidia pallidior. 105 50. Hypoprepia fucosa. 106 51. Haematomis mexicana. 107 52. Comacla simplex.107 33. Bruceia pulverina.108 54. Clemensia albata.108 55. Illice unifascia.109 56. Illice subjecta . 109 57. Lerina incarnata.111 58. Dodia albertae ..117 59. Haploa lecontei . . ..119 60. Haploa contigua.. ..119 61. Euerythra phasma.120 62. Larva of Ecpantheria deflorata.120 63. Turuptiana permaculata.121 64. Seirarctia echo.122 63. Alexicles aspersa.122 66. Estigmene prima.122 67. Estigmene acraea.123 68. Isia isabella.*.123 xvi List of Illustrations in the Text FIG - PAGE 69. Caterpillar and pupa of Isia isabella.125 70. Phragmatobia fuliginosa. I2 6 71. Phragmatobia yarrowi. 127 72. Apantesis anna . .... 73. Kodiosoma fulva. 74. Ectypia bivittata .. 75. Euchaetias egle.^5 76. Pygarctia elegans ..^6 77. Hypocrisias minima. 136 78. Egg of Copidryas gloveri.m 79. Pupa of Copidryas gloveri.^2 80. Larva and moth of Copidryas gloveri ..142 81. Tuerta sabulosa. 143 82. Alypia disparata.^4 83. Alypia octomaculata ..144 84. Alypiodes bimaculata.^ 85. Apatela populi, ?.1^4 86. Apatela populi, larva.^4 87. Apatela oblinita ..^8 88. Apharetra dentata.^8 89. Apharetra pyralis.^9 90. Cerma cora.^ 91. Copibryophila angelica .. 92. Platyperigea prseacuta ... . 164 93. Platyperigea discistriga.^4 94. Fishea yosemitae. 95. Momaphana comstocki. .... 172 96. Pyrophila pyramidoides, larva . . . , .... 173 97. Larva of Laphygma frugiperda.1-74 98. Moth of Laphygma frugiperda.1-74 99. Podagra crassipes .. 1-78 100. Abagrotis erratica ..180 101. Metalepsis cornuta.181 102. Setagrotis terrifica ..181 103. Agrotis ypsilon.182 104. Pronoctua typica.^5 105. Feltia subgothica.186 Iq 6. Eucoptocnemis fimbriaris.. . . . 19Q XVII List of Illustrations in the Text FIG. PAGE 107. Mamestra picta.194 108. Trichopolia serrata.199 109. Eupolia licentiosa. 199 110. Larva of Heliophila unipuncta.200 hi. Pupa of Heliophila unipuncta.200 112. Moth of Heliophila unipuncta.201 113. Larvae and eggs of Heliophila albilinea.202 114. Neleucania bicolorata. 203 115. Stretchia muricina.205 116. Perigrapha prima.205 117. Xylina antennata.206 118. Asteroscopus borealis .. 209 119. Bellura gortynides.211 120. Gortyna immanis.212 121. Larva of Papaipema nitela.213 122. Ochria sauzaelitae.214 123. Pseudorthosia variabilis.216 124. Selicanis cinereola.. . 216 125. Orrhodia californica.218 126. Tristyla alboplagiata.220 127. Pippona bimatris.221 128. Bessula luxa.221 129. Oxycnemis fusimacula ..221 130. Boll-worm feeding on tomato.223 131. Heliothis armiger. 223 132. Derrima stellata.224 133. Pseudacontia crustaria.225 134. Graeperia magnifica.225 135. Trichosellus cupes.226 136. Eupanychis spinosae ..226 137. Canidia scissa.226 138. Palada scarletina.229 139. Sympistis proprius.229 140. Heliodes restrictalis.230 141. Heliosea pictipennis.230 142. Eupseudomorpha brillians.231 143. Larva of Psychomorpha epimenis.232 144. Pseudalypia crotchi.232 xviii List of Illustrations in the Text FIG. PAGE 145. Larva of Euthisanotia grata .. 233 146. Acherdoa ferraria. 234 147. Neumoegenia poetica . . ..235 148. Autographa brassicae.239 149. Diastema tigris.. . . . . . . .241 150. Eutelia pulcherrima. 242 151. Alabama argillacea, egg, larva, and pupa.243 152. Anepischetos bipartita.245 153. Diallagma Iutea ... . 245 154. Incita aurantiaca. 246 155. Trichotarache assimilis.246 156. Thalpochares aetheria ..249 157. Gyros muiri.249 158. Tornacontia sutrix .230 159. Cerathosia tricolor . „ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 160. Hormoschista pagenstecheri.253 161. Sylectra erycata...254 162. Melanomma auricinctaria.255 163. Argillophora furcilla ..255 164. Parora texana . . ... . . 255 165. Capnodes punctivena. 277 166. Selenis monotropa. 277 167. Latebraria amphipyroides. 279 168. Epizeuxis americalis.280 169. Epizeuxis semula.. . 280 170. Zanclognatha protumnusalis.281 171. Sisyrhypena orciferalis. 282 172. Hypenula cacuminalis.283 173. Hypenula opacalis . ..283 174. Tetanolita mynesalis.284 175. Dircetis pygmaea. 284 176. Salia interpuncta. 285 177. Lomanaltes eductalis ..285 178. Hypena humuli. 287 179. Eunystalea indiana .............. 295 180. Euphyparpax rosea . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 181. Cargida cadmia . 301 182. Hemerocampa leucostigma, moth. . . ..306 X2X List of Illustrations in the Text FIG. PAGE 183. Hemerocampa leucostigma, female moth, larva, and male and female pupae ..307 184. Hemerocampa leucostigma, full grown female larva . . 307 185. Doa ampla . ..309 186. Leuculodes lacteolaria.310 187. Hypopacha grisea.312 188. Malacosoma americana, eggs, larvae, and cocoon . . .313 189. Malacosoma disstria, mature larva.313 190. Malacosoma disstria.314 191. Larva of Bombyx mori. 316 192. Cocoon of Bombyx mori.316 193. Moth of Bombyx mori.316 194. Eudeilinea herminiata.320 195. Paleacrita vernata, egg, and larva.325 196. Paleacrita vernata, male and female moths.325 197. Alsophila pometaria, egg, larva, and pupa.326 198. Moths of Alsophila pometaria.326 199. Larva of Eois ptelearia . 334 2co. Moth and cocoon of Eois ptelearia. 335 201. Fernaldella fimetaria.337 202. Cymatophora ribearia, moth ..340 203. Egg of Goose-berry span-worm.340 204. Goose-berry span-worm.341 205. Coniodes plumigeraria.346 206. Coniodes plumigeraria, larva.346 207. Nigetia formosalis.338 208. Oiketicus abboti. 361 209. Thyridopteryx ephemeraeformis.361 210. Harrisina americana, larva, and moth.372 211. Harrisina americana, larvae on grape-leaf.373 212. Zeuzera pyrina ..376 213. Inguromorpha basalis.378 214. Cossula magnifica. 379 215. Synanthedon acerni.386 216. Desmia funeralis.392 217. Glyphodes quadristigmalis.394 218. Phlyctaenodes sticticalis.395 219. Phlyctaenodes sticticalis, larvae.396 List of Illustrations in the Text FIG. PAGE 220. Phlyctaenodes sticticalis, pupa . .396 221. Hypsopygia costalis.400 222. Pyralis farinalis.401 223. Diatraea saccharalis, larvae.403 224. Cornstalk attacked by Diatraea saccharalis.404 225. Moth and pupa of Diatraea saccharalis.405 226. The Bee-moth ..406 227. Mineola juglandis. 408 228. Mineola indigenella, larvae and moth.409 229. Mineola indigenella, larval case among leaves . . . .410 230. Zophodia grossulariae . . . . . . ..411 231. Canarsia hammondi.411 232. Ephestia kuehniella.412 233. Cocoons of Ephestia kuehniella.. . .413 234. Larva of Ephestia cautella.414 235. Ephestia cautella.414 236. Plodia interpunctella. 415 237. Oxyptilus periscelidactylus . . . . . . . . . .416 238. Orneodes hexadactylus.. . .417 239. Eucosma scudderiana. . 418 240. Ancylis comptana. 419 241. Cydia pomonella.420 242. Alceris minuta . 421 243. Phthorimaea operculella.424 244. Gnorimoschema gallaesolidaginis.425 245. Anarsia lineatella, larvae.426 246. Anarsia lineatella, moths.427 247. Depressaria heracliana . 428 248. Holcocera glandulella. 429 249. Walshia amorphella. 430 250. Bucculatrix canadensisella.. . . . 431 251. Bucculatrix pomifoliella.432 252. Tineola bisselliella (The Clothes-moth) ...... 432 253. Tinea pellionella. (The Fur-moth).433 254. Trichophaga tapetzella. (The Carpet-moth) . . . .434 233. Prodoxus quinquepunctella, larvae.438 236. Prodoxus quinquepunctella, moth.439 257. Prodoxus marginatus.439 List of Illustrations in the Text FIG. PAGfc 258. Prodoxus y-inversa . . . • . . . . . . . . . 440 259. Prodoxus reticulata.. . . : . 440 260. Prodoxus coloradensis.440 261. Prodoxus cinereus . . . . . . ..... . 441 262. Pronuba yuccasella ..... . ... . . . . . .442 26Pronuba yuccasella, pupae . . . . . . . . ... 442 xxn LIST OF COLORED PLATES Produced by the color-photographic process of the American Colortype Company, New York and Chicago FACING PAGE I. Larvae of Moths. Frontispiece II. Sphingidae (Hawkmoths). 4 2 III. Sphingidae (Hawkmoths), &c..48 IV. Sphingidae (Hawkmoths).56 V. Sphingidae (Hawkmoths).. . 62 VI. Sphingidae (Hawkmoths).70 VII. Sphingidae (Hawkmoths) ..76 VIII. Saturniidae, Ceratocampidae, &c.80 IX. Saturniidae, &c.84 X. Saturniidae, Ceratocampidae, Lasiocampidae . . 88 XI. Saturniidae, Ceratocampidae, Lasiocampidae, &c. . . 92 XII. Saturniidae, Cossidae, Lasiocampidae ...... 96 XIII. Syntomidae, Lithosiidae, Arctiidae.108 XIV. Arctiidae.116 XV. Arctiidae.122 XVI. Arctiidae, &c.134 XVII. Arctiidae, Agaristidae, Noctuidae.140 XVIII. Noctuidae.156 XIX. Noctuidae.164 XX. Noctuidae.176 XXI. Noctuidae. .182 XXII. Noctuidae. 188 XXIII. Noctuidae.194 XXIV. Noctuidae ..204 XXV. Noctuidae.210 XXVI. Noctuidae.218 xxiii List of Colored Plates PACING PAGE XXVII. Noctuidae.228 XXVIII. Noctuidae.240 XXIX. Noctuidae . . . . ;.252 XXX. Noctuidae.260 XXXI. Noctuidae. 262 XXXII. Noctuidae.266 XXXIII. Noctuidae ..268 XXXIV. Noctuidae.270 XXXV. Noctuidae.272 XXXVI. Noctuidae.276 XXXVII. Noctuidae.278 XXXVIII. Pericopidae, Dioptidae, Liparidae, Megalopygidae, &c.290 XXXIX. Notodontidae.296 XL. Notodontidae, Thyatiridae, &c.300 XLI. Lasiocampidae, Hepialidae, Psychidae, Platyptery- 314 gidae, Lacosomidae, &c.328 XLII. Noctuidae,'Nycteolidae, Geometridae.330 XLIII. Geometridae.338 XLIV. Geometridae.348 XLV. Geometridae.354 XLVI. /Egeriidae.382 XLVII. Cochlidiidae, Zygaenidae, Thryrididae, Pyralidae . 394 XLVIII. Pyralidae, Tortricidae, Tineidae, &c.412 xxlv INTRODUCTION ■ t . ' ; >' K iOqiH; ' . INTRODUCTION CHAPTER I THE LIFE-HISTORY AND ANATOMY OF MOTHS 4 1 suppose you are an entomologist ? ” “Not quite so ambitious as that, sir. I should like to put my eyes on the individual entitled to that name. No man can be truly called an entomologist, sir; the subject is too vast for any single human intelligence to grasp.” Oliver Wendell Holmes, The Poet at the Breakfast Table. The great order of the scale-winged insects, or lepidoptera, by the consent of almost all naturalists has been subdivided into two suborders, the Rhopalocera , or Butterflies, and the Hetero¬ cera , or Moths. As Dr. David Sharp well says, “The only definition that can be given of Heterocera is the practical one that all Lepidoptera that are not butterflies are Heterocera.”* The distinction made between butterflies and moths, accord¬ ing to which all lepidoptera having clubbed antennae are to be classified as Rhopalocera, or butterflies, and those without clubbed antennae are to be classified as Heterocera, or moths, while holding good in the main, yet is found with the increase of our knowledge to have exceptions, and there are a few fami¬ lies of lepidoptera, apparently forming con¬ necting links between the butterflies and the moths, in which, while most of the structural characteristics are those of the Heterocera, the antennae are distinctly clubbed. This is true of the Castniidce, found in tropical America, Fig. i .— Dahlia the Neocastniidce of the Indo-Malayan region, stecherT ^ Pagen ~ the Euschemonidce of Australia, and certain obscure genera of the Agaristidce , among them that remarkable insect, Dahlia hesperioides Pagenstecher, which occurs in the ^Cambridge Natural History, Vol. VI. p. 366. N.J.H 3 The Life-History and Anatomy of Moths Bismarck Archipelago and the island of Burn. When., a few years ago, I communicated a specimen of this strange little moth to Sir George F. Hampson, he suggested that a trick had been played and that the head of a butterfly (a skipper) had been affixed to the body of a moth, but such was not the case, as a considerable series of specimens in my possession showed. The incident reveals that in classification hard and fast lines, based upon the character of a single organ, can not be always adhered to. There is scarcely any generalization in reference to organic structures which students have made which has not been found with the increase of knowledge to have its limitations. While all this is true, it is nevertheless also true that, so far as the lepidoptera of the United States and the countries of British North America are concerned, the old distinction between the two suborders, based upon the form of the antennae, holds good, with the sole excep¬ tion of the insects belonging to the genus Megathymus , which are by many authors classified with the Castniidce, and by others with the Hesperiidce. In the “ Butterfly Book ” I have left these insects with the Hesperiidce. Leaving them out of sight, we may say that all lepidoptera found in the region with which this book deals, and which do not possess clubbed antennae, are moths. The easiest way for the beginner who lives in the United States, or Canada, to ascertain whether the insect before him is a moth, is to first familiarize himself with the structure of the antennae of butterflies, and then by comparison to refer the specimens before him to their proper suborder. Moths undergo metamorphoses analogous to those through which butterflies pass. They exist first in the embryonic form as eggs. When the eggs hatch the insects appear as larvae, or caterpillars. They are then, after undergoing a series of molts, transformed into pupae, or chrysalids, which may be naked, or may be provided with an outer covering, known as the cocoon, which is more or less composed of silk. After remaining for some time in the pupal state, they appear as perfect four-winged, six-footed insects. THE EGGS OF MOTHS The eggs of moths, like those of butterflies, consist of a shell containing the embryo and the liquid food upon which it subsists 4 The Life-History and Anatomy of Moths until it has attained the degree of maturity which permits it to hatch, or come forth in the first larval stage. The eggs of moths have various forms. Spherical, hemispherical, cylin¬ drical, and lenticular, or lens-shaped eggs are common. The eggs of the Cochlidiidce, or Slug-moths, are broad and very flat, looking like microscopic pancakes. The surfaces of the eggs of moths are seen under a micro- scope to be more or less ornamented by Peridroma saucia , raised lines and sculpturings. While in some greatly enl arged. cases the eggs of moths are beautifully spotted and mottled, they are generally quite plain in color, white, pale green, bluish- green, or brown. Like the eggs of butterflies, they are provided with a micropyle. The micropyle, in the case of such eggs as are globular, conical, or cylindrical, is situated on top. In the case of those eggs which are flattened or lenticular, the micro¬ pyle is located on the outer margin or rim. The eggs are always laid by the female in a state of freedom upon that food-plant which is most congenial to the larva. In captivity moths will often deposit their eggs in the receptacle in which they are con¬ fined. In such cases, unless the observer knows the food-plant upon which the species feeds, he will be apt to have great difficulty in rearing the larvae, unless by a happy chance he succeeds experimentally in ascertaining the proper plant. This may sometimes be done by introducing the leaves of a number of plants found in the neighborhood and observing those to which the young caterpillars resort. The date of oviposition varies with different families and genera. Some moths deposit their eggs in the fall and the young insect passes the winter in the egg, emerging when the early springtime brings opening flowers and leaves. Some moths lay their eggs in the late summer and early fall; the eggs hatch shortly afterward, and the larvae, after molting one or more times, hibernate in the caterpillar state, and in the following spring resume the process of feeding and molting until such time as they are ready to undergo further transformation. Most Fig. 3.—Egg of Samia cecropia , greatly enlarged. 5* The Life-History and Anatomy of Moths moths in temperate regions oviposit in the spring or early summer, and the eggs hatch shortly afterward. THE CATERPILLARS OF MOTHS The caterpillars of moths are of course extremely small when they first emerge from the egg. They, however, rapidly increase in relative size as they continue the process of feeding and molting, and in the case of some of the larger species become to the ignorant and uninformed even formidable in appear¬ ance. The larva of the Royal Walnut-moth, or “Hickory Horn- Devil, ” as it is sometimes called, is a striking object. (See Plate I, Fig. 4.) Specimens six and seven inches in length are not at all uncommon. With its curved horns and numeruos spines it presents to the uninitiated a truly repellent aspect. The larvae of the Heterocera, like those of the Rhopalocera, are principally phytophagous, that is to say, they feed upon vege¬ table matter. The food of the vast majority consists of the leaves of grasses, shrubs, and trees. A few larvae feed upon woody tissues, and bore long galleries under the bark or in the wood of trees. Others feed upon the pith of herbaceous plants. A number of species feed upon the inside of growing fruits. Only a very few species are known to be carnivorous. In Australia there occurs a Galleriid moth, the larva of which burrows into the fatty tissues of one of the great wood-boring caterpillars of the region, and preys upon it somewhat as is done by the great family of parasitic Hymenoptera, known to scientific men as the Ichneumonidce. Certain Phycids and Noctuids feed upon scale- insects, in the same way in which the larva of the butterfly known as Feniseca tarquinius feeds upon the same class of in¬ sects. Among the Tineidce there are certain species which, as is well known, feed upon hair and on horn. Every house¬ wife is more or less acquainted with the ravages committed by the destructive larvae of the clothes-moth. There is considerable variety in the form of heterocerous larvae, and still greater variety in the manner in which their bodies are adorned by various growths and colors. The body, as is the case with the larvae of the Rhopalocera, is composed normally of thirteen rings or somites, anterior to which is the head. 6 The Life-History and Anatomy of Moths The head is usually prominent, and is provided with man¬ dibles, or jaws, eyes, rudimentary antennae, maxillae, palpi, and a spinneret for the production of silk. The head may be globular, hemispherical, or conoid. It is sometimes cleft on top, or bifid. It is generally more or less retractile, or capable of being drawn back, so as to be partially concealed in the folds of the anterior somite of the body. Of the thirteen somites forming the body of the caterpillar, the three foremost are thoracic, and each is furnished with a pair of legs which correspond to the six legs of the perfect insect, or imago. The last two somites of the body are often so closely united with each other as to be superficially indistinguishable. The somites from the third to the eleventh inclusive are provided on either side with spiracles connecting with the tracheae, through which the creature receives the external air in order to the oxy- dization of the waste products of the circulation. e Fig. 4.— Larva of Hyloicuskalmuz: a, thoracic legs; b, prolegs; c, anal proleg; d, anal horn; e, head. The body is usually supported at the middle and at the end by prolegs, or false legs. In the majority of families there are four pairs of these prolegs, situated upon the sixth, seventh, eighth, and ninth somites, and a fifth pair situated on the thirteenth or last somite. The latter pair are called the anal prolegs. In the larvae of the greater portion of the Geometridce , and in those of numerous Noctuidce, the prolegs are reduced in number, and in many of the Psychidce they appear to be wholly wanting. In most of the Geometridce the pair found on the ninth and thirteenth somites are the only prolegs, and therefore in order to progress the creature makes a series of movements in which the body is looped upward. These caterpillars are 7 The Life-History and Anatomy of Moths known as “loopers” or “measuring-worms.” When, as is the case with many genera of the A J octuidce, a less complete abortion of the prolegs occurs, and only a partial approximation to the movement employed by the larvae of the Geometridce is wit¬ nessed, the caterpillars are said to be “ half-loopers,” or “ semi- loopers.” As examples of such caterpillars we may cite those belonging to the genus Plusia, in which there are only two pairs of abdominal prolegs. In the family of the Megalopygidce the prolegs are supplemented by sucker-like pads on the somites ranging from the fifth to the tenth, inclusive. In the Cochlidiidce the prolegs are wanting, their function being wholly assumed by such sucker-like pads, ranging on the ventral surface from the fourth to the eleventh somites, inclusive. In the Eriocephalidce, which are regarded as ancestral forms, there are, as has been pointed out by Dr. T. A. Chapman, eight pairs of abdominal prolegs and an abdominal sucker situated upon the ninth and tenth somites, having the shape of a trefoil or clover leaf. These larvae are further remarkable in having well-developed antennae. After the larvae have emerged from the egg and fed for a longer or shorter period, the outer skin, or epidermis, becomes too small to admit of further growth, and the insect then molts, or sheds its skin, and resumes feeding until increased develop¬ ment makes another molt necessary. The number of such molts varies in the case of different species. Ordinarily, hetero- cerous caterpillars do not molt more than five times before trans¬ forming into pupae, but some genera molt as often as ten times, while others only molt thrice. The skin which is cast off pre¬ serves the outline not only of the body, but also of the horn-like processes, the hairs, and various other appendages attached to the body at the time of molting. The molting period is a critical time in the life of larvae, and those who are endeavoring to rear them should never disturb them in the least at this time. The bodies of the larvae of moths are covered with tubercles, the location and arrangement of which has in recent years received considerable attention from students, and is thought to furnish a clue to the lines of descent of certain families. These tubercles sometimes carry only a single hair, in other cases they carry large tufts of hairs; they may be small and inconspicuous, or they may be developed until they assume the form of great 8 The Life-History and Anatomy of Moths spines, horns, or bulbous projections. The hairs and spines with which some larvae are ornamented possess stinging proper¬ ties. This is true of some genera among the Saturniidce and the Cochlidiidce in temperate America and of many genera in the same families and among the Lasiocampidce in the tropics. The sting¬ ing hairs of a large caterpillar found in tropical Africa arc employed by the natives in preparing the poison which they put upon their arrows. The inflammation caused by these hairs, even in the case of specimens long dead, I know from personal experience to be very severe. The coloration of caterpillars is often very striking and beau¬ tiful, and in most cases is such as to adapt them more or less to their surroundings in life. Cases of protective mimicry are very numerous. A beautiful illustration of this is seen on Plate I, fig. 15, where the singular form of the caterpillar, combined with its green tint, suggests the serrated edge of the leaf of the elm, upon which plant it feeds. There is almost endless diversity in the modifications of form and color in the larval stages of moths, and they are as characteristic as are the forms and colors of the perfect insects. There is much diversity in the social habits of the larvae of moths. Some are gregarious and exist in colonies which disperse at the time of pupation; but there are a few singular instances, in which the communistic instinct perdures, and leads the entire colony to form a common cocoon, or envelope of silk, in which each individual subsequently spins a smaller cocoon for itself. In 1893 I had the pleasure of communicating some information in regard to this curious phase of insect life to the pages of the journal of the Cambridge Entomological Club (See Psyche, Voh VI., p. 385). This habit is characteristic of certain genera of African moths, but has not thus far been observed as occur ring in the case of any American species. THE PUP /E OF MOTHS When the caterpillar has gone through its successive molts and attained to full development it undergoes the transformation known as pupation. From a life of freedom and motion it passes into a condition in which freedom and almost all power of motion are lost. The flexible and more or less agile body is 9 / The Life-History and Anatomy of Moths encased in hard chitinous rings and sheathings. As a measure of protection during this stage, the insect, before transforming into a pupa, descends into the earth, and forms there a cell at a greater or lesser depth beneath the surface, or else weaves a cocoon of silk about its body. In some cases the transformation takes place at the surface of the earth under leaves or under fallen branches and the loose bark of trees. In almost all such cases there is apparently an at¬ tempt, though often slight, to throw a few strands of silk about the body of the caterpillar, if only to hold in place the loose material amidst which transformation is to occur. The forms assumed in the pupal stage are not as remarkably diversified as in the larval or imaginal stages. The pupae of moths are generally brown or black in color, though a few are more or less variegated. The bright golden and silvery spots which ornament the pupae of many species of butterflies, causing them to be called chrysalids, are seldom, if ever, found. While the change into a pupa might at first sight appear to the superficial observer to be disadvantageous because of the loss of motion and the imprisonment within narrow bounds, it neverthe¬ less distinctly marks a progression in the life of the creature. The pupal case contains within it the moth, as may easily be ascertained by a care¬ ful dissection made in the very earliest period after the change has occurred, and which becomes very evident at a later time when the period of the pupal life is drawing to its close. In the cocoon or in the cell in which pupation has taken place will always be found the exuviae, or the larval skin, etc., of the caterpillar, which have been cast off. When the time comes for the perfect insect to emerge from the pupa, nature has provided methods by which escape from the prison cell underground, or the tightly woven cocoon, can be effected. In the case of those pupae which lie deeply buried Fig. 6.—Pupa of Cut-worm in earthen cell. (Riley.) Fig. 5.—Pupa of Telea polyphemus. (Riley.) 10 The Life-History and Anatomy of Moths under the soil escape is made by means of the power possessed by the abdominal somites, or rings, of moving with a sort of spiral twist. The pupa “wriggles” itself upward through the soil until it reaches the surface, following in its course the line of least resistance, which is generally the line through which the larva burrowed downward to its hiding place. In this movement the pupae are often aided by spinous projections at the lower edge of the somites which prevent backward motion. When emer¬ gence from a cocoon occurs, the insect is provided with the power of ejecting from its mouth a fluid, which has the property of dissolving and cutting the silken threads. When the moth first emerges from the pupa its wings are soft and flabby and its body is long and vermiform. The first act is to secure a quiet resting place. The fluids of the body are in the process of circulation rapidly absorbed from the abdominal region, and, pressing out¬ ward under the action of the heart, cause the wings to expand and assume their normal form and the other parts to acquire adjustment. There is no more interesting spectacle than to witness the rapid development of a moth from its apparently helpless condition at emergence from the pupal stage into an insect strong of wing and often gloriously beautiful in color. THE ANATOMY OF MOTHS The body of all lepidoptera consists of three subdivisions, the head, the thorax, and the abdomen. The head bears the princi¬ pal organs of sense and of nutrition, the thorax those of locomo¬ tion, and the abdomen those of generation and in large part those of assimilation, respiration, and circulation. The reader who desires to ascertain the names and the func¬ tion of the various organs of the body of moths may consult in this connection the corresponding portion of the “ Butterfly Book,” in which the principal facts have been fully set forth as to the diurnal lepidoptera. The anatomy of moths does not radically differ in its main outlines from that of the Rhopalocera. The same names are applied to the parts, and the differences which occur are not so much differences in function as in outline. In studying the head of moths we find that as a rule the head is not as prominent as is the case in butterflies. It is more retracted, as a rule, though in the case of some families, 11 The Life-History and Anatomy of Moths as the Sphingidce, it is produced well in advance of the thorax, but even in such cases it is generally more solidly attached to the ante¬ rior part of the thorax and is less mobile than in the butterflies. The suctorial apparatus is formed in the moths as in the case of the butter¬ flies by the peculiar modification of the maxillae into semi-cylindrical and inter¬ locking tubes forming the proboscis. This is enormously produced in some groups, enabling the insect to hover upon the wing over flowers and rob their cups of the honey which they contain. This is especially true of the Sphingidce and some subfamilies of the Noctuidce. In other cases, as in the family of the Satur- niidce and Bombycidce , the proboscis is very feebly developed or aborted. In fact, we know that some of these creatures are without mouths and that they do not partake of nourishment in the winged state. They are simply animate, winged reservoirs of reproductive energy, and, when the sexual functions have been completed, they die. The eyes of moths are often greatly developed. This is especially true of those species which are crepuscular in their hab¬ its. The eyes of the heterocera are, as in all other insects, compound. They may be naked, or may be more or less studded with hairs, or lashes, projecting from points lying at the juncture of the various facets making up the organ. This fact has been utilized to some extent in classification. Ocelli, or minute simple eyes, subsidiary to the large compound eyes, occur in some forms, just above the latter, but are generally so concealed by the covering of the head as to be only recognizable by an expert observer. The labial palpi of moths, as of butterflies, consist of three joints, but there is far greater diversity in the development of the palpi among the moths than among the butterflies. In some Fig. 8.—Head of a moth viewed from the side, a, antenna; e, eye; oc, ocellus; m.p., maxillary palpus; l.p., labial palpus; ^pro¬ boscis. Fig. 7.—Head of a moth viewed from in front, a, antenna; c, clypous; e, eye; oc, ocel¬ lus; p, proboscis. 13 The Life-History and Anatomy of Moths cases they are but very feebly developed, in others they attain relatively enormous proportions and strangely eccentric forms. Maxillary palpi are found in some groups. The maxillary palpi have two joints. The antennae of moths, which, as has already been pointed out, differ greatly in form from those of butterflies, are attached to the head in the same relative location as in butterflies. Antennae may be filiform, threadlike, fusiform , spindle - shaped, or dilate, more or less swollen toward the tip. They may be simple , i. e ., without lateral projec¬ tions, but this is rarely the case. The shaft may be set with cilia, or small hair-like projections on the side of the joints. Such antennae are said to be ciliate. Sometimes instead of cilia we find bristle-shaped projec¬ tions on the joints. These are called setose antennae. In some Fig. i o.— Antenna of Telea polyphemus. Plu¬ mose; doubly bipectinate. (From “ Insect Life,” Vol. VII. p. 40.) forms both cilia and bristles occur on the antennae. When the bristles are arranged in clusters on the joints of the antennae they are said to be fasciculate. Many forms have tooth-like projections on the antennae; in such cases the antennae are described as den- Fig. 9.—Antennas of moths. 1, fusiform; 2, filiform; 3, dilate; 4, ciliate ; 5, bipectinate ; 6, setose- ciliate; 7, fasciculate; 8, dentate; p, serrate; 10, lamellate. The Life-History and Anatomy of Moths tate. The form and arrangement of the joints may be such as to suggest the teeth of a saw; such antennae are said to be serrate. When on the lower side of the joints of the antennae there are minute plate-like projections, the antennae are described as lamel¬ late. Many moths ha ve pectinate antennae, the projections resem¬ bling little combs, which may be arranged singly or in pairs on each joint. Occasionally, but not often, there are two pairs of such appendages on each joint. When the pectination is excessive, so as to cause the antennae to resemble a feather, they are said to be plumose. Figures 9 and 10 illustrate some of these forms. In addition to the peculiarities which have just been mentioned, antennae may be variously adorned with scales, especially upon the upper side of the shaft, and they may be notched, or provided with knot-like enlargements, in which case they are said to be nodose , or they may be curved, or bent in peculiar ways, when they are described as sinuate. The thorax, as in butterflies, consists of three segments, the prothorax, the mesothorax, and the metathorax. The pro¬ thorax bears the tegulae or collar-lappets, the patagia, or shoulder- lappets, and the anterior pair of legs. The mesothorax carries the second pair of legs and the fore wings. The metathorax the last pair of legs and the hind wings. The abdomen, just as in butterflies, is normally composed of nine segments, though the modifications of the terminal seg¬ ments are often such as to make it difficult to recognize so many. At the base of the thorax is situated a pair of large tracheal spiracles, and on the other segments pairs of smaller spiracles. Through these spiracles respiration is carried on. At the end of the abdomen, more or less concealed by variously arranged tufts of hair, are the organs of generation, which have in recent years been studied quite closely by a few authors and are useful in distinguishing species. The legs of moths are composed of coxa, trochanter, femur, tibia, and tarsus, the latter composed of five joints, and armed at its end with two more or less developed hooks, or claws, known technically as the ungues , and also a pulvillus , or pad, just back of the claws on the lower side. The legs are armed with spines and spurs, and there are different sexual appendages in the males of various genera. The cut (Figure 11) shows the structure The Life-History and Anatomy of Moths of the legs. It will be well for the student to thoroughly famil¬ iarize himself with the location and names of the different parts indicated in this and the following figure. 3* a 1 i. Fore Leg. 2. Middle Leg. 3. Hind Leg. c. Coxa. 11. Ungues. t. Trochanter. p. Pul villus. /. Femur. sp. 1. Single anterior spur. t. Tibia. sp. 2. Paired medial spurs. tar. Tarsus. sp. 3. Two pairs of posterior spurs. The structure of the wings of moths is essentially like that of butterflies, and consists of a framework of hollow tubes which support a double membrane which bears upon its surfaces the scales, which overlap each other like the tiles upon the roof of a house. The tubes, which are known as veins, communicate with the respiratory system and are highly pneumatic. They are also connected with the circulatory system, and are furnished, at least through their basal portions, with nerves. The fore wing has normally twelve veins. The hind wing has also in primitive forms, as the Hepialidce , twelve veins, but in the vast majority of cases this number has been reduced, and eight veins is the number which is found in the majority of cases in the hind wing. The accompanying figures, with their expla¬ nations, will suffice far better than any mere verbal explanation to explain the structure of the wings of moths. (See Figures 12 and 13.) The relative position of vein five in relation to the median or subcostal systems has been much utilized in recent years by systematists in their classification of the various groups. 15 The Life-History and Anatomy of Moths The fore and hind wings in some of the primitive forms are not connected with each other in the operation of flight. In the Hepialidce there is a lobe near the base of the primaries which is Fig. 12. —Diagram of Wings of a Moth. (After Hampson’s “Moths of India,” Vol. I., with modifications.) A. Fore Wing. B. Hind Wing. c.m. Costal margin. o.m. Outer margin. i.m. Inner margin. a.a. Apex. ■i. a. Inner angle. c. Discoidal cell. d. Discocellulars. ar. Areole. f. Frenulum. c.n. Costal nervure, vein 12 of fore wing, 8 of hind wing. s.n. Subcostal nervure. m.n. Median nervure. 1 a, b, c. Three branches of internal nervure. 2, 3,4. Three branches of median nervure. 5. Lower radial. 6. Upper radial. 7,8,9,10,11. Five subcostal branches of fore wing. 7. Subcostal nervure of hind wing. known as the jugum , but it does not appear to serve the practical functions of a yoke. This is illustrated in Figure 13. In the vast majority of cases a connection between the fore and hind wings is made by means of the frenulum on the hind wing, which hooks into the retinaculum upon the fore wing, as illustrated in Figure 14. The form of the frenulum is of use in determining the sex of specimens, as in the case of the males it consists of a single curved, hook-like projection, whereas in the case of the females it is split up into a number of bristles. However, in some 16 The Life-History and Anatomy of Moths groups, as the Phycitince, the frenulum is simple in both sexes. In some of the families the frenulum is aborted, and its function is assumed by a lobe-like expansion of the basal portion of costa of the hind wing. The nomenclature of the parts of the wings of moths is not essentially different from that which is employed in describing the wings of butterflies. There are, however, certain conventional terms which have been applied by authors to the markings upon the wings, espe¬ cially of the Noctuidce, and Figure 15 will serve to explain and illustrate these terms. A great deal of useful information in regard to the anatomical structure of the Lepidoptera, and of moths in particular, may be Fig. 14.—Frenulum and Retinaculum. (From “Moths of India,” Vol. I.) i. $ ; 2. $.—A. Fore Wing. B. Hind Wing. f. Frenulum. s.n. Subcostal nervure. r. Retinaculum. m.n. Median nervure. c.n. Costal nervure. i.n. Internal nervure. derived from the study of various manuals and special papers, reference to which will* be made hereafter as the various families are successively taken up and studied. Among works to be particularly recommended in this connec¬ tion are those of Professor A. S. Packard and Professor Comstock’s “ Manual for the Study of insects.” A very useful treatise is found in Professor David Sharp’s two volumes upon the Insecta contained in the “ Cambridge Natural History.” Every student, as he advances in the study of the subject, will have frequent occasion to consult these useful books, which embody the results of the most recent researches and are invaluable for purposes of Fig. 13. — Wings of Hepialus gracilis. Mag¬ nified. j, jugum. 17 The Life-History and Anatomy of Moths reference. An even more valuable work than these is the great “ Catalogue of the Lepidoptera Phalaense contained in the Collec¬ tion of the British Museum,” which is being prepared bv Sir Fig 15. — Wing of Noctuid Moth. (After Beutenmuller, “Bulletin American Museum Natural History,” Vol. XIV., p. 230.) C, collar lappet; tg, patagium or shoulder lappet; T, thorax; ab, abdomen; H, head; p, palpus; E, eye; ant, antenna; b, basal line; bd, basal dash; ta, transverse anterior line; cl, claviform; or, orbicular; ms, median shade; ren, reniform; tp, transverse posterior line; ap, apical patch; apex, apex; tl, terminal lunules; st, subterminal line; fr, fringes; om, outer margin; ha, hind angle; ds , discal mark; el , exterior line; an, anal angle; ini, inner margin. George F. Hampson, and published by the Trustees. The endeavor in this work is to give a complete view of the entire subject in compact form, and the learned author has enlisted the cooperation of the most distinguished* lepidopterists through¬ out the world in the prosecution of his great task. The work is of course somewhat expensive, but the working lepidopterist cannot well do without it. Much help may also be derived from the older works of Burmeister and Westwood, which, though old, are far from being obsolete and useless. 18 CHAPTER II THE CAPTURE, PREPARATION, AND PRESERVATION OF SPECIMENS “ Does he who searches Nature’s secrets scruple To stick a pin into an insect ?” A. G. CEhlenschl^ger, Aladdin's Lamp. Everything that has been said in “The Butterfly Book” in reference to the capture, preparation, and preservation of speci¬ mens holds good in the case of the Heterocera. Inasmuch, however, as many of the moths are exceedingly minute in form, it is worth while to state that a greater degree of care must be observed in the collection and preservation of these minute species than is necessary in the case of even the smallest butter¬ flies. The best method of collecting the micro-lepidoptera is to put them, after they have been netted, into pill-boxes, which have glass covers, or into vials or test tubes of large size. These receptacles may be carried in a bag or pocket by the collector. When he has returned from the field, the specimens may be killed by subjecting them to the action of sulphuric ether applied to the corks of the vials, or introduced into the boxes on a camel’s-hair pencil. By dipping the cork into the ether and moistening it with a drop or two and then replacing it in the vial the insect is stunned. Sometimes two or three successive applications of ether are necessary. When the insect has been killed and is still a Fig. i 6 .—Setting needle used in adjusting wings of micro- lepidoptera upon the glass surface of the setting board. lax, it is fixed upon a small silver pin of a size proportionate to that of its body, and is then transferred to the setting board. Setting boards for mounting micro-lepidoptera should be made i 19 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens differently from setting boards commonly used for butterflies and larger moths. The best form known to the writer is one, which has for many years been employed by Mr. Herbert H. Smith, the vet¬ eran collector. Small pieces of glass about one inch square, with their edges very lightly beveled, so as to remove all sharpness, are spaced upon a strip of cork fastened to a wide piece of soft pine in such a way that an interval of from one-sixteenth to one- eighth of an inch occurs between them. This serves as the groove to receive the body of the specimen. Having been fixed upon the pin the insect is placed in one of these grooves. The wings are then carefully expanded with a crooked needle fastened in a handle, as illustrated in Figure 16, and are then bound e * Fig. 17.—Setting board for mounting micro-lepidoptera ; a, pieces of glass attached to papered cork with shellac ; b, base of soft pine ; co., cork ; d, white paper covering cork ; ee, brads, to which setting threads are tied ; ff, pins set firmly beyond groove to secure alignment of setting threads ; tt, setting threads ; pp , pins to which setting threads are fastened, and which are stuck into the pine base to hold down the wings in position ; h, small silver pin transfixing thorax of specimen. in place by a thread which is held in place by a pin, as shown in Figure 17. Though the wings of these small insects may, when mounted, at first curl up a little under the pressure of the thread drawn across them, they generally recover their position after removal from the setting board. The advantage of mounting these insects upon glass arises from the fact that the sharp point of the needle will glide over the glass and the surface is smooth, 20 The Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens so that they are not torn, nor are the fringes and other delicate portions injured. In doing this work it is best to use a reading- glass mounted in a frame, so that the operator can seethe objects before him magnified two or three diame¬ ters. The mounting of micro - lepidoptera taken in the field and put into envelopes, as often has to be done, is a very trying opera¬ tion. After the insects have been sufficiently dried they may be set up as double mounts, the small silver pins being thrust through pieces of pith held upon a larger pin. The Fig. 18.—Double Pyralidce, the Tortricidce and all the smaller mount, micro-lepidoptera should, if possible, be collected in the way which has just been described, and it is only thus that specimens worthy of installation in a well ordered cabinet can be secured. Larger forms may be placed in envelopes if intended to be transmitted to great distances prior to study. Larvae may be inflated in the manner described in “ The Butterfly Book.” In all other particulars the directions contained in that volume may be safely followed by the student. *' As the moths around a taper, As the bees around a rose, As the gnats around a vapour, So the spirits group and close Round about a holy childhood, as if drinking its repose.” E. B. Browning, A Child Asleep. 3* CHAPTER III THE CLASSIFICATION OF MOTHS “The filmy shapes that haunt the dusk.” Tennyson, In Memoriam , xciii. The insects of to-day, like the animals of all other classes found upon the globe, represent lines of descent from an ancestry, which runs back into the remote geologic past. The attempt to trace the lines of descent in any order by studying the resem¬ blance between genera and species as they exist to-day, while throwing considerable light upon the subject, can never yield wholly satisfactory results in the absence of testimony derived from the field of paleontological inquiry. The study of fossil insect life is as necessary to elucidate the story of the development of the insect world, as the study of fossil vertebrates is necessary in order to understand the manner in which existing mammals have been derived from preexisting forms. At best descent can only be positively asserted within the lines of those groups, to which naturalists have given the name of families. Within these it is possible to declare of this or that genus that it has been possibly, or even probably, derived from the same stock as another. Reference to a common ancestral form may safely be predicated of very few families, so far as such assertion of a common parentage rests upon evidences found in the living structures of to-day. All attempts to classify the lepidoptera in such a manner as to show the derivation of one of the existing families from another, and to maintain a lineal sequence in the order given, must necessarily prove wholly disappointing. The fact is, that the various families represent divergences from the parent stem, which may be likened to the divergence of the branches from the trunk of a tree. Any system of classification, which leaves this 22 I The Classification of Moths fact out of sight, is necessarily defective, and as unnatural as it would be for a man to lop off the branches of a tree, and then, laying them down side by side, declare, as he contemplated the result of his labors, “This is a tree scientifically arranged." In¬ asmuch, however, as in books and cabinets serial order must be preserved, the best that the student can do is to collocate those forms, which display some traces of likeness, and give some hint of their common origin. Exceedingly different views have been entertained by natural¬ ists in recent years in reference to the matters which we are dis¬ cussing, and various schemes of systematic arrangement have been evolved, many of which are contradictory, and not a few of which appear to the unprejudiced to be more ingenious than natural. Inasmuch as this book is intended for the use not so much of advanced students, as of those who are entering upon the study of the subject, it does not seem to the writer worth while to encumber these pages with what would necessarily be a lengthy recital of the various schemes for classification to which he has alluded. He is inclined to regard the scheme which has been adopted by Sir George F. Hampson in the preparation of his great work upon the moths of the world, which is now being issued by the Trustees of the British Museum, as upon the whole as satisfactory as any which has recently been evolved. Inas¬ much, however, as Dr. Harrison G. Dyar has quite recently pub¬ lished a List of the Lepidoptera of the United States, which is certain for many years to come to be used very largely by Ameri¬ can students in arranging their collections, it has seemed upon the whole to be best to conform the text of the present volume to the serial arrangement given in Dr. Dyar’s List, although the writer differs very positively from the learned author of that work in his views as to the position which should be held in relation to each other of a number of genera. The last word in reference to the classification of the insects contained in this group has certainly not yet been spoken by any one, and we are very far from having attained in our studies to conclusions which may be accepted as final. For the assistance of students the writer herewith gives a key to the families which are represented in this book, which is. based upon the key given by Sir George F. Hampson in the first 23 The Classification of Moths volume of his “Catalogue of the Lepidoptera Phalsense,” and in the preparation of which he has been assisted by Dr. Dyar. KEY TO THE FAMILIES OF NORTH AMERICAN HETEROCERA. Antennae not clubbed or dilated, or frenulum present when clubbed or dilated. Frenulum present when not otherwise indicated. . i 1— Hind wing with cell emitting not more than six veins; wings unlike in shape.2 Hind wing with cell emitting more than six veins; wings similar in shape . 44 2— Hind wing with vein 1 c absent.3 Hind wing with vein 1 c present.22 3— Fore wing with vein 5 nearer 4 than 6.4 Fore wing with vein 5 from middle of discocellulars or nearer 6 than 4 . . . „ ..15 4— Hind wing with vein 8 absent.Fam. 4, Syntomidce. Hind wing with vein 8 present.5 5— Hind wing with vein 8 remote from 7.6 Hind wing with vein 8 touching or approximate to 7 beyond cell ...12 6— Hind wing with vein 8 anastomosing with cell to near or beyond middle . .. . „.7 Hind, wing with vein 8 anastomosing with cell near base only.9 Hind wing with vein 8 joined to cell by a bar. .Fam. 14, Liparidce. 7— Ocelli present.Fam. 6, Arctiidoe. Ocelli absent. 8 8— Fore wing with tufts of raised scales in the cell. .Fam. 20, Nolida. Fore wing without cuch tufts.Fam. 5, LithosiidcB. 9— Antennae with shaft more or less dilated toward tip. ...Fam. 7, Agaristidce. Antennae with shaft not dilated.10 10— Hind wing with veins 3 and 4 stalked.Fam. 10, Pericopida. Hind wing with veins 3 and 4 not stalked.11 11— Fore wing with costa and inner margin parallel, arched at base .... .Fam. 9, Nycteolida. Fore wing trigonate...Fam. 8, NoctuvdcB. ia—Hind wing with vein 1 a absent or not reaching anal angle. ..Fam. 17, Platypterygida. Hind wing with vein 10 reaching anal angle.13 13— Frenulum present.Fam. 28, Thyrididce. Frenulum absent.. Fam. 15, LasiocampidcB. 14— Hind wing with vein 8 diverging from cell from base..15 Hind wing with vein 8 connected or approximate to cell.17 13—Tongue absent; no tibial spurs; frenulum absent. . Fam. 2, SaturniidcB. Tongue and tibial spurs present; frenulum absent. .Fam. 3, Ceratocampidce. 24 The Classification of Moths 16— Hind wing with vein 8 U. S. N. M. 32. 11. Lymire edwardsi Grote, 9 - 33. 12. Scepsis fulvicollis Hubner, 9 • 13. Scepsis wrighti Stretch, cT, 34. type. • 35- 14. Lycomorpha grotei Packard, 9 - 36. 15. Lycomorpha pholus Drury, Jh 16. Triprocris constans Henry Ed- 37. wards, C- 38. 17. Lycomorpha fulgens Henry Ed¬ wards, 9 • 39- 18. Ctenucha virginica Charpentier, 40. 9 . 19. Ctenucha multi jaria Walker, 9 , 41. U. S. N. M. 42. 20. Ctenucha venosa Walker, 43. 21. Ctenucha cressonana Grote, U 1 . 44 45. Kodiosoma fulva Ctenucha rubroscapus Menetries, 9 , U. S. N. M. Daliana atripennis, Grote, C- Nola ovilla , Grote U. S. N. M. Rceselia fuscula Grote, 9 • Ptychoglene phrada Druce, U 1 . Lexis bicolor Grote, C . Crambidia casta Sanborn, Crambidia allegheniensis Hol¬ land, Acad. Nat. Sc. Phila. Hypoprepia miniata Kirby, 9 • Hypoprepia fucosa Hubner, C . Kodiosoma eavesi Stretch, C . . Kodiosoma tricolor Stretch, J 1 . Stretch, Jb The Moth Book Plate XJII. COPYRIGHTED BY J. HOLLAND, 1903 Lithosiidae the nind wing is slightly produced at the anal angle. Here come two of the species found in our fauna, /. schwar^iorum and /. unifascia . In the third section, typical Mice, fall the species in which the anal angle is not produced. Here are placed five species. The student may find the following key helpful in determining his specimens: A. Hind wing slightly produced at the anal angle. Lappets and markings of fore wing yellow, hind wings crimson, fuscous at apex. i. Fore wing with the band across the wing crimson on the inner margin. schwarziorum Dyar 2. Fore wing with the band across the wing not crimson on the inner margin... unifascia Grote B. Hind wing not produced at the anal angle. Abdomen crimson; fore wing slaty-gray in ground color, i. Fore wing with crimson patch on the costa. subjecta Walker 2 Fore wing without crimson patch on costa, and with a pink streak on the inner margin at the base. . l.striqta Otjolengui ^ 3. Fore wing with whitish patch about the middle of the inper margin. plumbea Stretch Abdomen orange or yellowish. 1. Hind wing pale yellow, with apex blackish.. .nexa Boisduval 2. Hind wing smoky-gray. faustinula Boisduval Fig. 55 .—Illice unifascia, $ . i. (After Hampson.) (1) Illice unifascia Grote & Robinson, Plate XIII- Fig. 36, ?. (The Banded Lichen- moth.) Syn. ienuifascia Harvey. The insect ranges from the Ohio Valley southward to Texas, and from Virginia to Florida. The transverse band is often interrupted in the middle of the wing, and there is variation in the color of the hind wings, which, while usually red or crimson, may Fig. 56 .—mice subjecta, $ . f aIs0 be orange, or even (After Hampson.) yellow. (2) Illice subjecta Walker, Plate XIII, Fig. 35, $ . (The Subject Lichen-moth.) Syn. packardi Grote. IO9 Lithosiidae The distribution of this species is much the same as that of the preceding. Its range is slightly more northern than that of /. unifascia. (3) Illice nexa Boisduval, Plate XIII, Fig. 37, $ . (The Yellow-blotched Lichen-moth.) Syn. grisea Packard; deserta Felder. This species is found upon the Pacific coast, and is not uncommon in southern California. Genus PTYCHOGLENE Felder A small genus confined to the southwestern portions of our territory. The four species occurring within our fauna may be briefly characterized as follows: 1. Head, thorax, base of abdomen, basal two-thirds of prima¬ ries and basal half of secondaries bright carmine; black marginal borders of both wings strongly dentate inwardly. coccinea Henry Edwards 2. Head, thorax, and abdomen black; fore wings crimson, narrowly edged with black on inner margin, and with a black marginal band covering the wing for about one- fifth of its length, dentate inwardly opposite end of cell. Hind wing blackish-brown, more or less broadly laved with crimson on costal margin. phrada Dmce 3. Head, thorax, and abdomen black; fore wing crimson, with the costal margin narrowly edged with black; terminal black band of the same width as in the preceding species, but not dentate inwardly. Hind wing pale yellowish crimson, with the outer marginal band strongly toothed inwardly on vein 2 . ... sanguineola Boisduval 4. Head, thorax, and abdomen, deep black; patagia crimson; fore wings deep crimson, very narrowly edged on external margin with black, extending on costal margin a short distance from the apex toward the base. Hind wings deep bluc-black, very narrowly edged on the costa with crimson, the crimson fascia not quite reach¬ ing the apex. tenuimargo sp. nov. (1) Ptychoglene phrada Druce, Plate XIII, Fig. 28, $ . (Druce's Lichen-moth.) Syn. fLammans Dyar. (2) Ptychoglene tenuimargo sp. nov., Plate XIII., Fig. 7, $. (The Narrow-banded Lichen-moth.) Lithosiidae The type of this species, which I have received in recent years from Arizona and in great abundance from the State of Chihuahua in Mexico, is figured upon our plate. Genus PYGOCTENUCHA Grote A small genus containing three species, two of which are found within the limits of the United States. They may be discriminated as follows: i. Uniformly black, collar-lappets and tip of abdomen ochre- yellow ; size small... funerea Grote n. Head, thorax, and abdomen black shot with brilliant blue; fore coxae, tegulae, patagia, and anal tuft scarlet, the latter white in the female; fore wings black shot with green; hind wings black shot with blue. Fully one- third larger than preceding species. terminalis Walker (1) Pygoctenucha funerea Grote, Plate XIII., Fig. 40, $. (The Funereal Lichen-moth.) The specimen figured on our plate was kindly loaned for the purpose by the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. The insect occurs in New Mexico. (2) Pygoctenucha terminalis Walker. (The Blue-green Lichen-moth.) Syn. harrisi Boisduval; pyrrhoura Hulst; votiva Henry Edwards. This insect, referred by Hampson to his genus Protosia, must be placed here, Pygoctenucha having priority over Protosia , which falls as a synonym. Genus LERINA Walker Only one species belongs to this genus. It was originally named by Walker, and made the type of the genus. Subse¬ quently it was redescribed by Boisduval as Ctenucha robinsoni , under which name it has passed current in American collections until recently. (1) Lerina incarnata Walker. (The Crimson¬ bodied Lichen-moth.) Fig. 57 .—Lerina incarnata, $ . Syn. robinsoni Boisduval. (After Hampson.) The head, tegulae, and patagia, with the terminal half of the abdomen are deep crimson. The rest of the body and IU “ Splitters ” and “ Lumpers ” its appendages are black. The wings are bronzy-green. The insect inhabits Mexico and southern Arizona. “SPLITTERS” AND “LUMPERS” Every true naturalist is called upon to exercise the faculty of discrimination and the faculty of generalization. His work trains him to detect dissimilarities on the one hand and like¬ nesses on the other. His judgments as to likeness are expressed in the genera, the famiies, the orders, which he proposes. His judgment as to dissimilarities is most frequently expressed in his views as to species. When the two faculties of discrimination and generalization are well balanced and accompanied by the habit of patient observation, ideal conditions are reached, and the work of the naturalist in classification may be expected to stand the test of time. But where, as is often the case, one of these faculties is exalted at the expense of the other, there are certain to result perversions, which will inevitably cause trouble to other students. When a man cultivates the habit of discrimination to excess, he is apt to become, so far as his labors as a systematist are concerned, “a splitter.” A “splitter” magnifies the importance of trivial details; he regards minute differences with interest; he searches with more than micro¬ scopic zeal after the little things and leaves out of sight the lines of general resemblance. Huber, the celebrated naturalist, said that by patient observation he had come to be able to recognize the different ants in a hill, and, as one by one they emerged from their subterranean galleries, he knew them, as a man living upon a certain thoroughfare in a great city comes at last to know by sight the men and women who are in the habit of daily passing his windows. No doubt the critical eye can detect as great individual differences in the lower animal world as are to be detected among men. A student comes to apply himself with great zeal to searching out and describing these differences, and when he undertakes to say that because of them one form should be separated specifically from another he becomes “a splitter.” I recall an entomologist whose chief weapon of research was a big microscope. He would take a minute insect and study it until he was able to number the hairs upon its head. Then he would describe it, giving it a specific name. The next 112 “ Splitters ” and “ Lumpers specimen he would subject to the same critical process, and if the number of hairs was not just the same, or a small wart was detected here or there, or a bristle grew in a place where a bristle did not grow in the specimen previously examined, it too, was described and a specific name was given it. It was as if a man, sitting and looking out on the throng upon Broadway, should resolve to give every individual a specific name and should declare he had seen as many species of men as he had seen men passing his window. The labors of such naturalists may be highly entertaining to themselves, but they are, to say the least, provocative of unpleasant feelings in the minds of others who come after them and are compelled to deal with and review their labors. The “lumper,” on the other hand, is a man who detects no differences. “All cocoons look alike to me!” he says. Any two moths which are of approximately the same size and the same color, are, by him, declared to belong to the same species. Questions of structure do not trouble him. General re¬ semblances are the only things with which he deals. No matter if eggs, larvae, legs, veins, and antennae are different it is “all one thing” to him. His genera are “ magazines,” into which he stuffs species promiscuously. The “lumper” is the horror of the “splitter,” the “splitter” is anathema to the “ lumper”; both are the source of genuine grief and much hard¬ ship to conscientious men, who are the possessors of normally constituted minds and truly scientific habits. Nevertheless, we are certain to have both “splitters” and “lumpers” in the camps of science until time is no more. “This kind goeth not forth ” even for “fasting and prayer.” “ Look at this beautiful world, and read the truth In her fair page; see every season brings New change to her of everlasting youth— Still the green soil, with joyous living things Swarms—the wide air is full of joyous wings.” Bryant. lu ‘ 1 «3 FAMILY ARCTIID/E “All diamonded with panes of quaint device, Innumerable of stains, and splendid dyes, As are the Tiger Moth’s deep damask wings.” Keats. “There is another sort of these caterpillers, who haue no certaine place of abode, nor yet cannot tell where te find theyr foode, but, like vnto superstitious Pilgrims, doo wander and stray hither and thither (and like Mise), consume and eat vp that which is none of their owne; and these haue purchased a very apt name amongst vs Englishmen, to be called Palmer-worms , by reason of their wandering and rogish life (for they neuerstayin one place, but are euer wandering), although by reason of their roughnes and ruggednes some call them Beare-wormes. They can by no means endure to be dyeted, and to feede vpon some certaine herbes and flowers, but boldly and disorderly creepe ouer all, and tast of all plants and trees indifferently, and liue as they list.”— Topsell, History of Serpents, p. 105 (1608). This is a large family including many genera and reckon¬ ing, according to recent lists, over two thousand species. The family is represented in our fauna by thirty-eight genera, and at least one hundred and twenty species. The following characterization of the family is adapted from Hampson, with special reference to the genera occurring within our territory: Proboscis more or less aborted in the typical genera Arctia> Diacrisia , and allies, fully developed in most neotropical genera, and in Utetheisa and its allies; palpi slight and porrect, or well developed and upturned; ocelli present; eyes rarely hairy; antennae pectinate or ciliate; tibial spurs typically small, but often well developed, the hind tibiae with the medial spurs absent in a few genera and the fore tibiae in others with curved apical claw, the mid and hind tibiae rarely spined. Wings usually well developed. Fore wing with vein 1 a separate from lb; 5 from near lower angle of cell or well below angle of discocellulars; 6 from or from'near upper angle; areole present in many genera. Hind wing with vein 1 a present; 1 c absent* Arctiidae 4 often absent; 5 from near lower angle of cell or well below angle of discocellulars; 6, 7 sometimes coincident; 8 coin¬ cident with the cell from or almost from base to near middle, or extremity of the cell and even in some genera beyond the extremity of the cell. In the genus Halisidota vein 8 is obsolete. The larvae have all the prolegs and are generally profusely clothed with hairs. They pupate in cocoons woven of silk mixed with the hairs which are shed during the process of spinning. The caterpillars of some species have received the common appellation of “ woolly bears/’ and the moths are familiarly known as ‘'tiger-moths.” Genus HOLOMELINA Herrich-Schaeffer The names Eubaphe and Crocota, proposed by Hubner, and applied recently by some writers to this group of insects, being what are known to students as nomina nuda , cannot stand. It may be said in passing that this genus from a classi- ficational standpoint is in a very unsatisfactory condition, so far as some of the species are concerned. The “Splitters” and the “Lumpers” have been hard at work upon it, and inasmuch as the insects show very little purely structural variation, and vary greatly in color and size, there has resulted great con¬ fusion. Within the limits of the space assigned to us in the present compendium we have not the opportunity to discuss these questions, but suggest to our readers that there is here an opportunity to use both eyes and mind to advantage in solving some of the vexed points. The test of breeding should be rigorously applied, and the larval stages of the insects should be critically observed. (1) Holomelina ostenta Henry Edwards, Plate XIV, Fig. 17, £ . (The Showy Holomelina.) This conspicuous and very beautifully colored insect ranges from Colorado through New Mexico and Arizona into Mexico. (2) Holomelina opella Grote, Plate XIV, Fig. 23, £ . (The Tawny Holomelina.) Syn. obscura Strecker; rubricosta Ehrman. This species is rather common in Pennsylvania and the Atlantic States as far south as Georgia. Arctiidae Form belmaria Ehrman, Plate XIV, Fig. 24, $. (Ehrman’s Holomelina.) This insect, a paratype of which is figured as above cited, is regarded by Dr. Dyar as a varietal form of H. opella. The author is inclined to question the correctness of this determi¬ nation. because all specimens of the moth so far seen, and a considerable series has come under observation, appear to be structurally different from H. opella , in so far forth that the fore wings are narrower, longer and more produced at the apex. The mere fact that they are always black in itself could hardly constitute a valid ground for specific discrimination. (3) Holomelina immaculata Reakirt, Plate XIV, Fig. 20, S. (The Plain-winged Holomelina.) The range of this species is the same as that of the preceding. {4) Holomelina diminutiva Grsef, Plate XIV, Fig. 22, $ . (The Least Holomelina.) Very common in Florida, and apparently quite constant in size and markings. It is sunk as a synonym of aurantiaca , form rubicundaria, by Dyar, but the writer is not willing to admit that this is correct. (5) Holomelina brevicornis Walker, Plate XIV, Figs. 19, 21, $. (The Black-banded Holomelina.) Syn. beljragei Stretch. This species has also been sunk as a synonym of aurantiaca by recent writers, but with doubtful propriety. It is common in the Gulf States and particularly in Louisiana and Texas. (6) Holomelina quinaria Grote, Plate XIV, Fig. 18, & . (The Five-Spotted Holomelina.) Syn. choriona Reakirt; bimaculata Saunders. Characterized by the creamy white spots upon the fore wings. The depth of color of the primaries varies much, from dark brown to pale ferruginous, the specimen figured being representative of the latter form. The spots also vary much in size. “ And there’s never a blade nor a leaf too mean To be some happy creature’s place.” —Lowell. ;'! 1 I *VI :< •••• • l-ti ! ■ •••!■:•' i . .. • ' t ' ) unvu\v,\ uhvVyuu i\ ; .\\ : f-jbf-i:>M b■:!■• V. '.s'. . . ;v . ' , .. ""U ■) V nH\'U 7;.uwY' UwV >V. . fmrnv'H' it' •v\aVk\ \u\ Vv f j.t ,1 >.-!!/’.’/<■’ ■■■nvbVbO i'V',,'. \v’\ V ' _ ■ ■ . - IMl H‘>>; ..vhn - .Kf . ■ ,ib» 7JL/J.) ! 'H ; ,1» • » • \ )V. , \ • -• , l v/isl )'■ !■• ■' t .- m ■ f : ,■■/'•’ ' :• 1 b ' . v uV ' ' ’ Yu i \ ' Explanation of Plate XIV (Unless otherwise indicated, tl the collection of W. J. Holland.) 1. Eupseudosoma involutum Sepp, d\ U. S. N. M. 2. Bertholdia trigona Grote, ).•"- IM •• ■ \r.u\-. >-i'\ i I - . ; . , : -'i Mil ! i ||| . /" .•.'girjUTfuJ . •.v/v jmv .5 / . ' .1/' . / : J ; ','yunO U'.auV»\ ?.'$?/ . ‘ ,vch ;A v.«V>: \ -•/•». , . • [i . VILI'KI irv-l\\ I U'"\ ?'< ' , I :;/!• .i.^V\\r,v', /.it./ •; V ! ■> u ..■> v>‘< - 0 ,o’i Explanation of Plate XV (Unless otherwise indicated, the specimens figured are contained the collection of W. J. Holland.) 1. Apantesis rectilinea French, 9 , U. S. N. M. 2. Arctia caia, var. wiskotti Staudinger, $ . 3. Apantesis determinata Neumoegen, S • 4. Apantesis proxima Guerin-Meneville, 9 . 5. Arctia caia Linnaeus, $ . 6. Apantesis phalerata Harris, $ . 7. Apantesis nevadensis Grote & Robinson, S- 8 . Apantesis persephone Grote, c?. 9. Apantesis virguncula Kirby, S- 10. Apantesis persephone Grote, 9 • 11. Apantesis virgo Linnaeus, S . 12. Apantesis figurata Drury, $ , U. S. N. M. 13. Apantesis parthenice Kirby, S ■ 14. Apantesis phyllira Drury, S ■ 15. Apantesis arge Drury, cT- 16. Apantesis virguncula Kirby, c?, var. 17. Apantesis michabo Grote, $. 18. Platyprepiavirginalis Boisduval, S • 19. Platyprepiavirginalis Boisduval, 20. Apantesis achaia Grote & Robinson, S- 21. Apantesis radians Walker, 9 - 22. Apantesis vittata Fabricius, 9 * 23. Apantesis radians Walker, S ■ 24. Apantesis achaia Grote & Robinson, S • 25. Apantesis vittata Fabricius, S- 26. Hyphantria cunea Drury, var. pallida Packard, S * 27. Utetheisa hella Linnaeus, 9 • The Moth Book. Plate XV. Arctiidae spots. E. congrua has the abdomen white on the upper side. The genus is represented in Asia, Africa, and Tasmania, as well as in the temperate regions of North America. (i) Estigmene acraea Drury, Plate, XVI, Fig. 11, $, Fig. 12, ?. (The Acraea Moth. ) Syn. caprotina Drury; menthastrina Martyn; pseuderminea Peck; californica Packard; packardi Schaupp; klagesi Ehrman. A western variety with the fore wings slightly shaded with brown has been dubbed dubia by Walker, and rickseckeri by Behr. In Mexico there is a local race in which the males have the hind wings white like the females, and to this race Hampson has applied the name mexicana. This is altogether one of Fig. 67. —Estigmene acrcea , $ . (After Hampson.) the commonest insects in the Middle Atlantic States, and with the illustrations we have given can be easily determined. (2) Estigmene congrua Walker, Plate XVI, Fig. 8, S . (The white-bodied Estigmene.) Syn. antigonc Strecker; athena Strecker. A fairly common species in Pennsylvania and the Atlantic States generally, ranging westward as far as Colorado. Genus HYPHANTRIA Harris This small genus contains only three or four species, one of which is South African. (1) Hyphantria cunea Drury. (The Fall Web- worm Moth.) Form punctatissima Abbott & Smith, Plate XVI, Fig. 10, $ * *The specimens used on Plate XVI, Figs, io and 7, both unfortunately developed grease on their abdomens between the time when they were set up for the photographer, and the time when they were photographed. The abdomen in both cases is normally white, with darker markings. 1 23 Arctiidae Form pallida Packard, Plate XV, Fig. 26, $ . The larvae are social in their habits, and spin great webs upon the foliage of almost all kinds of deciduous trees in the late summer and fall, and do a great deal of damage to orchards and nurseries. The insects pupate in loose cocoons, in crannies, and even under the loose surface of the soil. The species ranges over the United States from southern New England and New York to Texas and further west. (2) Hyphantria textor Harris, Plate XVI, Fig. 9, $ . (The Spotless Fall Web-worm Moth.) This species, which is closely allied to the preceding in its habits, may be distinguished by the white antennae, and the un¬ spotted abdomen. There are specimens of the preceding species, which have the wings as immaculate as in H. textor . The range of the insect is from Canada to the Gulf, and from Nova Scotia to California. Genus ARACHNIS Geyer A small genus containing eight or nine species found in the southwestern States of the American Union, Mexico, and Central America. (1) Arachnis aulaea Geyer, Plate XVI, Fig. I, $. (The Aulsean Tiger-moth.) Syn. incarnata Walker. The insect occurs in southern Arizona and ranges thence southwardly as far as Guatemala. The larval stages have been described by Dyar in the Canadian Entomologist, Vol. XXVI, p. 307. (2) Arachnis picta Packard, Plate XVI, Fig. 2, & . (The Painted Arachnis.) Names have been applied to a number of color varieties of this insect. It ranges from Colorado to southern California and northern Mexico. The larva feeds upon Lupinus. (3) Arachnis zuni Neumoegen, Plate XVI, Fig. 3, ? . (The Zuni Tiger-moth.) The figure we give will enable the student to recognize this pretty and rather rare species without any difficulty. It ranges from New Mexico to Arizona and southward on the table¬ lands. 124 Arctiidse Genus ISIA Walker Three species belong to this genus, one found in Argentina, the other in Turkestan, and the third in the United States and Canada. Fig. 68 —Isia Isabella , $ . (After Hampson.) (i) Isia isabella Abbot & Smith, Plate XVI, Fig. 13, $. (The Isabella Tiger-moth.) This common insect is found everywhere in the United States. The caterpillar is the familiar “woolly bear,” which may be often seen by the roadside rapidly making its way in the fall of the year to a hiding-place in which to hibernate, or, in the spring, to some spot where it may find food. It is reddish- brown in color, black at either end. When disturbed, it curls up and lies motionless, as if feigning death. To “ caterpillar,” in the slang phrase of the Middle West, is to silently succumb Fig. 69. —Isia isabella. a. larva; b. pupa. and yield to the unavoidable. The larva feeds freely upon a great variety of herbaceous plants. It is fond of the grasses, and particularly likes the leaves of the plantain ( Plantago ). There does not appear to be any marked tendency to variation in this species. Both the moth and the larva are common objects, with which every American schoolboy who has lived in the country Arctiidae is familiar; and unhappy is the boy who has not at some time or other in his life made the country his home. “ God made the country, man made the town.” Genus PHRAGMATOBIA Stephens A genus of modern extent, represented in Europe, Asia, and North America. The structural characteristics of the wings are displayed in Fig. 71. (1) Phragmatobia fuliginosa Linnaeus, Plate XIV, Fig. 31, ? . (The Ruby Tiger-moth.) Syn. rubric os a Harris. The Ruby Tiger-moth is widely distributed, being found throughout boreal Asia, Europe, and the northern United States and Canada., A multitude of minor subvarietal forms have been distinguished, and to some of them names have been ap¬ plied, but there is compara¬ tively little difference between them, and the student who has once learned to recognize the species will find no difficulty in assigning to it any specimens which may come into his pos¬ session. The insect, so far as our fauna is concerned, is a northern species, quite common in New England and Canada, and ranging southward along the Appalachian Mountains into the Carolinas, where it only occurs at high elevations above sea-level. It is also found ranging southward along the Rocky Mountains. The caterpillar feeds upon a variety of herbaceous plants, and is partial to the shoots of the golden- rod {Solidago). (2) Phragmatobia brucei Henry Edwards, Plate XIV, Fig. 30, $ . (Bruce’s Tiger.) This species is found in Colorado upon the mountains. (3) Phragmatobia beani Neumoegen, Plate XIV, Fig. 29, ? . (Bean’s Tiger-moth.) —1 Fig. 70 .—Phragmatobia fuliginosa. a. larva; b. cocoon; c. imago, $ . From “Insect Life,” Vol. I, p. 236.) 126 Arctiidae The habitat of this species is the Rocky Mountains of Alberta and Assiniboia. (4) Phragmatobia yarrowi Stretch, (Yarrow’s Tiger- moth.) Syn. remissa Henry Edwards. This pretty little tiger - moth is found from the country south of Hudson Bay to British Columbia, and ranges thence southward along the higher mountain ranges as far as northern- Arizona. Genus MiENAS Hiibner Only one species of this rather extensive genus, which is represented in South America by five species and by a con¬ siderable number in Africa and the Indo-Malayan region, occurs in North America. (1) Maenas vestalis Packard, Plate XVI, Fig. 5,3. (The Vestal Tiger-Moth.) This insect, which closely resembles Estigmene congrua, figured on the same plate, may be distinguished from the latter not only by structural peculiarities, but unfailingly by the ordinary observer, by the presence of the two black spots on the hind wings, as shown in our illustration. Genus DXACRISIA Hubner This large genus, which includes over one hundred and twenty-five species, according to the arrangement given in Hampson’s Catalogue, not reckoning the species referred to the genus Isia , which he also places here, is represented in our fauna by four insects, of which we give illustrations. (1) Diacrisia virginica Fabricius, Plate XVI Fig. 7, (The Virginian Tiger-moth.) The form figured on our plate is the slight variety named fumosa by Strecker. in which the fore wings are a little dusky at their tips as if they had been flying about in the smoke of the furnaces at Reading or Pittsburgh. Ordinarily the species 127 Arctiidse is pure white. The body of the specimen on our plate is greasy, and hence too dark (2) Diacrisia latipennis Stretch, Plate XVI, Fig. 6, $. (The Red-legged Diacrisia.) The coxae and femora are pink or reddish. The insect is common in Pennsylvania, and the Atlantic States generally. (3) Diacrisia rubra Neumoegen, Plate XIV, Fig. 32, ?. (The Ruddy Diacrisia.) The habitat of this species is British Columbia, Oregon, and Washington. (4) Diacrisia vagans Boisduval, Plate XIV, Fig. 33, $, Fig. 34, $. (The Wandering Diacrisia.) Syn. pteridis Henry 'Edwards; bicolor Walker; rufula Boisduval; punctata Packard; proba Henry Edwards. The insect illustrates the phenomenon of sexual dimor¬ phism, the males and females being unlike in color. The species-makers have had some sport with it, as shown by the synonyms. Genus HYPHORAIA Hubner This is a sub-arctic genus, circumpolar in its distribution in the Northern Hemisphere. Three species occur in our terri¬ tory, one of which we figure. (1) Hyphoraia parthenos Harris, Plate XVI, Fig. 20, $. (The St. Lawrence Tiger-moth.) Syn. borealis Mceschler. The moth, which is one of the most beautiful in the family, is comparatively rare in collections. It occurs in northern New England, and the valley of the St. Lawrence, westward to Manitoba. It is occasionally found in the Catskills. Genus PLATYPREPIA Dyar One species is found in our region. It is somewhat variable in the style and number of the spots upon the wings. (1) Platyprepia virginalis Boisduval, Plate XV, Fig. 18, $ . Fig. 19. $ . (The Ranchman’s Tiger-moth.) Syn. ochracea Stretch; guttata Boisduval. A very beautiful insect, quite common in Colorado. Wyoming, and Montana, and thence ranging westward to northern California and the region of Puget’s Sound. 128 Arctiidse Genus APANTESIS Walker The metropolis of this genus is North America, only two species attributed to it being found in the Old World. There are over twenty valid species found within our limits, and numerous so-called subspecies and varietal forms. A small treatise might be written upon these, but in a volume like this, which is designed to cover in as compact form as pos¬ sible the most needed information, all that we can do is to help the student to the determination of the more important species. (1) Apantesis virgo Linnaeus, Plate XV, Fig. n, $. (The Virgin Tiger-moth). Found in the northern Atlantic States and Canada. (2) Apantesis parthenice Kirby, Plate XV, Fig. 13, $ . (The Parthenice Moth.) Syn saundersi Grote. The habitat of this species is the same as that of A. virgo , from which it may always be discriminated by its smaller size, the narrower white lines upon the fore wings and the absence of the dark spot at the origin of vein two on the hind wings, which is characteristic of the former species. (3) Apantesis intermedia Stretch, Plate XI, Fig, 20, $. (The Intermediate Tiger-moth.) This species which is by some authors regarded as a southern form of A. parthenice, is intermediate in size between A. virgo and A. parthenice . It closely resembles the latter in the maculation of the wings, but the pinkish-white stripes on the primaries are broad as in A. virgo. (4) Apantesis oithona Strecker, Plate XVI, Fig. 30, $ . (The Oithona Moth.) This insect is undoubtedly genetically the same as A. recti- linea French. The difference is merely in the width of the pale lines on the fore wings, which, being narrower in recti- tinea, give these wings a darker appearance. Form rectilinea French, Plate XV, Fig. t, $. (The Straight-lined Tiger-moth.) This insect in its varietal forms ranges from the Atlantic States across the Mississippi Valley. 129 Arctiidse (5) Apantesis michabo Grote, Plate XV, Fig. 17, $. (The Michabo Moth.) Syn. minea Slosson. The illustration we give is sufficient to enable the student to identify this species, which is discriminated from its con¬ geners most readily by observing the broad flesh-colored band on the costa of the fore wings. In the form minea the flesh- colored lines are deep-red. This is the only difference. (6) Apantesis arge Drury, Plate XV, Fig. 15, $. (The Arge Moth.) Syn. dione Fabricius; incarnatorubra Goeze; coelebs Martyn; nerea Boisduval; doris Boisduval. Allied to the preceding species, but ascertained by the test of breeding to be distinct. The species is very variable. The hind wings are not often as free from dark markings as the specimen, and frequently are as much spotted and blotched with black as is the figure of A. michabo we give. The species is found almost everywhere within the United States and Canada. (7) Apantesis ornata Packard. (The Ornate Tiger-moth.) Form achaia Grote & Robinson, Plate XV, Figs. 20, 24, $. (The Achaia Moth.) Syn. edwardsi Stretch. A variable insect to which a number of names have been given. The variety in which the hind wings are yellow is A. ochracea Stretch. The species is found on the Pacific coast. The larval stages have been described by Dyar, Psyche, Vol. V, p. 380, 536. (8) Apantesis anna Grote. (The Anna Moth.) Form persephone Grote, Plate XV, Fig. 8, $ , Fig. 10, $ . (The Persephone Moth.) We give in Figure 72 a cut representing a specimen of the hind wings are wholly black. Persephone is the normal form. The insect is very variable in the amount of black displayed upon the hind wings, and also to some extent in the width and extent of the light lines on the primaries. The species is found in the Atlantic States, and is Fig. 72 .—Apantesis anna, $ . typical anna, in which the 130 Arctiiaae not at all uncommon in western Pennsylvania. The larva has been described by Dyar. (9) Apantesis quenseli Paykull, Plate XVI, Fig. 28, $ . (The Labrador Apantesis.) Syn. strigosa Fabricius: gelida Moeschler; liturata Menetries; compli- cata Walker; turbans Christoph. This little moth is found in Labrador, Greenland, and Arctic America generally. It also occurs in Arctic Europe and Asia and upon the summits of the Swiss Alps. It doubtless will be found upon the American Alps in British Columbia. (10) Apantesis virguncula Kirby, Plate XV, Fig. 9,6, Fig. 16, $ . (The Little Virgin Moth.) Syn. dahurica Grote {nee Boisduval); speciosa Moeschler; otiosa Neu- moegen & Dyar. A variable species. The form described as otiosa has traces of the transverse lines, characteristic of so many other species of the genus, and the fore wings have a more checkered appearance on this account. The insect occurs in the northern United States and Canada. (11) Apantesis proxima Guerin-Meneville, Plate XV, Fig. 4, $ . (The Mexican Tiger-moth.) Syn. docta Walker; mexicana Grote & Robinson; arizonensis Stretch; mormonica Neumoegen. Form autholea Boisduval, Plate XVI, Fig. 32, $ . From the varietal form autholea figured in the plate proxima may be discriminated by the fact that the latter has the hind wings marked with dark brown or black spots on the margins. The species occurs in southern California, Arizona, Mexico, and Central America. (12) Apantesis blakei Grote, Plate XVI, Fig. 31, 3. (Blake’s Tiger-moth.) Syn. bolanderi Stretch. This species is found in the mountains of California and adjoining States. (13) Apantesis nevadensis Grote & Robinson, Plate XVI, Fig. 29, $ . (The Nevada Tiger-moth.) Syn. behri Stretch. Form incorrupta Henry Edwards, Plate XV, Fig. 7, $ . Syn. shastaensis French. Arctiidae As the name indicates, this species is an inhabitant of the Rocky Mountains. (14) Apantesis williamsi Dodge. (Williams’Tiger-moth.) Form determinata Neumoegen, Plate XV., Fig. 3, $ . Syn. diecki Neumoegen. This easily recognized species is found in Colorado and adjacent States among the mountains. (15) Apantesis phyllira Drury, Plate XV, Fig. 14, $. (The Phyllira Moth.) Syn. B-atra Goeze: plantaginis Martyn; dodgei Butler; excelsa Neumoegen; javorita Neumoegen; lugubris Hulst. This species is found in the Southern States, where it is not uncommon, it is rather variable in the disposition and extent of the dark and light markings. (16) Apantesis figurata Drury, Plate XV, Fig. 12, $, (The Figured Tiger-moth.) Syn. cerarnica Hubner; f-pallida Strecker This is probably only a form of the preceding species, which occurs with considerable frequency. It is confined to the Southern States. (17) Apantesis vittata Fabricius, Plate XV, Fig. 25, &, Fig. 22, $ . (Banded Tiger-moth.) Syn. decorata Saunders. Form radians Walker, Plate XV, Fig. 23, 6 , Fig. 21 $. Syn. colorala Walker; incompleta Butler. Form phalerata Harris, Plate XV, Fig. 6, ? . Syn. rhoda Butler. A very common and variable species, which is probably the same as A. nais Drury, which has the abdomen preva¬ lently ochraceous, and not as strongly marked with black. The species seems to be, so to speak, in a liquid state. In a series of some hundreds of specimens before the writer, many of them bred from larvae, and undoubtedly all referable to the same species, any and all of the forms, which have been named by writers, can be found, yet the bulk of them came from one narrow little ravine in western Pennsylvania. We leave the synonymy as it stands in Dyar’s list, so far as the things figured on our plate are concerned, but cannot believe that these insects represent different species, as maintained by some authors. Arctiidae Genus KODIOSOMA Stretch This little Californian genus, the structure of which is abun¬ dantly illustrated by the cut we give, contains but one species, which is represented in a number of varietal forms. (i) Kodiosoma fulva Stretch, Plate XIII, Fig. 45, $ . Form eavesi, Stretch, Plate XIII, Fig. 43 $ . Form tricolor Stretch, Plate XIII, Fig. 44, $ . There are still other forms, one of which is wholly black, and has been named nigra by Stretch. The moth is found in California, and is there not at all uncommon. The life-history has been thus far only imper¬ fectly ascertained. Genus ECTYPIA Clemens Two species are referred to this genus. E. thona Strecker, from New Mexico is doubtfully referable to it, but the only specimen known, the type, is in too poor a condition to enable much to be told about it. (1) Ectypia bivittata Clemens. (The Two-banded Ec- typia.) j/ Syn. nigroflava Grsef. This very beautiful and rare moth occurs in Texas. Its charac¬ teristics are well dis- bivittata, ¥. {. P la y ed in the f, g ure (After Hampson.) we give in the accom¬ panying cut. Genus EUVERNA Neumcegen & Dyar (1) Euverna clio Packard, Plate XVI, Fig. 22, ?. (The Clio Moth.) This chastely beautiful moth occurs in the Rocky Mountains of southern California. It is the sole representative of its genus, and is as yet rare in collections. Fig. 73 —Kodiosoma fulva, $. (After Hampson.) Arctiidae Genus PARASEMIA Hiibner This genus is represented in our fauna by certain varietal forms, which agree in part with those found in the Old World, and in part differ from them. There is only one species in the genus; which has a wide circumpolar distribution, and a score or more of names have been given to mere color varieties. We figure two of the commoner variations. The larva feeds on Planiago and Myosotis. (i) Parasemia plantaginis Linnaeus. (The Small Tiger- moth.) Plate XVI, Fig, 25, $ . The usual form found in Colorado and Wyoming. Plate XVI, Fig. 26, $ . Form named geometrica by Grote. Genus ARCTIA Schrank A circumpolar genus of the Northern Hemisphere, containing four species, which are subject to considerable variation in color and size of spots. (1) Arctia caia Linnaeus, Plate XV, Fig. 5, ?. (The Great Tiger-moth.) The specimen figured on the plate was taken in Labrador. Form wiskotti Staudinger, Plate XV, Fig. 2, $ . Syn. uiahensis Henry Edwards; auripennis Butler; transmontana Neumoegen & Dyar. The specimen portrayed on the plate was taken in Colorado. Genus PAREUCHiETES Grote There are three species of this genus, two of which we figure. The species may be discriminated as follows: 1. Hind wing j^ellowish.. insulata 2. Hind wing white. . .. .tenera 3. Hind wing tinged with fuscous.. .. eglenensis (1) Pareuchaetes insulata Walker, Plate XIV, Fig. 3, $. (The Yellow-winged Pareuchaetes.) Syn. cadaverosa Grote; ajfinis Grote; aurata Butler. Found in the Gulf States and the Antilles. (2) Pareuchaetes eglenensis Clemens, Plate XIV, Fig. 4, ? . (The Gray-winged Pareuchaetes.) 134 '17/ ■- 1 /l 'll.- . vut. '■ > . » hi s’ f io 1! . i 'w Ip. ftphi' • "loo pri.) ‘ . ’ r \ h"\ /; vn\Ml U ; 7 r. H n \ -v\i,v.V. < t . .. \fi. 7 % hi .. •'. 1 ■ 1 y ( . •.WbP.' ■ . ; rj'\VUi\ vh,h\' >b\<-. V'XP':. 1 '• hv '• '• V. \ ■ P I h f'i ■■ \\ fi£i• ). : \\‘ ( !V/. ■ H \ •• \mv. vV.i" . :Z • ' /. ,•>.m\ \ oVaWm\ . nr; V.'iV.. Ui’;;',' ' V . iWiU'i . '• > Vi' >>[•/•! : H-; ■ • .-Ah. . ■ . xT 7 r trtri . . , n.vtrjCT wiir. 'v,r , . 'unQ 'bnw'/Pw.n. .?.H'->rr!•••.} ' .• v.mUVi, .1'if.' V3\\ > .vov n /V \ • :l o'-! IH • \« •• - •.x- >',Auv-V>«\Vv:\ •?/ 0 t / ,i L; I'Mh- ilhruvn' \ r } . - - 7) : V; .vs1 lo VO Explanation op Plate XVI (Unless otherwise indicated, the specimens figured are contained in the collection of W. J. Holland.) 1. Arachnis aulcea Geyer, 9 • 2. Arachnis picta Packard, cT. 3. Arachnis zuni Neumoegen,, $ , U. S. N.r M. 4. Euerythra trimaculata Smith, cT, U. S. N. M. . Manas vestalis Packard, cJb . Diacrisia latipennis Stretch, cT • 7. Diacrisia virginica Fabricius, . 8 . Estigmene congrua Walker, cT • 9. Hyphantria cunea Drury, J'. 10. Hyphantria cunea Drury, cT, var. punctatissima, Abbot & Smith. 11. Estigmene acrcea Drury, cJ 1 . 12. Estigmene acrcea Drury, 13. Isia isabella Abbot & Smith, $ . 14. Acoloithus falsarius Clemens, . 15. Turuptiana permaculata Pack¬ ard, c?. 16. Ecpantheria deflorata Fabricius, c?. 17. Pygarctia elegans Stretch, cT. 18. Pygarctia spraguei Grote, . 19. Euchcetias oregonensis Stretch, (?• 20. Hyphoraia parthenos Harris, $ , U. S. N. M. 21. Euchcetias egle Drury, $ . 22. Euverna clio Packard, $ . 23. Sezrarctia echo Abbot & Smith, 9 - 24. Calidota strigosa, Walker . 2 k . Parasemia plantaginis Linnaeus, cT, U. S. N. M. 26. Parasemia plantaginis var. geo¬ metric a, Grote, cT. 27 -Pygarctia abdominalis Grote, 9 , U. S. N. M. 28. Apantesis quenseli Paykull, < 5 \ 29. Apantesis nevadensis Grote & Robinson, (J 1 , U. S. N. M. 30. Apantesis oithona Strecker, Engel Collection. 31. Apantesis blakei Grote, cT, U. S. N. M. 32. Apantesis proxima var. autholea , Boisduval, q?. The Moth Book. Plate XVI. COPYRIGHTED BY HOLLAND, 1903. lER'CAN C0L0RTYPE CO. Arctiidae This species occurs in the Carolinas and southward. Pareuchcetes tenera is found in the Atlantic States and is not uncommon in Pennsylvania. Genus EUCHAETIAS Lyman The following key based upon that of Hampson may enable the student to differentiate the species in his collection: Abdomen red above. Fore wing with costal fascia. Fore wing with the costal fascia yellow. antica Walker Fore wing with the costal fascia white. albicosta Walker Fore wing without costal fascia. Hind wing with crimson patch on inner area. perlevis Grote Hind wing without crimson patch on inner area. Fore wing uniform brownish. murina Stretch Fore wing white tinged with fuscous. bolteri Stretch Abdomen orange above. Fore wing gray-brown. egle Drury Fore wing brownish white with the veins white. . oregonensis Stretch Abdomen whitish above. pudens Henry Edwards (1) Euchaetias murina Stretch, Plate XI, Fig. 18, $. (The Mouse-colored Euchaetias.) The habitat of this species is Texas. (2) Euchaetias egle Drury, Plate I, Fig. 5, larva; Plate XVI, Fig. 21, (The Milk-weed Moth.) Fig. 75 .—Euchaetias egle, $ . (After Hampson.) The figure given above in the text and those given on the plates will suffice for the identification of this common insect, which ranges from the Atlantic to the Mississippi and beyond. The larva feeds upon Milk-weed (Asclepias). (3) Euchaetias oregonensis Stretch, Plate XVI, Fig. 19, $ . (The Oregon Euchaetias ) This insect is found throughout the northern portions of the United States and Canada. 135 Arctiidae Genus PYGARCTIA Grote A small genus containing four species all found within our territory. The following table taken from Hampson will serve for the identification of the species, taken in connection with the cut and the figures we give: A. Fore wing with scarlet fasciae on costa and inner margin. spraguei B. Fore wing with orange fasciae on costa and inner margin a. Abdomen scarlet. vivida b. Abdomen orange. abdominalis C. Fore wing without fasciae.. elegans Fig. 76. —Pygarctia elegans , (After Hampson.) (1) Pygarctia elegans Stretch, Plate XVI, Fig. 17, $ . (The Elegant Pygarctia.) The neuration and struc¬ tural characteristics of the genus are sufficiently well displayed in the accom¬ panying cut of this species to make any verbal de¬ scription unnecessary. The insect occurs in southern California, Texas, Arizona, and Mexico. (2) Pygarctia abdominalis Grote, Plate XVI, Fig. 27, $ . (The Orange-bodied Pygarctia.) The habitat of this species is Florida. ( 3 ) Pygarctia spraguei Grote, Plate XVI, Fig. 18, $. (Sprague’s Pygarctia.) The home of this insect is Kansas, Colorado, and adjoining States. Genus HYPOCRISIAS Hampson A small genus of which a single representant is found within our limits, occurring as a straggler from the Mexican fauna. (1) Hypocrisias minima Neumoegen. (The Least Hypocrisias.) Syn. armillata Henry Edwards. The prevalent tints of the body and fore wings are ochreous and brown. The hind wings are yellowish white. The annexed cut will help the student to recognize the insect, when a specimen comes into his possession. The habitat of the species is Mexico, but it is occasionally taken in southern Arizona. 1 36 Fig. 77 — Hypocri¬ sias minima , $ . Arctiidae Genus EMILIA Kirby A small neotropical genus, represented in our fauna by two species. The insect named occidentals by French is a form of A. roseata , in which the red of the wings has been replaced by ochreous. (1) Emilia ambigua Strecker, Plate XIV, Fig. 15, $. (The Red-banded /Emilia.) Syn. bolteri Henry Edwards; syracosia Druce. This beautiful insect is found in the Rocky Mountains of Colorado, and thence southward to northern Mexico. (2) /Emilia roseata Walker, Plate XIV, Fig. 14. ?. (The Rosy /Emilia.) Syn. cmnamomea Boisduval; sanguivenosa Neumoegen; significans Henry Edwards; occidentalis French. This rather rare insect occurs on the Pacific coast, and, according to report, ranges from British Columbia to Mexico. The specimen figured on the pkte came from the latter country. Genus HALISIDOTA Hiibner An extensive genu$, well represented in Central and South America, and containing about a dozen species, which are found within our faunal limits. Of these we figure a number of species, enough to enable the student to recognize the genus, and the commoner species, which he is likely to encounter. (1) Halisidota tessellaris Abbot & Smith, Plate XIV, Fig. 12, $ . (The Tessellated Halisidota ) Syn. antiphola Walsh; harrisi Walsh. The form named Harrisi does not differ from tessellaris in the imaginal stage. The sole difference is in the color of the pencils of hairs in the larvae, which are orange in color, while in tessellaris they are black. This is scarcely sufficient ground upon which to establish a species. (2) Halisidota cinctipes Grote, Plate XI V, Fig. 13, $. (The Gartered Halisidota.) Syn. davisi Henry Edwards. This species, which is southern in its habitat, and larger than its close northern ally, tessellaris , has the markings on the fore wings much more distinct than is the case in the latter 137 Arctiidae species. The tarsi are annulated with black bands, marked with small gray points. The insect occurs in the Gulf States and in South and Central America. (3) Halisidota maculata Harris, Plate XVI, Fig. 11, $. (The Spotted Halisidota.) Syn. fulvofiava Walker; guttifera Herrich-Schaeffer. This species, which occurs in the northern portions of the Atlantic coast region, ranges westward to California. Several forms from the western territory have been discriminated by writers, and varietal names have been given to them. They are mere color forms. (4) Halisidota longa Grote, Plate XIV, Fig. 16, $ . (The Long-streaked Halisidota). This species, which may easily be determined by the help of the figure we have given, occurs in Florida. The specimen delineated by the writer was taken by him at light in Jacksonville in the month of February. (5) Halisidota caryse Harris, Plate XIV, Fig. 10, $ . (The Hickory Halisidota.) Syn. annulifascia Walker; porphyria Herrich-Schaeffer. This well-marked and easily identified species is common in the northern Atlantic coast region, and ranges westward into the valley of the Mississippi. (6) Halisidota argentata Packard, Plate XIV, Fig. 8, $ , Fig. 9, $ . (The Silver-spotted Halisidota.) This pretty species is found in Colorado, and thence west¬ ward and northward to the Pacific coast. A number of sub¬ species have been named in this connection, but it is doubtful whether the sexes of the insects on meeting each other would recognize any specific differences themselves. Genus HEMIHYALEA Hampson Two species of this genus occur within the limits of the United States. Edwardsi is distinguished from labecula most easily by the fact that the inner margin of the secondaries in the former is crimson, while in the latter it is not. (1) Hemihyalea edwardsi Packard, Plate XIV, Fig. 6, $. (Edwards' Glassy-wing.) Syn. translucida Walker; quercus Boisduval. , This is a Californian species. 138 Arctiidae (2) Hemihyalea labecula Grote, Plate XIV, Fig. 7, $. (The Freckled Glassy-wing.) This insect is not uncommon in Colorado. It occurs in early summer about Manitou, and among the mountains generally. Genus OPHARUS Walker An extensive neotropical genus, represented within the limits of the United States by but one species. (1) Opharus astur Cramer, Plate XIV, Fig. 5, S. (The Astur Moth.) Syn. albicans , Walker; maculicollis Walker; pustulata Packard. The insect is common in Mexico and South America, and occasionally occurs in Arizona. Genus CALIDOTA Dyar A neotropical genus containing a dozen species or more, two of which are found within our limits. We figure one of these; the other, C. muricolor Dyar, has the wings mouse-gray, semihyaline, the secondaries paler than the primaries. The head is gray in front, yellowish above; the thorax is gray, the collar edged inwardly with ochreous; the abdomen is reddish buff, with a series of black dorsal spots and broad lateral bands of the same color. The pectus and coxae are ochreous, the legs gray. The type of the species carne from Arizona. (1) Calidota strigosa Walker, Plate XVI, Fig. 24, $. (The Streaked Calidota.) Syn. cubensis Grote; laqueata Henry Edwards. This insect occurs in Florida, and is abundant in the Antilles. Its life-history has been described by Dyar in the Proceedings of the United States National Museum, for 1900. p. 268. The food-plant is Guettarda elliptica . Genus EUPSEUDOSOMA Grote Three species are attributed by Hampson to this genus, one of which, the type of the genus, we figure. It is the only species of the genus occurring within our territory. (1) Eupseudosoma involutum Sepp, Plate XIV, Fig. 1, $ . (The Snowy Eupseudosoma.) Syn. nivea Herrich-Schaefler; floridum Grote; immaculata Graef. 139 Agaristidee The life-history of this species has been given by Dyar, l. c., p. 258. The food-plants are Eugenia buxifolia, Eugenia procera, and Psidium pyrifera. The insect has a wide range in tropical America, occurring from Florida to southern Brazil. Genus BERTHOLDIA Schaus A small neotropical genus represented in our fauna by one species. (1) Bertholdia trigona Grote, Plate XIV, Fig. 2, $. (Grote’s Bertholdia.) The moth flies in Colorado, New Mexico, Arizona, and northern Mexico. FAMILY AGARISTID/E “Ye lovers of marvel and fairy lore. Say not that the days of enchantment are o’er, That the well-springs of Fancy and Fable fail. There are streamlets yet where the river-sprite With his Harlequin changes bewilders the sight; There are castles yet of ivory and gold, Hung with floral fabrics by sunshine unroll’d, Within whose luxurious recesses recline Fays of exquisite form, quaffing exquisite wine; Some in gossamer veiled of ethereal dyes, Which have only their match in the rainbow’d skies; Some in richest and softest of velvets arrayed, Or in mail that does shame to the armourer’s trade. These are haunting us ever for ill, or for good, Through earth and through air, field, forest, and flood; To transport our thoughts, as by magic spell, From the sordid objects whereon they dwell. To a land of the Marvellous dimly displayed, Where the light-winged Fancy, by wonder stayed, Still delighteth to hover, and joyously say: ‘Oh ! my darling elves, ye’re not chased away, There’s a region still where ye have a place— The mysterious world of the Insect race.’ ” Acheta Domestica. Episodes of Insect Life . The Agaristidae compose a family of moderate size. The inoths are day-flying in their habit, and in the tropics both 140 • ■ • . 1 ■ ' . ' • * . Explanation of Plate XVII (Except when otherwise indicated, the specimens figured are con¬ tained in the collection of W. J. Holland.) 1. Haploa militaris Harris, 9 . 2. Haploa colona Hubner, 9 • 3. Haploa vesialis Packard, H • 4. Haploa militaris Harris, cT. 5. Haploa consita Walker, J'. 6. Haploa confusa Lyman, J 1 . 7. Haploa clymene Brown, . 8 . Utetheisa ornatrix Linnaeus,